^H 
 
 lit U f ( ( 
 
 1 l ' 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 UC-NRLF 
 
 $B ETO b7T 
 
 IIB^^^^^^^^ 
 
 ilill 
 
 mm 
 
 iijmil!; 
 
 liiipii 
 
 Jiillllllip 
 
 Irlhuhiliililpijh 
 
 iiltllirflllHtil! ! 
 i^iiitilililiiiitlliililiiililil!^ 
 
 ilillll' 
 
 iililr! 
 
 'ill! 
 
 Wnil 
 
 mm 
 
 \m\f\'\\.m 
 
 mw 
 
 ill 
 
 ']i)iiiiilliy}!iililfiiliiiiii!ityiit!iJH!iiii^ 
 
IvIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 University of California. 
 
 ^ Class 7^0 ^ 
 
STiie StuUents' Series of Hatin Classics 
 
 NEW 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION 
 
 BASED MAINLY UPON CAESAR AND CICERO 
 
 BY 
 
 MOSES GRANT DANIELL 
 
 oif TTOW a\\^ TTOXv 
 
 
 BENJ. H. SANBORN & CO. 
 
 BOSTON, U.S.A. 
 
U4 
 
 yy 
 
 <p. 
 
 ^ V 
 
 COPYKIQHT, 1897, 
 
 By MOSES GRANT DANIELL. 
 
 J. S. CushiBg & Co. Berwick & Smith 
 Norwood Mass. U.S.A. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This book is a revision of the author's " Exercises in Latin 
 Prose Composition," with certain important additions which 
 have been suggested by his own experience and that of many 
 of his fellow teachers. The former work was prepared " in the 
 belief that Latin composition can best be taught directly in 
 connection with the reading of the Latin authors. Its purpose 
 is to furnish pupils with sufficient material for oral and written 
 practice in Latin composition while reading Cgesar and Cicero. 
 Its method contemplates the study and recitation of the oral 
 exercises as a part of each day's lesson, either in the advance or 
 the daily review (preferably the latter), and of the written exer- 
 cises at stated periods corresponding to the progress of the class 
 in the Latin text, the important thing being to have both oral 
 and written work done while the passages on which they are 
 based are fresh in the mind. The text thus furnishes the 
 vocabulary, the models for all the idioms, the principles of 
 syntax, and the order and arrangement of words." 
 
 His own later experience, the verdict of a multitude of his 
 fellow teachers, the attitude of the universities and colleges of 
 highest rank, the reports of the various Latin conferences, as 
 well as the recent flattering imitations of his text-book, aiford 
 a very convincing endorsement of this purpose and method. 
 It is confidently expected, however, that the changes and ad- 
 ditions that have been made in this revision will render the 
 work still more effective. 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 Oral Exercises. The sentences for oral translation have 
 been materially simplified, and special attention has been paid 
 to idioms and phrases that occur in the text. These exercises, 
 based on the text of the Latin authors, are so simple and so 
 well graded as to draw lightly upon the pupil's time, while they 
 afford a large amount of practice in composition, and insure a 
 thorough acquaintance with the Latin text, its vocabulary, 
 constructions, and idioms, and, more than that, furnish the 
 best of training in forms. It is believed that the teacher who 
 insists upon the rapid oral translation of these exercises in 
 connection with the daily review will find that his pupils will 
 soon acquire a happy facility in translation and a ready acquaint- 
 ance with forms. 
 
 An important change will be found also in the arrangement 
 of these oral exercises, designed to aid in a thorough and defi- 
 nite acquaintance with the principles of syntax. In each 
 exercise emphatic attention has been given to one or two 
 selected rules of syntax, instances of which occur in the text 
 upon which it is based. In nearly every case these rules 
 are applied in the exercise in three or more sentences, and other 
 applications appear in succeeding exercises. The references to 
 the Grammatical Index will lead the pupil to the rules and 
 further illustrations of them in his Grammar. It is strongly 
 recommended that the pupil commit to memory at least one 
 illustration of every rule learned, to make still more effective 
 this thorough special drill. Experience shows that after a little 
 practice these oral exercises require very little time in prepara- 
 tion and but little of the recitation period, and they render 
 unnecessary many questions on form and syntax. The five or 
 ten minutes of each recitation, therefore, spent in this oral 
 work are in no sense lost. It must not be forgotten that this 
 kind of practice, even if it did not look forward to Latin com- 
 position as an end, is very useful, not to say necessary, in 
 bringing the pupil to a better understanding of his Latin 
 text. The teacher will notice that the exercises are so graded 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 that he may begin with either the first or second book of 
 Csesar. 
 
 Written Exercises. But little change has been made in 
 the exercises for written translation beyond lessening somewhat 
 the amount, and arranging the notes on the same page with the 
 exercises. They afford practice in writing connected discourse, 
 anci should be used weekly or at other stated periods. The 
 teacher who follows the oral exercises day by day will find the 
 written exercises in no way beyond the powers of his class. 
 They will be found to be a rather careful resume of the Latin 
 author and something of a review of the week's oral work. 
 
 Grammatical Review. This is designed to furnish a 
 thorough, systematic, final drill upon the rules of syntax, and 
 is added at the urgent request of many practical teachers. 
 The sentences used are the author's translations of Latin sen- 
 tences taken, with a very few exceptions, from various classi- 
 cal sources. It is believed that these exercises will serve to 
 crystallize the pupil's knowledge of syntax after his extensive 
 practice in writing from Latin models. They may well be 
 used while classes are reading Vergil and Ovid. 
 
 College Examination Papers. These are specimens of 
 the recent entrance examination papers of several of the lead- 
 ing colleges and universities. They are to be used at the 
 discretion of the teacher for sight work, or simply as tests of 
 the pupil's attainment, and therefore are unaccompanied by 
 notes or vocabulary. 
 
 Table of Synonyms. This has been added in the belief 
 that such study as is here provided will be of great value to the 
 student in strengthening his vocabulary by calling his attention 
 to the distinctive meanings of many synonymous words, and 
 thereby leading him to a better appreciation of whatever Latin 
 
VI . PREFACE. 
 
 he may read. This table deals only with words that are used 
 in the exercises and is adapted as far as possible to the needs 
 of preparatory students. 
 
 Grammatical Index. Attention is called to the arrange- 
 ment of this index. Here is a fairly complete alphabetical list 
 of the principal rules of syntax, with references to four promi- 
 nent grammars. The numbers at the left margin enable the 
 pupil to find easily the references from the exercises. Here 
 also will be found back references to the exercises where the 
 several rules are specially treated. 
 
 Some teachers, for lack of time, may be obliged to omit a 
 portion of the exercises. This can be done best, without 
 affecting the character of the training, by confining the work to 
 Parts I. and H., or by using only alternate or selected sentences 
 in each of the three parts. The amount of practice which the 
 whole book offers is merely what the best interests of the pupil 
 demand, and is not more than some colleges expect for entrance. 
 An attempt has been made to prepare more than the usual 
 amount of material for composition, but so easy and so well 
 graded that it will not take more of the pupil's time and energy 
 than other books of much more limited range. 
 
 To Prof. E. M. Pease, editor-in-chief of The Students' Series, 
 I am indebted for much wise counsel and valuable aid, which 
 he has given from time to time during the whole progress of 
 the revision. 
 
 M. G. DANIELL. 
 
 February, 1897. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 PART I. C^SAR. 
 
 PAGB 
 
 Exercises for Oral Translation 3 
 
 Exercises for Written Translation .... 50 
 
 PART IL CICERO. 
 
 Exercises for Oral Translation 79 
 
 Exercises for Written Translation .... 115 
 
 PART III. 
 
 Grammatical Review 133 
 
 Vocabulary to Part III 162 
 
 College Entrance Examination Papers .... 183 
 
 Table of Synonyms 193 
 
 Grammatical Index 205 
 
 vu 
 
PART I. 
 
 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOKS L-IV. 
 
GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR. 
 
\ B R , 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Note. Thorough preparation of the text of Csesar ought to be sufl&cient 
 preparation for these exercises. The text furnishes the vocabulary and the models 
 of syntax, order and arrangement, idioms, etc. 
 
 Note. The numbers affixed to grammar subjects at the head of sections, also 
 those in parentheses here and there in the exercises, are references to the Gram- 
 matical Index, p. 205. Words inclosed in brackets [ ] are to be omitted in transla- 
 tion. A superior s (e.g. called^) refers to the Table of Synonyms, p. 193. 
 
 Subject Nominative, 120. Predicate Nominative, 118. 
 
 1. Chap. 1. 1. The Garumna and the E-hine are rivers. 
 2. The Belgae inhabited one part of Gaul. 3. These were 
 called' Gauls in our language. 4. The Helvetians also 
 (quoque) are called Gauls. 5. These differ from each 
 other. 6. We differ from each other. 7. Q| all the 
 Gauls the Belgse are nearest to the Rhine. 8. And they 
 are furthest from the province. 9. These [things] en- 
 feeble the character. 10. Who (quis) surpasses' them 
 in_.Courage ? 11. They kept the Germans from their ^ 
 territories. 12. The Kelts are called Gauls. 13. They 
 occupy one part of Gaul. 14. Gaul begins at (takes 
 beginning from) the river Ehine. 15. The river Rhone 
 bounds a third part of Gaul. 
 
 Ablative Absolute denoting Time, 1. Dative with Special Verbs, 71. 
 
 2. Chap. 2. 1. On one side ; on the other side. 2. To 
 extend in length, in width. 3. Messala and Piso were 
 consuls. 4. When Messala and Piso were consuls, a 
 conspiracy was formed. 5. Orgetorix was noble' and 
 
 3 
 
4 C^SAB: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 wealthy. 6. He persuaded the nobility to (ut) form a 
 conspiracy. 7. They persuaded him (ei) to go out. 
 
 8. After the conspiracy was formed, they went forth 
 from their boundaries^ 9r~This^niohe, they made war 
 upon the Germans. 10. The Helvetians surpass' every- 
 body in courage. 11. Since they surpass {pres. subj.) 
 everybody, they can get possession of Gaul. 12. It is 
 easy to go out of our boundaries. 13. I can easily per- 
 suade you of this (this to you). 14. The river is broad and 
 deep. 15. The Helvetian land is separated from [that 
 of] the Germans by the Ehine. 16. The Ehone separates 
 the Helvetians from our province. 17. On the third side 
 Helvetia is bounded by lake Geneva. 18. They were 
 much mortified (affected with great grief). 19. Consider- 
 ing their glory in (of) war, they have very narrow limits. 
 20. They are eager for warfare (gerund). 
 
 Purpose Clause with ut, 139. Result Clause with quin, 158. 
 
 3. Chap. 3. 1. To give in marriage ; to exchange pledges ; 
 to be very powerful. 2. Orgetorix influenced the Hel- 
 vetians by his authority. 3. They were induced to buy 
 up wagons and pack-animals. 4. An abundance of grain 
 was in store. 5. Peace and friendship were established 
 with their neighbors. 6. These preparations (things) 
 were completed in two years (biennio). 7. After these 
 preparations were completed (abl. abs.), he seized the 
 throne. 8. After they had bought up wagons and pack- 
 animals, they established peace with their neighbors. 
 
 9. They chose Orgetorix to do this thing. 10. Orgetorix 
 is called a friend. 11. He persuaded Casticus to seize the 
 throne. 12. Casticus was son of Catamantaloedes. 13. It 
 is not doubtful that he holds (pres. subj.) the supremacy. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 5 
 
 14. There is no doubt that they were influenced {per, 
 subj.) by this speech. 15. There is no doubt that this 
 speech influenced them. 16. It was not doubtful that 
 the Helvetians were very powerful. 17. They can get 
 possession of all Gaul. 
 
 Infinitive as Subject, 111. Impersonal Verbs, 100. 
 
 4. Chap. 4. 1. To commit suicide. 2. Orgetorix pleaded 
 his cause in (from) chains. 3. Punishment must follow. 
 4. You must be burned' with fire. 5. There is no doubt 
 that he pleaded his cause in chains. 6. That he might 
 be rescued, all his household was conducted to the 
 same place. 7. It behooves us to maintain our rights. 
 
 8. When he had pleaded his cause (abl. abs.), he died. 
 
 9. A multitude of men was collected by (a) the magis- 
 trates. 10. Orgetorix committed suicide. 
 
 Accusative Subject of Infinitive, 31, 106. Tenses of the 
 Infinitive, 113. 
 
 5. Chap. 5. 1. They went forth from their boundaries ; 
 from home. 2. I think you are ready for that under- 
 taking (thing). 3. They think he is. ready. 4. He thinks 
 they were ready. 5. They have set lire to their towns, 
 about six in number. 6. They returned (redeo) home 
 (30). 7. They did this to take away the hope of return- 
 ing (a return) home. 8. It behooved them to burn' up 
 the grain. 9. We shall adopt (use) the same plan. 
 
 10. They persuaded the Boii to besiege Noreia. 
 
 Roman Calendar, 159. Ablative of Quality, 18. Ablative of 
 Time, 22. 
 
 6. Chap. 6. 1. To be well disposed towards one (ali- 
 quem). 2. They could go out from home by two routes. 
 3. With difficulty they dragged their wagons one at a 
 
6 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 time. 4. The road" through the province is free from 
 obstacles (pos. of expeditius). 5. The Roman people 
 were not well disposed towards the Allobroges. 6. They 
 thought that the Helvetians were well disposed towards 
 them (se). 7. You are not well disposed towards me. 
 8. Permit' them to go over the bridge. 9. On that day 
 (masc.)y which was March 28, they assembled at (to) the 
 banks of the Ehone. 10. On the 29th of March they 
 crossed the river. 11. On the 1st of April, they were 
 (it behooved them) to go through the province. 12. The 
 river was fordable (crossed by a ford) in several places. 
 
 Order of Words, 122. Emphasis, 74. 
 
 7. Chap. 7. 1. To inform one ; to be informed. 2. To 
 arrive at; to remember; to march. 3. Caesar departed 
 from the city. 4. The bridge was broken down. 5. Ccesar 
 was informed about the march of the Helvetians. 6. Who 
 (quis) informed the Helvetians of Caesar's arrival? 
 7. It is my intention (in mind to me) to break down the 
 bridge. 8. What (quid) was the intention of the Helve- 
 tians ? 9. They marched through the province. 10. May 
 we (is it permitted to us to) do this ? 11. You may take 
 a day for deliberation (gerund). 12. They are people 
 of an unfriendly disposition. 13. Return on the 13th of 
 April. 14. When the opportunity was given, they assem- 
 bled. 15. They all returned on the 10th of April. 
 
 Genitive of Quality (Measure), 79. 
 
 8. Chap. 8. 1. Against his (my, etc.) will, if he (etc.) 
 is unwilling. 2. Disappointed in this hope. 3. Meanwhile 
 the soldiers were assembling from the province. 4. Caesar 
 had one legion with him. 5. [There] was one legion 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 7 
 
 with him {not se). 6. I have five legions with me. 
 7. The wall was fifteen feet in height. 8. They were 
 attempting' to cross against Caesar's will. 9. They 
 cannot cross, if the enemy are unwilling. 10. The river 
 is twenty feet in depth. 11. He cannot grant a passage 
 to any one. 12. He said that the day had not come. 
 13. He says that he cannot prevent' them. 14. He will 
 be disappointed in his hope. 
 
 Ablative Absolute denoting Condition, 1. 
 
 9. Chap. 9. 1. To be very (most) powerful ; to marry (a 
 woman). 2. Eevolution, change; to exchange. 3. If you 
 are unwilling, we cannot go through the pass. 4. The 
 pass is one hundred feet in width. 5. If Dumnorix is 
 our intercessor, we can persuade the ^duans. 6. Whose 
 daughter did he marry ? 7. Dumnorix was friendly to 
 the Helvetians. 8. Orgetorix is desirous of a change 
 [in government]. 9. They exchange hostages. 10. We 
 exchanged hostages. 11. If hostages are given, they can 
 
 go. 
 
 Dative with Compounds, 64. 
 
 10. Chap. 10. 1. To intend. What (quid) do you intend 
 to do? 2. It is [attended] with great danger to_the 
 province to have (157) the Helvetians [for] neighbors. 
 
 3. For these reasons he intends to hasten into Italy. 
 
 4. He had been wintering in Further Gaul. 5. He put a 
 lieutenant over these legions. 6. Then he made war 
 upon (bellum infero) the Ceutrones. 7. What fortifi- 
 cation did he put Labienus in command of ? 8. If 
 higher positions are occupied, we can defeat^ the enemy. 
 9. Three legions were enrolled there. 10. These were 
 defeated in (by) battle. 
 
8 C^SAB: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 Supine in -um, 169. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 
 11. Chap. 11. 1. Ambassadors were sent to ask for 
 aid^ 2. Our towns ought not to be stormed. 3. We 
 have asked for aid. 4. Our fields have been devastated. 
 
 5. At the same time our children were led into slavery. 
 
 6. They said that their children had been led into slav- 
 ery. 7. We have come to remind (moneo) you. 8. They 
 had come to lay waste the fields. 9. We must not 
 wait; you must not wait; they must not wait. 10. Inform 
 Labienus that he must not wait. 
 
 Perfect Passive Participle (Abl. Abs.) for English Perf. 
 Act. Part., 125. 
 
 12. Chap. 12. 1. In the third watch ; not only . . . but 
 also. 2. In which direction does the Ehone flow? 
 3. The scouts informed Caesar that one part of the 
 forces had crossed the river. 4. Having killed the 
 consul, they sent his army under the yoke. 5. Having 
 sent his army under the yoke, they put him to death. 
 6. They not only killed the consul, but also sent his 
 army under the yoke. 7. Cassius was killed in the same 
 battle with (in which) Piso. 8. Whose grandfather was 
 Piso? 9. Having led the army over the river, he at- 
 tacked the enemy. 10. Having brought disaster upon 
 the state, he paid the penalty. 
 
 Gerundive to denote Purpose, 92. 
 
 13. Chap. 13. 1. To have a thing done ; the war with 
 Cassius ; to build a bridge. 2. He has the army led over 
 the Arar. 3. He has ambassadors sent to the Helve- 
 tians. 4. He had a bridge built. 5. Caesar can overtake 
 the Helvetians. 6. Having sent ambassadors to him, 
 they waited (exspecto). 7. Caesar crossed the rive^ in one 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 9 
 
 day. 8. They accomplished that [feat] in ten days. 
 9. Remember that old defeat (88). 10. You attacked' us 
 [when we were] crossing the river. 11. We rely upon 
 our own (noster) valor rather than upon treachery (12). 
 
 Genitive with Verbs of Memory, 88. Ablative of Degree, 7. 
 
 14. Chap. 14. 1. They feel very indignant. 2. These 
 things have not happened according to our deserts (3). 
 3. The less they have happened according to our deserts, 
 the more indignant we feel. 4. The less I am conscious 
 of [doing] wrong, the more difficult is it to be on my 
 guard. 5. Why do you boast of your victory (5)? 6. Caesar 
 felt indignant because (49) the Helvetians harassed the 
 ^duans. 7. The immortal gods are wont {perf.) to 
 punish" men for their crimes." 8. Sometimes the gods 
 grant us prosperity. 9. The Helvetians cannot forget 
 the old disgrace. 10. We sometimes forget our prosperity. 
 11. The Roman people never forgot injuries. 
 
 Ablative of Place, 14, 15. Ablative of Separation, 19. 
 
 15. Chap. 15. 1. The rear (of an army) ; for the present. 
 2. In what direction ? To make a bolder stand. 3. Caesar 
 moved his camp from that place. 4. A few of (from) the 
 Helvetians joined battle in an unfavorable place. 5. With 
 (by means of) a few of our horsemen we drove a multi- 
 tude of theirs. 6. Occasionally they make a much (by 
 much) bolder stand. 7. You did not restrain your men 
 from battle. 8. It was enough to harass the enemy's 
 rear. 9. Caesar kept his men from foraging. 10. He 
 kept himself in his own place. 11. The camp was 
 pitched (pono) in a suitable (idoneus) place. 12. Don't 
 you consider this enough for the present? 
 
10 c^sar: gallic war, book I. 
 
 Ablative with utor, 24. 
 
 16. Chap. 16. 1. Caesar daily' demanded grain of the 
 ^duans. 2. No fodder is at hand, and the crops are not 
 ripe. 3. Moreover we cannot use' the grain which we 
 brought up on the Arar. 4. They did not use the fodder. 
 
 5. We do not wish to turn our course from the Arar. 
 
 6. The day is at hand. 7. The leaders must (oportet) be 
 called together. 8. What sort of (qualis) power' had Lis- 
 cus over his [people]? 9. He was at the head of the 
 magistracy. 10. The enemy are near. 11. Liscus com- 
 plained because (49) he was not relieved. 
 
 Sequence of Tenses, 160. Adverbial Accusative, 25. 
 
 17. Chap. 17. 1. Liscus is much more powerful than 
 even (ipse) Divitiacus. 2. His authority has great weight 
 among the common people. 3. They were influenced by 
 Oaesar's argument. 4. Liscus stated what he ought (perf.) 
 not to have stated (pres.). 5. We ought' not to use vio- 
 lent language. 6. Our influence will have less (minus) 
 weight. 7. I doubt not that they will collect the grain. 
 8. We do not doubt that the Eomans conquered the Hel- 
 vetians. 9. Liscus did not doubt that his plans had been 
 disclosed. 10. Nay even, he disclosed the matter on com- 
 pulsion. 11. I will keep still as long as I can (fut). 
 
 Ablative of Price, 17. 
 
 18. Chap. 18. 1. On his own account; to have the 
 highest hopes. 2. On inquiry (93); a few days before 
 (before by a few days).^ 3. Dumnorix was pointed at 
 by Liscus. 4. I do not doubt that Dumnorix was pointed 
 at. 5. These matters were discussed in the presence of 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATIOIsr. 11 
 
 Lisciis. 6. Dumnorix is [a man] of great generosity (18). 
 
 7. I hate Dumnorix on my own account. 8. He pur- 
 chased the revenues at a low price. 9. Revenues were 
 purchased at a high (magnus) price. 10. When you bid 
 {abh ahs.), nobody dares to bid against you. 11. Who is 
 more powerful than Dumnorix ? 
 
 Substantive Clause of Purpose, 141. 
 
 19. Chap. 19. 1. Without his orders ; without his (my, 
 etc.) knowledge. 2. In his presence; reason enough. 
 3. Caesar had Dumnorix summoned before him. 4. All 
 these things were done without Caesar's knowledge. 
 5. They did this without your knowledge. 6. They 
 will do this without his (eius) orders. 7. What did he 
 say in your presence about Valerius ? 8. What did you 
 say in my presence about Divitiacus ? 9. He urged him 
 to (ut) punish Dumnorix. 10. I urge you to converse 
 with him. 11. He urges them to accuse him. 
 
 Interrogative Sentences with ne, nonne, num, 147. Ablative 
 of Manner, 10. 
 
 20. Chap. 20. 1. Love for [one's] brother ; all grounds 
 of suspicion. 2. Are these things true ? 3. Has he not 
 very great power ? 4. Is he influenced by love for his 
 brother? 5. What has happened' to him? 6. No one 
 feels more (of) pain than I. 7. Did Divitiacus weep? 
 
 8. Did he not embrace Caesar with deep emotion (many 
 tears) ? 9. I know that I myself have very little power. 
 
 10. He begged him to stop (make an end of) weeping. 
 
 11. Have done with your entreaties. 12. I shall do this 
 with Csesar's consent. 13. Don't you know what he has 
 done {perf. subj.)? 14. If anything happens (fut.) to 
 him, it will be done with your consent. 
 
 > epT 
 
12 c^sar: gallic war, book I. 
 
 Ablative of Time, 22. Superlatives, etc., denoting a Part, 39. 
 
 21. Chaps. 21, 22. 1. At daybreak; late in the day; on 
 that day. 2. About the third watch ; at the usual interval ; 
 at full speed. 3. What is the character of the mountain ? 
 4. They ascended the mountain by the same road' that 
 (by which) Considius [did]. 5. Is not Considius skilled 
 in military affairs (76) ? 6. At daybreak Labienus held 
 the top of the mountain. 7. Considius said that the 
 enemy held it. 8. At that time Considius was thor- 
 oughly scared. 9. What is your design ? 10. Did Labi- 
 enus seize the middle (medius) of the hill ? 11. On the 
 same day the enemy followed him. 12. Was the moun- 
 tain held by the enemy ? 
 
 In and sub with Accusative and Ablative, 102. Ablative of Agent, 4. 
 
 22. Chaps. 23, 24. 1. On the next day; on the day 
 before. 2. It was necessary^ to turn their course^ away 
 from the enemy'. 3. The Helvetians thought* that the 
 Romans were panic-stricken. 4. On that day the cavalry 
 withstood the enemy's attack. 5. Meanwhile four veteran 
 legions were drawn up in(to) line. 6. The knapsacks 
 were collected in(to) one place. 7. Then they made an 
 attack on the enemy. 8. The soldiers were stationed by 
 Labienus half-way up the hill (in the middle hill). 9. The 
 top of the mountain was covered with baggage. 10. Form- 
 ing a phalanx, they advanced half-way up the hill (up to 
 the middle hill). 11. The hill was fortified by those 
 who were enlisted last. 12. The baggage was collected 
 by our [men] at the foot of (under) the hill. 
 
 Dative of Purpose, 68. 
 
 23. Chap. 25. 1. Caesar removed the horses in order 
 to equalize, the danger. 2. Having taken away all hope 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 13 
 
 of fligM, lie encouraged Ms men. 3. Having hurled their 
 javelins, they drew their swords. 4. Swords were drawn 
 by the soldiers. 5. It is (for) a great hindrance to us 
 that our shields are fastened together. 6. Was it a 
 small hindrance to us that the left hand was shackled ? 
 7. Can you fight to advantage with your left hand 
 shackled ? 8. Fall back and withdraw to the mountain. 
 9. At length they fell back and withdrew to the middle 
 of the mountain. 10. The Boii were a protection to 
 [those in] the rear. 
 
 Passive of Intransitive Verbs used Impersonally, 101. Alter, 46. 
 
 24. Chap. 26. 1. Long and fiercely they fought'. 
 2. They fought till late at night. 3. One party with- 
 stood the attack, the other could not. 4. The battle 
 raged till evening. 5. There is fighting at the foot of 
 the mountain. 6. Weapons^ were hurled at our men as 
 they advanced (coming). 7. Orgetorix had two daughters, 
 one of whom was captured by Caesar. 8. The wagons 
 served as (were) a defence (praesidium) for the enemy. 
 
 9. I hold you in the same estimation as [I do] Orgetorix. 
 
 10. Caesar holds you in the same estimation as [he does] 
 the Helvetians. 
 
 Cum-temporal, 172. Ablative Absolute denoting Condition, 1. 
 
 25. Chap. 27. 1. In the early part of the night; to 
 punish. 2. When they met Caesar, they sued for peace 
 weeping. 3. When they had arrived (it had been arrived) 
 there (thither), they waited for Caesar's arrival. 4. When 
 they were ordered to assemble, they obeyed. 5. The 
 slaves escaped to Caesar. 6. Search for the arms and 
 collect them. 7. If we give up the hostages, Caesar will 
 
14 c^sar: gallic war, book 1. 
 
 demand' our arms. 8. One party waited for his {not 
 suus) arrival, the other hastened to the Rhine. 9. If 
 we give up our arms/ we shall be punished. 10. Early 
 in the night they gave up their arms. 
 
 Dative of Reference, 69. Conjunctions omitted, 60. 
 
 26. Chap. 28. 1. At home ; to receive into an equal 
 condition . . . with themselves. 2. Search them out and 
 bring them back. 3. If you wish to be exculpated in my 
 sight, bring them back. 4. When (cum) they had brought 
 them back, they were exculpated in his sight. 5. If you 
 bring them back {abl. abs.), you will be exculpated in my 
 sight. 6. Hostages, arms [and] refugees were delivered 
 up. 7. The Helvetians returned to the territories they 
 had started from (whence they had started). 8. We have 
 nothing at home. 9. He ordered (iubeo, 115) them to 
 furnish a supply of grain. 10. He ordered (impero) them 
 to rebuild their towns. 11. Are not the Boii men of 
 extraordinary valor? 
 
 Dative with Special Verhs, 71. 
 
 27. Chap. 30. 1. Advantageous to Gaul, to us (nostro). 
 2. To inflict punishment on. 3. Leading men of all 
 Gaul congratulated Csesar (dot.). 4. He had inflicted 
 punishment upon the Helvetians. 5. Although (tametsi, 
 52) he had inflicted punishment upon them, still am- 
 bassadors came to congratulate him. 6. It is advan- 
 tageous to us to do this. 7. May we (is it permitted to 
 us to) do this ? 8. You may do this. 9. They beg per- 
 mission (that it may be permitted) to select any abode. 
 10. They come to sue for (supine^ 169) peace. 11. I have 
 certain things that I wish to ask' of you. 12. They were 
 permitted to do this (this thing was permitted to them). 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 15 
 
 Result Clause with ut, 155. Accusative of Limit, 30. 
 
 28. Chap. 31. 1. The children of all the nobles ; to be 
 put to torture. 2. As soon as; all kinds of cruelty. 
 3. May we treat with you about our own safety ? 4. Was 
 not this request granted (thing obtained)? 5. When 
 they had treated with him, their request was granted. 
 6. They accomplished what (those things which) they 
 wished. 7. They were not put to torture. 8. We have 
 come to demand' (169) aid. 9. They cast themselves 
 at Caesar's feet. 10. We cast ourselves at your feet. 
 11. The ^duans hold the supremacy in (of) one of the 
 parties, the Arverni in the other. 12. It came to pass 
 that about twelve thousand crossed the Ehine. 13. The 
 result will be (futurum est) that they will meet with 
 (receive, pres. subj.) a great disaster. 14. In a few years 
 we shall be driven out of Gaul. 15. Divitiacus came to 
 Eome to the senate. 16. Then he returned to Mageto- 
 bria. 17. He demanded as hostages the children of all 
 the nobles. 18. I do not doubt that Caesar returned to 
 Eome. 
 
 Indirect Questions, 146. 
 
 29. Chap. 32. 1. To make no reply (26) ; not even in 
 secret; not even this; not even Caesar. 2. Divitiacus 
 made a speech. 3. The Sequanians with bowed heads 
 sadly (adj.y 40) looked upon the ground. 4. They sought 
 aid with many tears (great weeping). 5. What was the 
 cause of this behavior (res) ? 6. I wonder what the 
 reason was. 7. He wondered what they were doing. 
 8. He wondered why (cur) they made no reply. 9. We 
 do not dare even to complain. 10. It came to pass that 
 our lot was harder than theirs. 
 
16 c^sar: gallic war, book I. 
 
 Dative with Adjectives, 62. 
 
 30. Chap. 33. 1. Why did he dismiss the council? 
 
 2. Do you know (scisne) why 'he dismissed the coimcil? 
 
 3. Caesar promised to encourage {fut inf.) them. 4. This 
 will be my care (for care to me). 5. I have great hopes 
 that Caesar will dismiss the council. 6. Ariovistus was 
 induced to put an end to his injuries. 7. It is most dis- 
 graceful to the Roman people that the ^duans should be 
 under the sway of Ariovistus. 8. It is disgraceful to 
 Caesar and the republic. 9. It will be dangerous to the 
 Gauls to go into Italy. 10. Moreover the Germans will 
 get used to crossing the Ehine. 
 
 Relative Clause of Purpose, 143. 
 
 31. Chap. 34. 1. I am determined to (it pleases me that 
 I) send ambassadors. 2. Ambassadors were sent to treat 
 with Ariovistus. 3. Caesar sends an ambassador to select 
 a place. 4. A place midway between the two (middle of 
 both) was selected. 5. Ariovistus sent an ambassador to 
 reply. 6. It is most disgraceful for you to come into 
 Gaul. 7. What (of) business have you (is there to you) 
 in Gaul anyhow? 8. I am at a loss to understand (it 
 seems strange to me) what business Caesar has in Gaul. 
 
 9. The [part of] Gaul which I have conquered is mine. 
 
 10. I will not come to you. 
 
 Objective Genitive, 80. 
 
 32. Chap. 35. 1. A matter of general interest. 2. To 
 make return, show gratitude. 3. These replies were 
 reported to Caesar. 4. You have been treated with great 
 kindness by me (by my great kindness). 5. What a 
 return you are making to the Eoman people ! 6. This is 
 what I demand^ of you. 7. Eeturn the hostages that you 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 17 
 
 have. 8. This can be done with advantage to (of) the 
 state. 9. You will have lasting friendship with Caesar. 
 10. I have favor with you {not cum te). 11. Whoever 
 shall hold the province will defend our friends. 12. I 
 shall not overlook the injuries done to the ^duans {gen.). 
 
 13. Caesar did not overlook the injuries done by the 
 Helvetians to the Koman people (see chap, xxx., line 4). 
 
 14. Ambassadors were sent to demand a reply. 
 
 Relative of Cause or Reason, 51. 
 
 33. Chap. 36. 1. The name of brother. 2. Ariovistus 
 did not make war upon the ^duans. 3. You govern 
 those whom you have conquered just as you wish. 4. I 
 govern the conquered according to my own judgment. 
 5. You ought not to obstruct me in my rights. 6. You 
 do a great wrong in making (who make) the ^duans 
 your tributaries. 7. He did a great wrong in obstructing 
 Ariovistus. 8. They do a very great wrong in not paying 
 tribute. 9. No one contends with Ariovistus except to 
 (without) his own ruin^ 10. Come on when you will 
 (shall wish). 11. You will find' out that the Germans 
 are well skilled in arms. 12. You ought not to overlook 
 the wrongs done to the ^duans. 
 
 Second Periphrastic Conjugation, 128. 
 
 34. Chaps. 37, 38. 1. Resistance is made (it is re- 
 sisted) ; resistance cannot easily be made. 2. Forced 
 marches night and day. 3. I have come to complain 
 {sup.) because the Harudes have been brought over into 
 Gaul. 4. Not even by giving hostages {ahl. ahs.) could 
 they purchase peace. 5. We {dat.) must hasten lest the 
 Suevi unite with Ariovistus. 6. There is need of haste. 
 7. We must take great precautions that this may not 
 
18 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 happen^ (neg. purpose). 8. There is everything in Yeson- 
 tio that is useful (for use) for war. 9. The river touches 
 the base of the mountain on either side. 10. The Haru- 
 des complained of having been brought (a q}xo6rclause, 
 49) into G-aul. 
 
 TJt with Verbs of Fearing, 142. 
 
 35. Chap. 39. 1. For the sake' of supplies ; on account' 
 of friendship. 2. Traders asserted that the Germans 
 were [men] of immense size (of bodies). 3. They 
 had had frequent encounters (had frequently met) with 
 them. 4. There ought to be frequent encounters with 
 them. 5. One assigned one reason and another another 
 (46). 6. To avoid (not inf.) suspicion of fear I shall 
 remain. 7. When you (shall) order the advance of the 
 standards (standards to be carried), the soldiers will not 
 obey. 8. I am afraid that supplies cannot be brought 
 up. 9. I fear' that you will not keep back the tears. 
 10. They were afraid that they could not control their 
 countenances. 
 
 Double Questions, 145. Passive of Verbs that take the Dative, 101. 
 
 36. Chap. 40. 1. He (ei) is persuaded; they are per- 
 suaded. 2. To break camp ; insurrection of slaves. 3. In 
 what direction ; on account^ of mismanagement. 4. You 
 ought' not to inquire (impers.) in what direction you are 
 led. 5. I am persuaded that (use ace. and inf.) Ariovistus 
 will not reject the terms. 6. An insurrection of slaves, 
 who made war on the Roman people, lately took place. 
 7. Can you not judge from this how much (of) advantage 
 firmness has ? 8. The Helvetians are the same men with 
 whom we have had frequent encounters. 9. Ariovistus 
 did not give them a chance at him (make power of him- 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 19 
 
 self). 10. You are acting presumptuously since you (reZ. 
 of cause) are dictating to your commander. 11. Does 
 duty or fear prevail with you ? 12. I wish to find' out 
 whether duty or fear prevails with you. 13. Does he 
 hope or despair? 14. Are they armed 'or unarmed? 
 15. Caesar was afraid that they would not advance (carry 
 the standards). 
 
 Gerundive (Genitive and Accusative), 90, 92. 
 
 37. Chap. 41. 1. To return (give) thanks to any one 
 (alicui). 2. In a wonderful manner. 3. The rest of the 
 legions. 4. To have great confidence in any one. 5. We 
 shall return thanks' to Caesar. 6. They have the greatest 
 eagerness to carry on the war. 7. He is ready to lead 
 the army. 8. We are quite ready (superl.) to carry on 
 the war. 9. Then the rest' of the legions apologized to 
 Csesar. 10. Caesar was ready to accept their apology^ 
 11. because he was eager (cupidus) to set out. 12. The 
 decision about the war does not belong to us (is not ours) 
 but to you. 13. W^e have neither doubted nor feared. 
 14. Did we doubt or fear ? 
 
 Ne with Verbs of Fearing, 142. 
 
 38. Chap. 42. 1. To entertain (have) great hopes ; back 
 and forth, to and fro. 2. That may be done as far as I 
 am concerned. 3. When I requested' (to me requesting) 
 this, you refused. 4. I . entertain great hopes that you 
 will approach nearer. 5. Ariovistus fears' that he will 
 be surrounded by Caesar. 6. He feared that Caesar 
 would come with cavalry. 7. I shall not come on 
 [any] other' terms. 8. I am afraid of being (lest I 
 be) surrounded. 9. The most expedient [way] is to 
 take away the horses from the Gauls (dat., 70). 
 
20 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 Deliberative Subjunctive, 164. 
 
 39. Chap. 43. 1. When they had come there. 2. To 
 snatch away anything from any one. 3. To convey on 
 horseback; to converse on horseback. 4. They saw a 
 mound^ of earth in a plain. 5. We shall take to the 
 conference eight apiece besides ourselves. 6. They 
 conferred on horseback. 7. Who could endure^ this? 
 8. Who would make these demands (demand these 
 things) ? 9. Who would not wish his friends to be 
 advanced in honor ? 10. Have you any good reason for 
 (of) demanding such a favor (that thing)? 11. Then 
 he made the same demands as (which) before. 12. Do 
 not (131) make war upon the Aeduans. 13. He feared 
 that Germans would cross the Ehine. 14. And he did not 
 wish any (ullus) Germans to cross that river. 
 
 Participle denoting Cause, 123. Ablative "in accordance with," 3. 
 
 40. Chap. 44. 1. To reply briefly; up to that time. 
 2. Without being asked; to hold one (aliquem) as a 
 friend. 3. He took tribute according to the laws' (sing,) 
 of war. 4. I did not cross the Ehine of my own accord. 
 5. I abandoned' my home at your request (having been 
 requested by you). 6. I crossed the Khine because I 
 was summoned. 7. I did not come without being asked. 
 8. They paid tribute of their own free-will. 9. The 
 friendship of the Roman people ought to be an honor 
 (dat) to me. 10. I led the Germans over the Ehine for 
 the sake (causa) of strengthening myself. 11. This part 
 of Gaul is mine, just as the Province is yours. 12. Who 
 could be so' simple as (ut) not to know that Caesar's 
 friendship is pretended? 13. If Ariovistus should kill 
 (54) Caesar, he would do a favor to many Romans. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 21 
 
 Gerund (Genitive), 90. Dum with Present Indicative, 72. 
 
 41. Chaps. 45, 46. 1. To this effect (purport) ; priority 
 of time (each most ancient time). 2. It is not Caesar's 
 habit to desert^ his allies. 3. It is not his habit to 
 allow* his allies to be deserted (use ut). 4. The Koman 
 people will not allow him to desert their allies. 5. Pri- 
 ority of time ought not to be regarded. 6. Caesar stopped 
 talking. 7. The enemy did not stop throwing stones. 
 8. While the horsemen were riding up, stones were 
 thrown at us. 9. They rode up for the purpose (causa) 
 of throwing stones. 10. While these things were going 
 on, Ariovistus approached nearer. 11. Because stones 
 were thrown (abl. abs.) at us we had (there was to us) 
 greater desire to fight. 12. After (posteaquam, 174) the 
 attack was made, Caesar broke off the conference. 
 
 Ablative of Degree, 7. 
 
 42. Chap. 47. 1. Three days afterwards Ariovistus 
 treated with Caesar a second time. 2. If you do not 
 wish to appoint a day, send one (aliquem) of (ex) your 
 officers. 3. There is no reason for hurling weapons. 
 4. The more^ so (more by this) because there is no dan- 
 ger. 5. Gains, son of Gains, was a young man of the 
 greatest refinemejit. 6. Ariovistus spoke (used)' the Gallic 
 language fluently (much). 7. It seems much more expedi- 
 ent to present Flaccus with citizenship. 8. On account^ 
 of your knowledge of Latin (lingua Latina), I shall enjoy 
 your hospitality. 9. What are you coming to me for 
 (what for = why) ? 10. To report (for the sake of re- 
 porting) things to Caesar ? 11. What did Ariovistus say 
 in the presence of his army ? 12. Mettius found out what 
 Ariovistus said (not subj.) and reported [it] to Caesar. 
 
22 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 Conditional Sentences: (Future Conditions) First form, 53; Second 
 form, 54. 
 
 43. Chaps. 48, 49. 1. On the same day ; on the next 
 day. 2. On the day before ; for five days. 3. In these 
 days ; from that day ; daily ^ 4. If you wish to con- 
 tend in battle, you will not lack the opportunity (power 
 will not be wanting to you). 5. If you should wish . . . 
 you would not lack. 6. They selected foot-soldiers one 
 apiece (use singuli singulos). 7. If he falls (shall fall) 
 off his horse, they will surround him. 8. If he should 
 fall off his horse, they. would surround him. 9. If any- 
 thing serious happens, these run together. 10. There 
 (thither) Ariovistus sent all his cavalry to frighten 
 Caesar's army. 11. Nevertheless (less by nothing) the 
 enemy was repelled. 
 
 Double Questions, 145. 
 
 44. Chaps. 50, 51. 1. Not even then ; not even on the 
 next day; not even the opportunity to fight. 2. The 
 smaller camp was attacked'. 3. The reason why he does 
 not fight is because it is new moon. 4. Was it new moon 
 or not (annon) ? 5. If you contend (fut.) before new 
 moon, you will not conquer^ 6. If you should contend, 
 
 . you would not conquer. 7. Shall we contend (pres. subj.) 
 in battle or not? 8. The matrons declared' whether 
 or not the Germans would (were about to) conquer. 
 9. Caesar used the auxiliaries for show. 10. With tears 
 we implore you not to go into the battle. 
 
 Relative of Characteristic, 149. 
 
 45. Chaps. 52, 53. 1. On the right wing, left wing; 
 time (space) for hurling javelins. 2. To stop fleeing; 
 the one . . . the other. 3. Caesar put a quaestor over 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 23 
 
 each legion. 4. When our line was hard pressed on the 
 right wing, the enemy's line was defeated on the left. 
 
 5. Several were fouiid who threw away their javelins. 
 
 6. There were [some] who made the attack with 
 swords. 7. There are [those] who run forward quickly. 
 
 8. Crassus was sent as (for) a relieP to the third line. 
 
 9. Ariovistus escaped in (by) a boat that he had found 
 (part). 10. One (46) of his two wives was captured 
 and slain. 11. It afforded (brought to) Caesar great 
 pleasure that his friend was restored to him. 12. Shall 
 he be immediately burned^ (pi^es. subj.) or reserved for 
 another time ? 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 Ablative of Agent, 4. Sequence of 'tenses, 160. 
 
 46. Chap. 1. 1. To inform ; to be informed. 2. To 
 exchange hostages; to be annoyed, vexed; changes in 
 government. 3. Caesar was informed by rumors ; by 
 Labienus. 4. Labienus informed him. 5. All the Belgse 
 were exchanging hostages. 6. These are the reasons for 
 (of) conspiring. 7. They fear that our army will be led 
 against them. 8. They feared that our army would be 
 led against them. 9. The Belgae were instigated by the 
 Gauls. 10. We are annoyed. 11. In Gaul men are 
 hired by the powerful. 12. What reasons were [there] 
 for (of) wintering in Gaul ? 
 
 Apposition, 48. 
 
 47. Chap. 2. 1. As soon as; in the beginning of 
 summer. 2. These messages alarmed Caesar. 3. Two 
 
24 c^sar: gallic war, book ii. 
 
 legions were enrolled. 4. They were led into Gaul by 
 Quintus Pedius. 5. Caesar, the commander (Imperator), 
 sent Pedius, the lieutenant. 6. Pedius, the lieutenant, 
 was sent by Caesar, the commander. 7. What is going on 
 among the Belgae ? 8. He gave it in charge to Pedius, 
 the lieutenant, to find out. 9. Bands are collecting 
 (pass.). 10. These are the reasons for (of) enrolling 
 two legions. 
 
 Adjectives used as Nouns, 41. Relative of Purpose, 143. 
 
 48. Chap. 3. 1. Unexpectedly; sooner than any one 
 would suppose. 2. Ambassadors are sent to say; were 
 sent to say. 3. The Eemi sent ambassadors to aid Caesar. 
 
 4. Ourselves and all our [property] we intrust to you. 
 
 5. We have not conspired with the Belgse. 6. We are 
 ready to give hostages. 7. Iccius and Andocumborius, 
 chief men of the state, were sent as ambassadors. 
 8. They did his bidding. 9. They aided him with 
 grain. 10. All the Belgae are in arms. 11. They have 
 united (themselves) with the Germans. 12. So great was 
 their madness that they united (perf. suhj., 161) with the 
 Germans. 13. They used the same laws. 
 
 Accusative with Infinitive, 31. Indirect Discourse, 106. 
 Indirect Questions, 146. 
 
 49. Chap. 4. 1. To be very strong, have great influ- 
 ence; not only . . . but also. 2. What states are in 
 arms? 3. He asked them what states were in arms. 
 4. What can they [do] in war? 5. They asked him 
 what he could [do] in war. 6. Most of the Belgae sprang 
 from the Germans. 7. They were led over the Ehine. 
 8. It is said that they were led over the Ehine. 9. The 
 Gauls were expelled. 10. He found out that the Gauls 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 25 
 
 had been expelled. 11. How large a number have they 
 promised ? 12. He, will find out how large a number 
 each has promised. 13. The Bellovaci have great influ- 
 ence because' of their valor. 14. They claim for them- 
 selves the command. 15. The Nervii were furthest off. 
 16. They were regarded [as] extremely cruel. 
 
 Genitive with Interest, 85. 
 
 50. Chap. 5. 1. To pitch camp ; to address in generous 
 language. 2. The whole senate met him. 3. The chil- 
 dren' of the leaders were brought to him (not se). 
 
 4. They did all things promptly. 5. It greatly concerns 
 the common safety. 6. The bands of the enemy are kept 
 apart. 7. It is for the interest of the state to separate 
 the forces of the enemy. 8. It is for the interest of the 
 Eemi to send scouts. 9. These instructions were given 
 (things were ordered'). 10. By this time (already) the 
 troops were not far off. 11. Supplies can be brought to 
 Caesar without danger. 12. [There] was a ditch ten 
 feet {gen.) in depth. 
 
 Accusative of Extent, 29. Complementary Infinitive, 109. 
 
 51. Chap. 6. 1. It is for the interest of the state to 
 send a message to Caesar. 2. The town is ten miles 
 from the river. 3. The river is eight miles from the 
 town. 4. They threw stones a hundred (centum) paces. 
 
 5. Stones were hurled against the wall. 6. The town 
 began' to be cleared of soldiers. 7. A great multitude 
 began to hurl stones. 8. Iccius was a man of great 
 influence among the Eemi. 9. One of (from) the am- 
 bassadors came to Csesar. 10. They cannot hold out 
 longer. 
 
26 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK II. 
 
 Ablative of Comparison, 6. Ablative of Degree, 7. 
 
 52. Chap. 7. 1. About midnight ; for the same reason. 
 
 2. Caesar used the messengers as guides (appositive). 
 
 3. Archers and slingers were sent as a reinforcement 
 (dat.) to the townsmen. 4. On the arrival of the archers^ 
 hope of defence left the Remi. 5. All the villages were 
 burned'. 6. The camp was pitched three miles off ; less 
 than three miles off ; more than three miles off. 
 
 Partitive Genitive, 81. 
 
 53. Chap. 8. 1. On each side ; the ends of the trenches. 
 2. So much (of) space ; reputation for valor ; to act as 
 (be for) a reserve. 3. He deferred the battle. 4. Our 
 men are not inferior to the enemy (abl). 5. The place 
 was suitable for (ad) a cavalry skirmish. 6. There is as 
 much space as a line of battle can occupy. 7. How much 
 space does a line of battle occupy ? 8. Near the ends of 
 the trenches redoubts were constructed. 9. Why (cur) 
 did he leave men (soldiers) in camp ? 10. If there is 
 need of anything (13), they will come. 
 
 Conditional Sentences, First Form, 53. Note that in the text the 
 conditional sentences are in indirect discourse. 
 
 54. Chap. 9. 1. The army is between the marsh and 
 the hill. 2. They began (initium facio) to cross. 3. Why 
 (cur) did our men wait ? 4. To attack' the enemy [when] 
 obstructed. 5. There is a contest between our men and 
 the enemy. 6. The cavalry skirmish was favorable to 
 neither [side]. 7. If they can (fut.), they will take the 
 redoubt. 8. If they take the redoubt, they will destroy 
 the bridge. 9. If they cannot do this, they will keep' 
 our men from supplies. 10. They led over a part of 
 their forces. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 27 
 
 Dative with Intransitive Verbs (Passive), 71, 101. 
 
 55. Chap. 10. 1. Light-armed Numidians were led over 
 
 the bridge. 2. A fierce battle took place. 3. Caesar 
 
 learned from (was informed by) Titiirius that Numidians 
 
 were crossing the bridge. 4. A great' number of Numid- 
 
 ians were slain (sing.) by the cavalry. 5. If they cross 
 
 (fat.) the river they will be repulsed. 6. They will be 
 
 disappointed in their hopes. 7. Each one returned to 
 
 his own home. 8. He persuades them to delay. 9. They 
 
 are persuaded to cross. 10. They cannot be persuaded 
 
 to wait longer. 11. You cannot be persuaded to render 
 
 aid. 12. They defended their own territories rather than 
 
 others'. 
 
 Ablative of Manner, 10. 
 
 56. Chap. 11. 1. The rear (of an army) ; at daybreak ; 
 toward sunset ; for what reason ? 2. They left (departed 
 from) their camp with great tumult. 3. Everybody (each) 
 sought the first place. 4. They reached (arrived) home 
 in the second watch. 5. With a loud (great') shout they 
 attacked the rear. 6. With great danger they withdrew 
 (se recipere) to camp. 7. For what reason did Caesar 
 keep his army in camp ? 8. The leaders were out of 
 (away from) danger. 9. They had been commanded (im- 
 personal) to withdraw to the camp. 
 
 Participle denoting Concession, Cause, and Time, 123. Ablative 
 Absolute, 1. 
 
 57. Chaps. 12, 13. 1. On the march; the elders. 2. On 
 the next day the enemy recovered (themselves) from their 
 alarm. 3. He could not take the town although there 
 were few defenders. 4. Although he attempted' to take 
 it, he could not. 5. The two sons of the king were re- 
 ceived as hostages. 6. When the towers were set up, the 
 
28 c^sar: gallic war, book ii. 
 
 Gauls were alarmed. 7. They gave up their arms be- 
 cause they were alarmed. 8. When they had given up 
 their arms their surrender was accepted (they were re- 
 ceived into surrender). 9. While Csesar was pitching 
 (pres. part.) camp, the elders came out of the town. 
 
 10. They stretched out their hands after their manner. 
 
 Indirect Discourse, 106. Tenses of the Infinitive, 113. Ablative and 
 Genitive of Quality, 18, 78. 
 
 58. Chaps. 14, 15. 1. Not only . . . but also ; both . . . 
 and ; out of respect to Divitiacus. 2. I will be spokes- 
 man (make words) in your behalf. 3. I know that he 
 has inflicted great loss upon the state. 4. Divitiacus said 
 that the ^duans would collect (fut. inf.) their arms. 
 
 5. They have (are of) great influence among the Belgae. 
 
 6. Csesar said that he would show (use) his ch?. ^acteris- 
 tic (own) kindness. 7. That he was a man of great kind- 
 ness. 8. And that out of respect to the ^duans he would 
 spare them. 9. When the hostages were delivered, they 
 collected the arms. 10. Although Caesar showed kind- 
 ness towards them, he demanded five hundred hostages. 
 
 11. Caesar made inquiries (asked^) about the habits of 
 the Nervii. 12. Traders (dat.) have no access to them. 
 13. They are men of the greatest courage. 
 
 Cum-temporal, 172. Amplius etc. without quam, 47. 
 
 59. Chaps. 16, 17. 1. Up to this time; to march, ad- 
 vance. 2. By reason of age [some] men are useless for 
 battle. 3. Into what place had they put the women? 
 4. Caesar learned that the Nervii had put the children in 
 the marshes. 5. Prom whom did he learn this ? 6. The 
 river is more than ten miles off. 7. The army marched 
 more than five miles. 8. When the first legion was com- 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 29 
 
 ing into camp the Nervii attacked it. 9. When the Nervii 
 had encamped on the. other side of the river, they awaited 
 Caesar's arrival. 10. There will be no (nihil) trouble in 
 plundering (to plunder) the baggage-train. 11. The other 
 legions are a great way off. 12. While the troops were 
 on the march, they dared not attack the enemy. 
 
 Genitive of Quality (Measure), 79. 
 
 60. Chaps. 18, 19. 1. To bring up the rear ; to be dif- 
 ferent from; close at hand. 2. The river Sambre has 
 been mentioned above. 3. The depth of the river is 
 six feet. 4. The height of the hill is about one hundred 
 feet ; more than one hundred paces. 5. Csesar sent ahead 
 the cavalry. 6. When he had sent ahead the cavalry, 
 he followed on himself (ipse). 7. The plan of march is 
 different from what the Belgae report. 8. Who brought 
 up the rear ? 9. The enemy withdrew into the woods. 
 10. How far (to what limit) did our men pursue them ? 
 
 Second Periphrastic Conjugation, 128. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 
 61. Chap. 20. 1. You have everything to do at once 
 (one time). 2. I must give the signal. 3. The lieutenant, 
 a man of great skill, has to draw up the line. 4. Caesar 
 had to encourage the soldiers. 5. The experience of the 
 soldiers proved (was) a help (dat.) in these difficulties. 
 6. They know' what ought' to be done. 7. They pre- 
 scribed for themselves what ought (tense f) to be done. 
 
 8. The lieutenants did not leave' their respective legions. 
 
 9. Of myself I shall execute what seems best. 
 
 Gerund and Gerundive (Gen. and Ace), 90, 92. 
 
 62. Chaps. 21, 22. 1. Different legions in different 
 places. 2. He gave the necessary orders (ordered neces- 
 
30 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK II. 
 
 sary things). 3. For the purpose of encouraging the 
 tenth legion he did this. 4. It is the time for (of) put- 
 ting on the ornaments. 5. They are ready for fighting. 
 6. He is ready to fight. 7. They lost the chance to fight 
 (time of fighting). 8. The signal for joining battle must 
 be given by Csesar. 9. Some were in one place, others 
 in another. 10. One was in one place, another in 
 another (46). 
 
 Genitive: Possessive, 82; Partitive, 81. 
 
 63. Chap. 23. 1. The chief command ; to put to flight. 
 2. The soldiers of the tenth legion discharged their 
 javelins. 3. The Atrebates were breathless' with run- 
 ning. 4. They proceeded to the river for the sake of 
 crossing. 5, From what place did they drive them ? 
 6. "With what did they slay' them ? 7. They were slain 
 by the swords of the soldiers. 8. A large part of them 
 were slain (sing.). 9. With whom have they come in con- 
 flict ? iO. The left side (part) of the camp was exposed. 
 
 Ablative of Means or Instrument, 11. Imperfect of Continued 
 Action, 99. 
 
 64. Chap. 24. 1. To withdraw, retreat; to take to 
 flight. 2. In another direction ; in all directions. 3. The 
 light-armed infantry were with the cavalry. 4. These 
 were routed at the first onset of the enemy. 5. The 
 enemy met the horsemen face to face (opposite, adj.). 
 6. The camp-followers went forth to plunder. 7. They 
 rushed (were borne) some in one direction, some in 
 another. 8. The camp was filling up (pass.) with a mul- 
 titude of the Gauls. 9. The slingers were fleeing in all 
 directions. 10. The legions were hard pressed by the 
 cavalry. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 31 
 
 Dative of Separation, 70. 
 
 65. Chap. 25. 1. The position is critical (the thing is 
 in a strait) ; to do one's best ; to charge. 2. The soldiers, 
 being crowded together, were a hindrance {dat.) to one 
 another (themselves). 3. Sextius was worn out by many 
 (and) severe wounds. 4. The position was critical, and no 
 (nor any) reserve' could be sent up. 5. Csesar snatched a 
 shield from a soldier. 6. From whom did he snatch a 
 shield? 7. Will he snatch a javelin from Sextius? 
 8. The soldiers charged. 
 
 Dative of Purpose, 68. Ablative with potior, 24. 
 
 66. Chap. 26. 1. To leave nothing undone. 2. He left 
 nothing undone. 3. They faced about and charged (bore 
 reversed standards) upon the enemy. 4. Two legions 
 acted as (were for) a guard^ to the rear. 5. He sent the 
 tenth legion as a reinforcement to his men. 6. They do 
 not fear being (lest they be) surrounded. 7. They will 
 make a bolder resistance (resist more boldly). 8. Labie- 
 nus got possession of the enemy's camp. 9. Did he get 
 possession of the baggage? 10. How (in what place) 
 do matters stand ? 11. He learned how matters stood. 
 
 Dative with Compounds, 64. 
 
 67. Chap. 27. 1. The men were leaning upon their 
 shields. 2. Even [though] unarmed, they encountered 
 armed [men]. 3. The cavalry wiped out the disgrace 
 of flight by valor. 4. They put themselves before the 
 legionary soldiers. 5. You put yourself ahead of me. 
 6. The first of them fell. 7. The others stood upon 
 them as they lay (part.). 8. They picked up the jave- 
 lins and threw them back (threw back the intercepted 
 javelins). 9. They got possession of (potior) the river 
 bank. 10. The river was a protection to them. 
 
32 c^sar: gallic war, book ii. 
 
 Cum-causal, 50. 
 
 68. Chap. 28. 1. The race of the Nervii was reduced 
 almost' to extinction. 2. Since the warriors (soldiers) 
 had been conquered^ the elders surrendered. 3. There 
 is no safety (nothing safe") to the vanquished. 4. All 
 that survived surrendered to Caesar. 5. All that survive 
 will surrender. ^ 6. There are barely five hundred that 
 can bear arms. 7. Since they were suppliants, Caesar 
 had mercy on them. 8. Since they have surrendered, I 
 will spare them. 
 
 Order of Words, 122. Emphasis, 74. 
 
 69. Chap. 29. 1. I have written above about the Adua- 
 tuci. 2. They were coming to help (for help to) the 
 Nermi, 3. While they were coming, the battle was an- 
 nounced. 4. When the battle was (had been) announced, 
 they returned home. 5. On all sides around were high 
 cliffs. 6. Pointed logs were placed on the walls. 7. That 
 [part of the] baggage train which they could not drive 
 they carried. 8. Now they make (infero) war, now they 
 make (facio) peace. 9. Since their neighbors harassed 
 them, they defended themselves. 10. With the consent 
 of all, this place was selected. 
 
 Agreement of Verb with Subject, 44. Agreement of Adjective 
 with Noun, 37. 
 
 70. Chap. 30. 1. Frequent raids w^ere made. 2. Slight 
 skirmishes were fought (change the form of sentence), 
 3. A tower was set up a long distance off. 4. Why did 
 they laugh at the tower (ace.)? 5. By what strength^, 
 pray, do you expect to set it up on the wall ? 6. You 
 cannot, since it is so heavy (of so great weight). 7. You 
 are men of so small stature. 8. In comparison with the 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 33 
 
 height (altitudo) of the tower, you are very short 
 (brevis). 9. The tower was an object of ridicule to 
 them. 10. Generally the Gauls are men of great stature. 
 
 Dative with Adjectives, 62. 
 
 71. Chap. 31. 1. The tower moved (pass.) and ap- 
 proached the walls. 2. It is moving and approaching the 
 walls. 3. The Romans wage war by divine aid. 4. We 
 give ourselves up to your power. 5. One [thing] we beg 
 and beseech. 6. The Aduatuci must' be spared. 7. Our 
 neighbors envy us. 8. They are hostile to us. 9. Our 
 enemies are our neighbors (neighboring to us). 10. The 
 Eomans were hostile to the Aduatuci. 
 
 Ablative "in accordance with," 3. 
 
 72. Chap. 32. 1. It is more in accordance with my 
 custom than with your desert. 2. It is in accordance 
 with Caesar's custom to spare the vanquished (vinco). 
 3. The Aduatuci according to their custom concealed a 
 third part of the arms. 4. If you surrender, I will spare 
 you. 5. I shall do what (that which) I did in the case 
 of the ]S"ervii. 6. On that day there was peace. 7. The 
 Nervii have been unfriendly (inimicus) to the Eomans. 
 
 Ablative of Time, 22. 
 
 73. Chap. 33. 1. By night; towards evening. 2. In 
 the third watch; on the next day. 3. The gates were 
 shut. 4. The soldiers went out of the town by night, 
 5. Why did Caesar order the gates to be shut ? 6. They 
 had formed this plan before. 7. They made shields out 
 of bark. 8. The enemy fight (impers.) as fiercely as brave 
 men ought to fight. 9. They fought as fiercely as brave 
 men ought {perf.) to have fought (pres.). 10. There was 
 
84 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK III. 
 
 a rush to that place. 11. How many (quot) men were 
 slain on that day ? 12. In accordance with this design 
 the gates were broken down. 
 
 Future Infinitive after Verbs of Promising, 114. 
 
 74. Chap. 35. 1. For fifteen days ; in the beginning of 
 summer; before that time. 2. All Gaul was subdued. 
 3. The nations that lived (ind.) beyond the Ehine sent 
 ambassadors. 4. These (which) embassies returned to 
 him the next summer. 5. They promised to give hos- 
 tages. 6. Caesar promised to hasten into Italy. 7. He 
 promised to lead the legions into winter quarters. 8. In 
 consequence of Caesar^s despatches the senate decreed a 
 thanksgiving. 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 Syntax of Relative Pronouns, 138. Complementary Infinitive, 109. 
 
 75. Chaps. 1, 2. 1. What reason had (was to) Caesar 
 for setting out for Italy ? 2. He wished to open a road 
 over the Alps. 3. He determined to winter in those 
 places. 4. The village in which they wintered was called 
 Octodurus. 5. The valley in which this village was sit- 
 uated was not large. 6. There was a river which divided 
 this village into two parts. 
 
 7. To form a plan; an additional fact was^ more- 
 over, and besides. 8. The mountains which overhang 
 are held by the Seduni. 9. The Gauls, to whom he had 
 assigned one part of the village, all departed by night. 
 10. It happened' that (ut) they suddenly' renewed the 
 war. 11. The two cohorts, and those not quite full, the 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 85 
 
 Gauls despised. 12. But they could not withstand even 
 our first assault. 
 
 Result Clauses with ut, 155. Sequence of Tenses, 160. 
 
 76. Jhaps. 3^ 4. 1. Provision has been made ; a majc '- 
 ity decries; so much danger. 2. The work on (of) the 
 winter quarters was not cc iipletely finished. 3. Suffi- 
 cient provision for supplies has not been made. 4. It is 
 impossible that aid should come (it cannot be come for 
 aid). 5. Opinions' were given (said) of this kind, that 
 they should abandon^ the baggage. 6. There was so 
 much danger that they despaired of safety. 7. A ma- 
 jority decided to abandon the baggage. 
 
 8. There is hardly time for giving (91) a signal. 
 9. Our men at first sent no (nuUus) weapon without 
 effect. 10. The enemy are wearied with long fighting 
 (length of battle). 11. They are so' few (pauci) that 
 they cannot withdraw from the fight. 12. They can- 
 not withdraw even [when they are] tired. 13. They 
 cannot leave the spot even when they are wounded. 
 
 Imperative, 96. Hortatory Subjunctive, 165. 
 
 77. Chaps. 5, 6. 1. The battle with the Nervii ; to the 
 last extremity; the last resource. 2. Not only did the 
 enemy press them more vigorously^ but they even began 
 to fill up the trenches. 3. In the battle w^ith the ISTervii 
 Sextius was exhausted with wounds. 4. The only hope 
 of safety lies (is) in making (if we shall make) a sortie. 
 
 5. Stop the fight, and only pick up the spent weapons. 
 
 6. Let them stop the fight. 7. Refresh yourselves from 
 toil. 8. Let them refresh themselves from toil. 
 
 9. To entertain the hope ; one-third. 10. You leave 
 us no opportunity either (no . . . either = neither) of 
 
36 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK III. 
 
 learning what is doing, or of collecting our wits. 11. Do 
 you entertain the hope of slaying all your enemies? 
 12. Surround the camp on all sides. 13. Let them sur- 
 round the camp. 14. Out of more than three thousand 
 men one-third were slain. 
 
 Ablative of Specification, 21. First Periphrastic Conjugation, 127. 
 
 78. Chaps. 8, 9. 1. The sea-coast. 2. The influence of 
 the Veneti is very great, because they hold all the sea- 
 coast. 3. They surpassed all in knowledge of naval 
 affairs. 4. All who use ships are their tributaries. 
 5. We had rather (prefer to) recover our hostages than 
 remain in slavery to (of) the Eomans. 6. Send back our 
 hostages to us. 7. Let them send back the hostages. 
 
 8. As soon as ; far otherwise than, very different from. 
 9. Meanwhile galleys were constructed, rowers organized, 
 and (60) sailors and pilots collected. 10. The Veneti 
 are stronger in ships, the Eomans in men. 11. We are 
 about to build as many ships as possible. 12. Everything 
 turned out contrary to expectation. 13. Where are they 
 going to wage war ? 14. We do not know where they are 
 going to wage war (146). 
 
 Priusquam with Indicative and Subjunctive, 171. 
 
 79. Chaps. 10, 11. 1. To be eager for revolution; we 
 may do the same thing (the same is permitted to us). 
 
 2. The difficulties of waging war were very great (superL). 
 
 3. If we overlook this revolt, the Morini will think they 
 may do the same thing. 4. The Eemi were on the point 
 of exciting the rest of the Gauls to war. 5. Before more 
 states had conspired, he divided the army. 6. Before 
 more states should conspire, the army was distributed 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 37 
 
 more widely. 7. Csesar thought that, before more states 
 should conspire, he ought to divide his army. 
 
 8. He ordered (mando) Labienus to hold the Eemi to 
 (in) their allegiance. 9. Before the Aquitani sent auxilia- 
 ries, Crassus set out for that region. 10. Crassus, slow 
 (tardus) by nature, set out for Aquitania before auxilia- 
 ries should be sent. 11. Sabinus took care that the 
 Unelli and Lexovii should be kept apart. 
 
 Purpose Clause with quo, 140. Dative with Special Verbs, 71. 
 
 80. Chaps. 12, 13. 1. There is access to the town 
 neither by land (feet) nor by ships. 2. Caesar shut off 
 the sea by dikes and dams. 3. That they might remove 
 their goods the more easily, they had an abundance of 
 ships. 4. They carried off their goods before the tide 
 ebbed. 5. Caesar was detained by storms a great part 
 (29) of the summer. 
 
 6. The ships are made flat-bottomed, that they may 
 the more easily encounter the shoals. 7. They are 
 made wholly (adj.) of oak, that they may the more 
 easily endure the buffeting of the waves. 8. They 
 used timbers a foot (adj.) thick, and hides for sails. 
 9. There was so great strength in the Gallic ships that 
 ours could not harm them. 10. Neither could storms 
 injure them easily. 11. Rocks and reefs injure our 
 ships. 12. Our ships could neither bear a storm easily 
 nor stay in shoal water safely. 
 
 Dative with Compounds, 64. Passive of Verbs that take the 
 Dative, 101. 
 
 81. Chaps. 14, 15. 1. We can neither check the enemy's 
 flight nor injure them. 2. They cannot be injured. 3. He 
 is injured. 4. Brutus commanded the fleet. 5. Caesar 
 
38 CiESATt: GALLIC WAR, BOOK III. 
 
 was at the head of the army. 6. It is not quite cleaj 
 to me what I am to do. 7. Their ships cannot be injured 
 with our beaks. 8. The sterns were high so that weapons 
 might fall the more heavily. 9. Our men were superior 
 in valor. 
 
 10. To board a ship; sunset; ten o'clock. 11. Three 
 and even four ships at a time surrounded single ones of 
 the enemy. 12. When our men had boarded the enemy's 
 ships, the latter sought safety in flight. 13. Since they 
 found no relief for this (thing), they turned their ships 
 about. 14. The battle raged (it was fought) from about 
 nine o'clock till three. 
 
 Ablative of Accompaniment, 2. 
 
 82. Chaps. 16, 17. 1. To sell into slavery; for the 
 future. 2. They have no place to retreat to (have not 
 whither they may betake themselves). 3. They have 
 no means of defending their towns. 4. They must be 
 punished' severely, that they may observe the rights of 
 ambassadors more carefully. 
 
 5. The chief command ; a chance to fight ; impression 
 of cowardice. 6. Caesar with all his troops arrives among 
 the Unelli. 7. Viridovix commanded those forces which 
 he had collected. 8. They proceed to camp with the rest 
 of the leaders. 9. Hope of plunder had called out a large 
 number of robbers. 10. In the absence of Caesar, Sabinus 
 was unwilling to fi^ht. 11. A lieutenant ought not to 
 fight unless some favorable chance is offered. 
 
 Adjective with Adverbial force, 40. 
 
 83. Chaps. 18, 19. 1. As a deserter ; it happened, the 
 result was that. 2. Sabinus persuaded a certain shrewd 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 39 
 
 man to go over to the enemy. 3. This man, a Gaul, told 
 them that Sabinus on, the next night would lead his army 
 out of camp. 4. The opportunity of leading the army 
 out of camp ought (oportet) not to be thrown away. 
 5. Men generally are glad to (gladly) believe what (that 
 which) they wish. 6. Joyfully they hastened to camp 
 with their arms. 
 
 7. They hastened with great speed. 8. They did not 
 wish the Eomans to rally (collect themselves). 9. They 
 arrived at camp all out of breath. 10. Sabinus gave his 
 men the signal which they desired (to his men desiring). 
 11. It happened that Sabinus with a large number of 
 soldiers made a sortie from two gates. 12. On account 
 of the valor of the soldiers not even one of the enemy 
 escaped. 13. The Gauls eagerly {adj.) undertake wars. 
 
 Genitive with Adjectives, 76. Ablative with fretus, 9. 
 
 84. Chaps. 20, 21, 1. At about^ the same time Publius 
 Crassus was waging war in those places where the army 
 of Valerius had been defeated'. 2. Mallius fled from the 
 same place after losing his baggage-train. 3. When he 
 had arrived there (whither when, etc.) he used no ordi- 
 nary diligence. 4. He learned that it was the place 
 where Valerius had been killed a few years before. 
 
 5. Since the safety of all Aquitania lies (is placed) in 
 our valor, let us not turn (165) our backs. 6. Relying 
 upon our valor, let us besiege the town. 7. Caesar, re- 
 lying upon former victories, besieged the town. 8. He 
 is very well skilled (supeii.) in this thing. 9. Sometimes 
 they made sorties, and sometimes they worked mines up 
 to the walls. 10. The Aquitani are skilled in this [sort 
 of] thing. 
 
40 c^sar: gallic war, book hi. 
 
 Conditional Sentences, Second form, 54. Participle denoting 
 Concession, 123. 
 
 85. Chaps. 22^ 23. 1. To commit suicide. 2. These 
 devoted followers are called^ soldurii. 3. If anything' 
 should happen to him to whose friendship a soldurius has 
 devoted himself, the latter would not refuse to die. 4. Al- 
 though a sortie was made (abl. abs.) still they were driven 
 back into the town. 5. Although they were driven back, 
 nevertheless they enjoyed the same terms of surrender. 
 6. If a sortie should be made, they would be driven back. 
 
 7. A sufficient guard ; to have the same feeling. 8. The 
 town was taken within a few days after (in which) they 
 arrived (impers.) there. 9. The barbarians, although 
 alarmed at the approach of Crassus, nevertheless, at- 
 tempted' to carry on the war. 10. If they should sum- 
 mon' auxiliaries from Spain, the number of the enemy 
 would increase. 11. Since the number of the enemy 
 was increasing (pass.) day by day', Crassus prepared to 
 contend in battle. 12. Since the whole council' had the 
 same feeling, he set the next day for battle. 
 
 Negative Purpose, 139. 
 
 86. Chaps. 24-26. 1. To withdraw, retreat; at day- 
 break ; late at night ; what plan. 2. It is safer to form 
 a double line (abl. abs.) and put the auxiliaries in the 
 centre of the line. 3. Let us wait [to see] what plan the 
 enemy adopts. 4. The enemy thought that, if the roads 
 should be blockaded (abl. abs.) they could win a victory. 
 5. We must no longer delay going (but that it be gone) 
 to the enemy's camp. 
 
 6. While (cum) some were supplying stones for the 
 fighters, others' were bringing sods for the mound'. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 41 
 
 7. The enemy fought steadily that their weapons might 
 not fall without effect (in vain"). 8. Our horsemen were 
 led around that they might not be seen by the enemy. 
 9. They are led around lest they be seen. 10. If they 
 should be seen, the enemy would find out what is going 
 on. 11. They demolished the walls before the enemy 
 could find out what was going on. 
 
 Participle denoting Time, 123. Ablative Absolute, 1. 
 87. Chaps. 27-29. 1. In a very different way from; 
 for a rampart. 2. The Morini carried on war in a very 
 different manner from Caesar. 3. They conveyed all 
 their property into the forests. 4. Summer having 
 passed, winter will be at hand. 5. Our men, taking 
 their arms, drove the enemy back. 6. Having made an 
 attack upon our men, the enemy were driven back into 
 the woods. 7. Caesar cut down the woods that no (lest 
 any) attack might be made upon unarmed soldiers. 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 Accusative of Duration, 29. Locative domi, 116. 
 
 88. Chaps. 1-3. 1. From childhood. 2. We shall stay at 
 home two years. 3. They stay a year in one place. 4. For 
 several years the Suevi had harassed them. 5. There 
 are one hundred cantons, from each (use siiiguli) of 
 which a thousand men are led out to war every year. 
 6. The latter (hie) stay at home, [while] the former (ille) 
 are under (in) arms. 7. The boys are not trained to any 
 duty. 8. They do nothing against their will. 9. On 
 
42 C^SAR : GALLIC WAR, BOOK lY. 
 
 account' of daily exercise they become men of extraor- 
 dinary (greatest) power'. 10. The Gauls take particular 
 delight in horses. 11. But the Germans use small and 
 ill-shaped [ones]. 12. Nor do they think that anything' 
 is more disgraceful than to use saddle-cloths. 13. How- 
 ever few [they are], they dare to attack any' number 
 whatever of effeminate Gauls. 14. jVlthough (cum) the 
 Ubii are of the same race, nevertheless they are more 
 refined than the other" Germans. 
 
 Accusative and Genitive with verbs of Feeling or Emotion, 33, 86. 
 
 89. Chaps. 4-6. 1. Finally; on the spot; to form a 
 plan. 2. He wandered for three years. 3. They ad- 
 vanced a three days' journey. 4. The Menapii stationed 
 garrisons on this side of the Rhine. 5. Having tried 
 every resource (all things) they pretended to return to 
 their own abodes. 6. Before (priusquam) crossing the 
 river they seized all the vessels of the Menapii. 7. They 
 crossed the Ehine before the Menapii, who were on this 
 side of the river, could be informed. 8. No confidence 
 should be placed in (nothing should be intrusted to) 
 the Gauls. 9. Travellers are compelled, even against 
 their will, to disclose' what they have heard. 10. What 
 regions have you come from ? 11. They repent of their 
 schemes. 12. He formed a plan that he repented of on 
 the spot. 13. They often have to (necesse) repent of 
 schemes which they enter into. 14. The things that I 
 suspected would happen have happened. 
 
 Dative of Possessor, 67. Relative of Characteristic, 149. 
 
 90. Chaps. 7-9. 1. The next day but one ; several days 
 before. 2. We do not refuse to contend (subj. w. quin), 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 43 
 
 if we are provoked. 3. Nor are we the first' (adj.) to 
 make war upon others. 4. We resist anybody that 
 (those (dat.) whoever) makes war on us, and ask for no 
 quarter (nor ask, etc.). 5. Let not (ne) the Eomans 
 allow (pres. subj.) us to be driven from (ex) the lands 
 that we possess. 6. We yield to the immortal gods 
 alone, to whom not even the Suevi are equal. 7. I could 
 have no friendship with you, if you should remain in 
 Gaul (54). 8. The Germans did not repent of their 
 plea. 9. We are the only ones who are equal to the 
 immortal gods. 10. There is no one whom we cannot 
 conquer. 11. The Ubii have lands in Gaul. 12. I have 
 friends at home. 13. Germans had settled in the terri- 
 tories of the Ubii several years before. 14. The ambas- 
 sadors returned to Caesar the next day but one. 
 
 Cum-concessiye, 61. Ablative of Source or Origin, 20. 
 91. Chaps. 10-12. 1. To tend in the same direction, have 
 the same purpose ; to give security on oath. 2. There are 
 [some] of these nations that subsist on fish and birds' 
 eggs. 3. We earnestly entreat^ you not to advance (lest 
 you advance) further. 4. We beg^ you to send forward 
 [some] horsemen. 5. If the Ubii will give us security 
 on oath, we will accept the terms (use the condition) that 
 you propose. 6. Here (hither) they assembled the next 
 day in great numbers. 7. Tell the prefects not to irritate 
 the enemy. 8. Although the number of our cavalry was 
 more^ than five thousand (gen.), the enemy made an attack 
 upon them. 9. Although they had sought for a truce, 
 they killed seventy-four of our men. 10. Although our 
 men feared nothing, they were quickly thrown into dis- 
 order. 11. Piso was born of noble stock. 
 
44 c^sar: gallic war, book iy. 
 
 Dum (until), 173. Double Questions, 145. 
 
 92. Chaps. 13, 14. 1. Elders ; it is the height of folly. 
 2. Whether ... or ... or ; contrary to what had been 
 said ; no time (room). 3. It was the height of folly to 
 wait until the enemy had formed their plans. 4. It is 
 very foolish to wait until the cavalry return. 5. The 
 next day in the morning the chiefs came to Caesar to 
 clear themselves. 6. Caesar ordered them to be detained 
 until a battle should be [fought]. 7. Although (cum) 
 the chiefs came as (pro) ambassadors, Caesar detained 
 them. 8. It is the height of folly to let a single (unus) 
 day go by. 9. We know not (nescio) whether it is 
 better to do this or that. 10. Is it (use -ne) better to hold 
 a council or to take up arms ? 11. He will arrive at the 
 camp before we can tell what is going on (171). 12. The 
 soldiers burst into the camp before we could tell what 
 was going on. 
 
 Causal Clauses with quod, etc., 49. Dative with Compounds, 64. 
 
 93. Chaps. 15, 16. 1. All to a man; opportunity to 
 depart ; to have the ability and the courage. 2. Is it 
 better (praestat) to cross the Rhine or to remain in 
 camp ? 3. They threw away their arms (abl. abs.) and 
 rushed out of camp. 4. Overcome with fear they cast 
 themselves into the river. 5. We were all safe to a man, 
 [only] a very few being wounded. 6. They wished to 
 remain with Caesar because they feared punishment 
 from (of) the Grauls. 7. For many reasons Caesar de- 
 termined that the war must be finished. 8. He thought 
 he must cross (pass.) the Rhine because the Germans 
 were easily induced to come into Gaul. 9. The Ger- 
 mans feared for their own affairs because the Romans 
 
t u^ 
 
 FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 45 
 
 had the courage to cross the Rhine. 10. The Ubii 
 begged for aid because they were hard-pressed by the 
 Suevi. 11. The rest' were not in the battle because they 
 had crossed the river. 12. We earnestly beg you to send 
 us aid'. 
 
 Purpose Clauses with ut and ne, 139. 
 
 94. Chaps. 17, 18. 1. Consistent with (one's) dignity. 
 2. The (more) . . . the (more) ; in ten days after . . . ; 
 from the time when. ... 3. To cross the Ehine in boats 
 is not consistent with Caesar's dignity. 4. Therefore a 
 bridge must be built. 5. The bridge was built that the 
 army might be led over. 6. Logs were driven in not 
 vertically, but sloping. 7. The greater the violence of 
 the water, the more tightly are these logs held together. 
 8. Piles were driven to break the force of the stream. 
 9- And also (atque) that trunks of trees sent by the bar- 
 barians might not injure the bridge. 10. The bridge 
 was finished in ten days after it was begun (to be built). 
 11. Caesar left a guard at the bridge that the barbarians 
 might not break it down. 12. The Sugambri carried off 
 all their possessions into the woods, because the bridge 
 was built. 
 
 Indirect Discourse, 106. Tenses of the Infinitive, 113. 
 
 95. Chaps. 19, 20. 1. After (posteaquam) the Suevi 
 had learned that Caesar was building a bridge, they held 
 a council. 2. Remove from your towns and put all your 
 possessions in the woods. 3. Csesar found out that the 
 Suevi had put their wives and children in the woods, 
 4. and that all who could bear (sitbj.) arms were assem- 
 bling. 5. After (posteaquam) Caesar had punished' the 
 Sugambri, he withdrew into Gaul. 6. He spent eighteen 
 
46 c^sar: gallic war, book iv. 
 
 days in all on the other side of the Rhine. 7. In almost 
 all the Gallic wars auxiliaries have been furnished to our 
 enemies from Britain. 8. It will be of great advantage, 
 if only we ascertain {fut. perf. ind.) what nations inhabit 
 Britain. 9. Caesar thought that he might learn from 
 traders what harbors there were suitable for warships. 
 10. He summoned traders to him to find out how large 
 the island was. 
 
 Relative of Purpose and Cause, 143, 51. Genitive of Value, 83. 
 
 96. Chaps. 21, 22. 1. As soon as possible; to attach 
 one's self to Caesar. 2. Transports ; galleys ; whatever 
 (of) ships ; to make liberal promises. 3. Ambassadors 
 came to say that they would give hostages. 4. The in- 
 fluence of Commius among the Atrebates was regarded 
 [as] of great value. 5. I regard his influence as of small 
 (parvus) value. 6. Of how much (quantus) value do you 
 regard his influence ? 7. Visit what states you can, and 
 tell them I am coming soon. 8. I will examine all the 
 places, as far as opportunity is offered me, seeing that I 
 dare (who dare) not go ashore (out of the ship). 9. The 
 Morini came to excuse themselves on the ground that 
 (because) they were barbarians. 10. We come to promise 
 to do whatever you (shall) order. 11. What galleys we 
 have besides we shall leave on the coast of Gaul. 
 
 Passives used Impersonally, 101. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 
 97. Chaps. 23, 24. 1. To go on board a ship, embark ; 
 to go ashore, disembark. 2. Military science ; seaman- 
 ship; promptly. 3. Having gone on board (use a cum- 
 clause), they waited at anchor till (dum) the weather 
 should be suitable for sailing. 4. It is by no means a 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 47 
 
 suitable place for disembarking, where weapons can be 
 thrown from the cliffs (higher places) to the shore. 
 5. Both military science and especially' seamanship de- 
 mand that all commands be executed promptly. 6. The 
 Romans could not station their ships except in deep 
 [water]. 7. They had to jump down from the ships with 
 their hands encumbered. 8. The Britons had i,o advance 
 a little into the water. 9. Our men had to keep their 
 footing amid (in) the waves, weighed down with the 
 weight of their arms. 10. The enemy, on the other 
 hand (autem) with their limbs free, could hurl weapons 
 from dry [ground]. 
 
 Imperfect of Customary or Repeated Action, 98. Ablative of 
 Means or Instrument, 11. 
 
 98. Chaps. 25, 26. 1. To retreat, fall back ; to do one's 
 duty ; to reach, (" make ") the island. 2. The galleys were 
 removed a little from the transports and put in motion 
 with oars. 3. The enemy were dislodged by slings, ar- 
 rows, [and] (60) heavy missiles hurled from the galleys. 
 4. If you do not wish to be frightened by the heavy mis- 
 siles, fall back just a little. 5. He at least' who carried 
 the eagle did his duty to the state. 6. If you do not jump 
 down out of the ships, you will betray the eagle to the 
 enemy. 7. We could not follow our own standards, but we 
 flocked to any (whatever) that we came across. 8. The 
 enemy would surround some as they came (coming) out 
 of the ships in scattered groups. 9. When Caesar ob- 
 served this (which), he sent up [some] skiffs filled with 
 soldiers, as a relief to those in distress. 10. Our men 
 put the enemy to flight, but did not follow them up, 
 because they had no cavalry. 
 
48 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK IV. 
 
 Substantive Clause of Result, 157. Ablative of Separation, 19. 
 
 99. Chaps. 27-30. 1. As soon as; in the character of 
 an ambassador. 2. Three days after ; to confer together ; 
 to renew the war. 3. The barbarians arrested Commius 
 as soon as he had left (gone out of) his ship, and put him 
 in chains, although (cum) he had come to them in the 
 character of an ambassador. 4. If you lay all the blame 
 on the multitude, you cannot be pardoned (impers.). 
 5. The storm is so great that the ships cannot keep their 
 course. 6. Some of the vessels were driven back to the 
 same place they had started from (whence they had 
 started), and some cast anchor. 7- It happens that the 
 full moon causes very high tides. 8. It happened that 
 Caesar did not know (;^escio) that the full moon causes 
 very high tides. 9. So great was the panic in (of) our 
 army that the Britons renewed the war. 10. It is evident 
 that the ships are useless for sailing when their rigging 
 is lost. 11. Let us keep" (hort. subj., 165) them from 
 supplies. 12. They kept our men from [getting] grain. 
 
 13. They prevented^ their return (them from return). 
 
 14. The best thing to do (170) is to keep them from sup- 
 plies and prevent their return. 
 
 Ablative with utor, 24. Ablative of Place Where and Whence, 14, 15. 
 
 100. Chaps. 31-34. 1. Some new plan ; a little too far ; 
 by night. 2. In that direction; in all directions. 
 
 3. Greater than usual ; for several days in succession. 
 
 4. It was necessary to use the timber of the disabled 
 ships for repairing the others. 5. We see a larger 
 cloud of dust than usual in that direction (abl) in which 
 (ace.) the legion marched. 6. When these cohorts had 
 set out in that direction, the other cohorts immediately 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 49 
 
 followed them. 7. While (dum) our men were engaged 
 in reaping, the enemy, who were skulking in the woods, 
 suddenly attacked them. 8. At first' they ride around 
 in all directions and then (deinde) work their way in 
 among the horsemen. 9. Then they leap down from their 
 chariots, and the drivers withdraw from the battle. 
 10. They can, even on a steep downward slope, rein in 
 their horses [when] at full gallop (spurred on). 11. The 
 enemy had halted in that place. 12. For several days in 
 succession the enemy were prevented by a storm from 
 [offering] battle. 13. There is a great opportunity to 
 free our country forever, if we drive the Romans out 
 of the island. 
 
 Concessive clauses with etsi, 52. 
 
 101. Chaps. 35-38. 1. To set sail; to give battle; to 
 renew the war. 2. Although the enemy can escape 
 danger by their rapidity, nevertheless our men will 
 give battle. 3. The thirty horsemen of Avhom men- 
 tion has been made before, pursued the enemy, and 
 killed several of them. 4. The voyage ought not to be 
 exposed to the equinoctial storm. 5. Although they set 
 sail at midnight, they nevertheless reached port in 
 safety (adj.). 6. If you do not wish (are unwilling) to 
 be -killed, lay down your arms. 7. Although they did 
 not wish to be killed, they did not lay down their arms. 
 8. About six thousand men assembled for the defence of 
 (ut, etc.) three hundred. 9. After our cavalry came in 
 sight, the enemy threw down their arms and fled. 
 10. We have no place to retreat to (whither we may 
 retreat). 11. The year before the Morini had used the 
 swamps as a place of refuge. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Note. A superior figure (e.g. Thosei) put after a word applies to that word 
 alone ; put before a word, applies to two or more immediately following. A supe- 
 rior s (e.g. surpass^) is a reference to the Table of Synonyms, p. 193. In the notes 
 literal translations and idioms are printed in Italics; the numbers refer to the 
 Grammatical Index, p. 205, unless otherwise specified. Cf. = compare ; w. = with ; 
 other abbreviations will be readily understood. 
 
 102. Chaps. 1-5. 1. The Belgse, who inhabit one of 
 the three parts of Gaul, are the bravest of all the Gauls, 
 because they do not import those things which enfeeble 
 the character. 
 
 2. Those^ who surpass' all their neighbors ^in courage 
 hold the supremacy of all Gaul. Whence^ it happens' 
 '*that they are incessantly waging war with the Germans. 
 
 3. ^Having bought up a large number of wagons, and 
 having completed all other preparations,^ they selected 
 Orgetorix ^to undertake an embassy to the states. 
 
 4. At that time Casticus, a Sequanian, who had seized 
 the throne in his own state, ^and also Dumnorix, an 
 ^duan, to whom Orgetorix had given his daughter in^ 
 marriage, influenced'^ by the argument of Orgetorix, 
 "exchanged pledges with each other. 
 
 102. 1 Use a form of is. 2 Abl.of specification, 21. 3 Froyn lohich 
 things, abl. of cause, 5. ^ Substantive clause of result, 157. ^ Use 
 two abl. abs. clauses, or cum.-c\siuses. ^ Things. "^ Ct. ad eas 
 res c5nflciendas. 8 Atque. ^ Into. 10 p^rt. agreeing w. two 
 uouns, 37. 11 Cf. inter se fldem dant. 
 
 50 
 
FOE, WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 61 
 
 103. Chaps. 6-10. 1. One route is difficult, because a 
 liigli mountain overhangs ; the other is easy, because it 
 is near the Rhone, over^ which is a bridge. 
 
 2. ^All preparations are made, and a day appointed', 
 ^on which they are to cross the Rhone by the bridge 
 Hhat extends from Geneva, because this route' is the 
 easier. 
 
 3. When Caesar was informed of their approach, he 
 hastened ^from Rome ^in order to intercept^ them. To 
 the ambassadors, Vho had been sent to him, he replied 
 that he ^did not think the Helvetians ^^would march 
 through the province without [doing] injury. 
 
 4. Nevertheless, he named' a day ^^for the ambassadors 
 to come again, and, meanwhile, ^^having extended a wall 
 and a ditch from the lake to the mountain, and having 
 posted garrisons ^^here and there, and fortified redoubts, 
 ^%e informed the ambassadors, when they had come 
 back, that he should prevent them ^^if they attempted' to 
 march ^^by that route. 
 
 5. ^^In order that they might more easily march 
 through the country of the Sequanians, they gave hos- 
 tages to them ^^to pass through their territories without 
 injury. 
 
 103. 1 In. 2Xwo verbs connected by " and " are often best rendered 
 by part, and verb without " and." Here put the first clause in the abl. 
 abs. ^Rel. clause of purpose, 143. ^Extending. ^ ^bl. without 
 prep., 15. 6 Purpose clause w. ut, 139. '' Interci^io. ^ Having 
 been sent. 9 Pres. inf. lo Ywt. inf. n On which day, etc. ; see n. 3. 
 12 See Ex. 102, n. 5.-13 Expressed by prefix of verb. i^ When the 
 ambassadors had come back, he showed, etc. i^ When a cond. sent, 
 occurs in ind. disc, always consider what the direct form would be; 
 here, if you shall have attempted . . . I shall pi^event. Then follow the 
 rules for change of mood and sequence of tenses, 56. 16 See 23. 
 I'' Quo, because of the comp., 140. is Purpose clause w. ut. 
 
52 ' C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 104. Chaps. 11-15. 1. Caesar, since he could not defend 
 himself from the ^duans, sent an ambassador to them 
 ^to say that^ he had always ^served their interests so well 
 that^ they ought' not to attack' his army. 
 
 2. nVhen Caesar was asked" ^in what direction the 
 Arar flowed, he said, ^^^You cannot tell by the eye, be- 
 cause it flows with such'' extraordinary slowness." 
 
 3. *rhat part of the army^ which had hidden in the 
 forests, ^after the battle was fought, began" to build a 
 bridge over the river in order that they might attack" 
 Caesar ^^when he did not expect them. 
 
 4. Divico said to Caesar that "as for his having built a 
 bridge over the Arar in one day, ^^he should not on that 
 account" despise the courage of the Helvetians, who were 
 alarm ed^^ at his sudden arrival. 
 
 5. Caesar "made the following reply : that he remem- 
 bered the events which the ambassadors had mentioned, 
 and on that account ^^was very indignant ; that, even ^^if 
 he had committed any injury, he could not forget that 
 the ^duans had forcibly attempted ^^to march through 
 the province ; that, nevertheless, ^4f they should apolo- 
 gize to him for their recent injuries, he would not punish" 
 them. 
 
 104. 1 Who should say. 2 Note the difference between these two 
 " thats." 3 Deserved so well of them. ^ Use this order, Caesar, when 
 he was asked. For " said " use inquit, inserted in the direct quotation. 
 5 Ind. question, 146. <^ It cannot be judged. ^ Tain. 8 Which 
 part . . . that. For position of rel. clause, see 153. ^Abl. abs. 
 i^Cf. inopinantes. ^^ Because he had built, subjunc. in ind. disc, 
 108. 12 x^ef jiijji jiot despise ; subjunc. for imper. of dir. disc, 108. 
 13 Subjunc. by attraction, 162. 14 Jieplied thus. Study carefully the 
 rules for ind. disc, 106. i^Cf. gravius ferre. 16 A condition con- 
 trary to fact (unreal) retains its mood and tense in ind, disc. i^ Use 
 noun. 18 See Ex. 103, n. 15. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 53 
 
 105. Chaps. 16-20. 1. When Caesar observed that the 
 ^diians were not collecting the grain which they had 
 promised,^ and that there was not a sufficient^ store of 
 provender for his army, he summoned^ their leading men, 
 and complained because at so 'critical a time they had 
 not relieved'* him. 
 
 2. Liscus had no doubt that the magistrates themselves 
 by violent harangues^ prevented the common people 
 ^from using' the grain which had been collected^ 
 
 3. Caesar ^asked many questions of Liscus and others ; 
 he found [it] to be true that Dumnorix was ^in great 
 favor with the common people ; that his wife was a 
 Helvetian, and that his sister ^^had been given in mar- 
 riage to a Helvetian ; [and] that he commanded the 
 cavalry which started^^ the flight in an unsuccessful 
 skirmish ^%at happened ^^a few days before. 
 
 4. When all these things had been done "without 
 Caesar's knowledge, he thought there was sufficient 
 reason ^Vhy he should summon^ Divitiacus to him and 
 urge him ^%o take measures concerning Dumnorix. 
 
 5. Divitiacus ^Vas much pained at this, and begged^ 
 Caesar ^^not to pass too severe a sentence upon his 
 brother. Moved by his entreaties, he summoned Dum- 
 norix, told him ^Vhat fault he found in him, and advised 
 him ^to avoid all grounds of suspicion in future. 
 
 105. iSee Ex. 104, n. 4. ^Subjimc. in ind. disc. ^ Lai^ge enough. 
 
 "^Subjunc. w. quod denoting reason *'on another's authority," 49. 
 
 5 Sing. 6 Cf . ne conferant. ^ See Ex. 104, n. 13. 8 Sought 
 many [things]. '^ kh\. of quality, 18. i^Cf. nuptum conlocasse. 
 
 iiifac^e a beginning o/. i^Use part. 13 See 22. i-^Cf. insci- 
 entibus ipsis. is ind. quest., 146. ig statuo. i" Took much pain 
 from. 18 Lqsi ]iQ should decide anything more severe. i^ What [things] 
 he blamed, ind. quest. 20 j^ot inf. 
 
54 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 106. Chaps. 21-26. 1. On the same day, Caesar sent 
 Considius with scouts to ascertain Vhat the design of 
 the enemy was. He himself ^formed a line of battle and 
 waited for Considius. ^The latter, ^not knowing^ that 
 Labienus held the mountain, reported to Csesar that it 
 was held by the enemy. Late in the day Caesar learned 
 that he ^was panic-stricken, and had reported Vhat he 
 had not seen ^just as if he had seen it. 
 
 2. Caesar, either^ because he thought he ought^ to dis- 
 tribute grain to the army, or because^ he saw that the 
 Helvetians had changed their plans," ^^seized a higher 
 position and fortified a camp there. 
 
 3. The Helvetians ^^made an attack upon the camp, but 
 were repulsed. Then Caesar ^^formed a triple line of 
 battle, and waited for a second attack. The Gauls ^^drew 
 their swords and "advanced up to the hill. Our men 
 from their higher position threw their javelins against 
 the advancing phalanx, and pierced through and pinned 
 together the enemy's shields, ^^so that they, %ot being 
 able to fight with ease ^^with their left arms shackled, 
 threw away their shields, and fought with their bodies 
 unprotected. ^^The fight was kept up till late in the 
 night. But finally the enemy, weary with wounds, with- 
 drew. 
 
 106. 1 What of design was tojhe en^my, ind. quest. 2 Mak^ t.hf^ fit^ 
 clause an abl^bs. s Hie or ille ? See 132. ^ Since he did not know. 
 ^^^^^^TTaving been terrified by fear had reported. 6 Dependent clause in 
 ind. disc. 108. ''Do not try to translate this clause literally ; find the 
 proper phrase in the text. Oportet. _ 9 E6 quod. ^ Use ahl. 
 abs. and verb, of course omitting ** and " or " but." n Cf. sub . . . 
 aciem successerunt. 12 mi ut, like multi ut in chap. xxv. Is 
 this a purpose or a result clause? '^^ Since they were not, ^^AM. 
 abs., denoting what? IS 7^ i(,5yoi(^/t^. 
 
^OU WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 66 
 
 107. Chaps. 27-31. 1. While the Helvetians were await- 
 ing Caesar's arrival, they collected all the slaves who had 
 fled for refuge to them. 
 
 2. ^When Caesar found' out that about five thousand 
 men had left^ the camp and were hastening towards the 
 Rhine, he ordered them to return to the place ^they had 
 started from. 
 
 3. "^At your request I will grant you permission to 
 rebuild the houses that you have burned,^ and' to receive 
 the ^duans into ''the same condition of rights and 
 liberties that you yourself enjoy." 
 
 4. The ambassadors left' their homes' Vith the design 
 of asking' Caesar ^to appoint a day for a council' of all 
 the states of Gaul. ^^They themselves wished to treat 
 with him in secret about the safety of their states. 
 There were two parties in^^ Gaul that contended for the 
 mastery, ^^one of which invited the Germans to cross the 
 Ehine. 
 
 5. The Gauls, crushed by the battle, were compelled 
 to give hostages. Divitiacus was the only one ^^who 
 could not be induced to take the oath. Nevertheless, he 
 thought that Ariovistus, a passionate, reckless man,^^ as 
 soon as the Gauls were conquered, ^^would practice every 
 kind of cruelty upon them. 
 
 107. 1 Cf . dum ea conquiruntur. Observe the mood and tense, 
 
 72. 2Cf. Ex. 104, n. '^. '^Gone out from. "^ Whence they had 
 sto?'iec?. 5 Cf . petentibus Aeduis . . . concessit. Siibj. by at- 
 traction, 162. '^n equal condition . . . and you yourselves are. 
 8 With this design that they might ask. Put *' with this design " at the 
 beginning. ^ Not inf. lo The next two sentences maybe put in the 
 indirect form as depending upon a verb of saying understood. ii Of. 
 12 Of ivhich one. is Rel. clause of characteristic after unus, 149. 
 14 Put the noun before the adjs. is Cf. in e6s . . . edere. 
 
56 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK I. 
 
 108. Chaps. 32-36. 1. The Sequanians alone remained 
 silent, doing none of the things that the others' did, not 
 even asking' Caesar for aid.' The reason of this be- 
 havior^ was that they were wholly^ in the power' of 
 Ariovistus, whom they had received into their towns, 
 and ^whose cruelty they dreaded, even when he was 
 absent. Wherefore their lot was a very hard [one]. 
 
 2. It is disgraceful under such a rule [as that] of the 
 Eoman people, that men *who have been called' brothers^ 
 by the senate ^should be annoyed by Ariovistus, who, ^if 
 he should lead a great number of men into Gaul, %ould 
 not refrain from doing ^such things as the Cimbri and 
 Teutoni have done. 
 
 3. Wherefore^^ Caesar "requested' Ariovistus to come 
 to a conference, and treat with him about ^^matters of the 
 highest interest to both ; but he demurred, ^^ and said that 
 he didn't know what business^^ Csesar^^ had in Gaul 
 anyhow ; that he had conquered' the ^duans and made 
 ^^them tributaries, and that the ^^name of brothers given 
 by the Eoman people ^^would do them no good ; that, ^^as 
 to Caesar's attempting' to dictate to him how he should 
 exercise^ his rights, he (Caesar) would not contend with 
 him ^^except to his own^^ ruin'. 
 
 108. iRes. 2Adj. 3 Of whom . . . absent the cruelty . ^ Having 
 been called. ^ Pred. ace, 34. 6 Pres. inf., subject " men." '* Second 
 form of condition, 64. 8 cf . sibi . . . temperatures . . . quin . . . 
 exirent, and note change of tense. ^ Those [things] which. i^ On 
 account of lohich thing. ii Note the construction w. postulS. 
 12 The highest things of both. 13 Qravor, part. i^ partitive gen., 
 81. 15 Dat. of possessor, 67. 16 Xwo aces., same person or thing, 34. 
 "^"^ Fraternal name of the Roman people. is Would be far away 
 from them. -'^^ Because f -etc. Look out for the pronouns, 136, 137. 
 20 cre. 21 Without. 22 ipse. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 67 
 
 109. Chaps. 37-40. 1. Greatly alarmed at ^these pro- 
 ceedings, they think they ^ought to hasten "for fear that, 
 if the Treviri should attempt' to cross the Rhine and 
 ^form a junction with the forces of Ariovistus, ^they 
 could not easily be resisted. 
 
 2. While the army was encamped near this town, the 
 soldiers were seized with a sudden panic, because [some] 
 traders had said that the Germans were men of remark- 
 able valor. ^Some of them were so frightened that they 
 made their wills, and others hid in tents and said they 
 wanted to go home. 
 
 3. Csesar ^called a counciP of the centurions, and up- 
 braided them severely because they attempted^ to dictate 
 to him,^ their commander : " ^^Why should Ariovistus so 
 rashly ^^f ail in his duty ? When the Cimbri were de- 
 feated' by Marius, the soldiers seemed ^^to have deserved 
 no less praise than the centurions. If you should inquire 
 ^^why the flight of the Gauls took place, you would find' 
 that they ^^were tired out by the length of the war, and 
 were caught ^^by a stratagem for which there was no 
 chance against our skilled soldiers. I know that the 
 tenth legion, ^^in which I have the greatest confidence, 
 will never despair of their commander, or inquire' in 
 what direction he leads them, but will follow him, even 
 if nobody else does.^''^^ 
 
 109. 1 Which things ; put first. ^Impers. ^Ne, 4 fT^iiYe them- 
 selves. ^ It could less easily be resisted to them. ^ Of lohom some 
 [others]. '^ Ahl. abs. Mnd. or subj.? 49. 9Ei or sibi? 137. 
 ^^ Note that the following is direct discourse, while the passage in 
 chap, xl., upon which it is based, is indirect. ^^ Depai't from ; pres. 
 subj., deliberative, 164. 12 Meriti [esse], agreeing w. milites, 119. 
 isjud. quest. i^Use part. '^^ For which stratagem . . . by that, 
 153. -16 Of. huic legiSni . . . m^Kime. -^ -^7 shall follow 
 
58 c^sar: gallic war, book I. 
 
 110. Chaps. 41-44. 1. The soldiers of Caesar's army 
 were so moved by his harangue that they apologized to 
 him, and assured him that they would carry on the war 
 ^with the greatest alacrity ; their^ apology was accepted. 
 
 2. As^ Caesar drew near to Ariovistus, ^ambassadors 
 were sent to and fro between them, and finally a day 
 was appointed for a conference. To this^ conference 
 ^each took ten horsemen, and they themselves parleyed 
 ''on horseback. 
 
 3. When they had arrived at the appointed place, 
 Caesar at the outset mentioned the great favor ^shown 
 by the senate to Ariovistus ^^in styling him king, and 
 showed^ that, although^^ he had no just grounds for^ 
 demanding^ such a favor, the Romans would take away 
 ^from him nothing that they had given, if he should 
 return^ the hostages ^%nd not allow any" more Germans 
 to cross the Rhine. 
 
 4. Ariovistus made a brief reply to Caesar's demands : 
 [saying] that he ^^had been requested" by the Gauls them- 
 selves to cross the Ehine ; that he had imposed tribute 
 upon them by the laws" of war; that if the Eoman 
 people should interfere^^ with this tribute, he would not 
 seek their friendship a second time ; that he knew that 
 Caesar's death" would be acceptable to many leaders of 
 the Romans. 
 
 110. N.B. The student cannot give too much attention to the effect 
 of the order of words in a Latin sentence. See 122. In general the order 
 may be imitated from the corresponding passage in the text. i Abl. 
 of manner, ID. 2 Whose. ^ Cum. ^ AW. abs. 5 Which. ^ They 
 led ten apiece (distrib.) . ^ From horses. ^ When it was come through 
 to. 9 0/. 10 Clause w. quod. n Cum, 61. 12 Dat., 70. 13 piup. 
 subjunc. for fut. perf. ind. of dir. disc. ^^]!^or allow any Germans 
 mores. is Had crossed . . . being requested. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 59 
 
 111. Chaps. 45-53. 1. Csesar replied that he could not 
 desert his most meritorious allies, and that Gaul ^did 
 not belong to Ariovistus ^any more than to the Roman 
 people ; that they had not even imposed tribute upon 
 the Arverni, when they had conquered them in war, 
 and that according to the decision of the senate all 
 Gaul ought to be free. 
 
 2. Ariovistus displayed^ such insolence, and his horse- 
 men rode up so near to Caesar, that Hhe latter broke off 
 the conference. ^The former, however, ^asked for an- 
 other conference, but Caesar saw no reason ''for exposing 
 himself again^ to such savages ; and so he sent as ambas- 
 sadors two men who ^spoke the German language fluently 
 to report what Ariovistus wished to say. ^These men 
 were put in confiuement by Ariovistus. 
 
 3. Caesar, ^^having observed that the enemy kept them- 
 selves in camp, inquired' of [some] prisoners why they 
 did not ^^offer him a chance to fight. ^^He learned that 
 the reason was that they thought they could not conquer 
 before the new moon. He, thinking^^ it was the will of 
 heaven that his own soldiers should conquer, whether it 
 were new moon ^^or not, gave the signal for battle. 
 
 4. The enemy rushed forward so suddenly' that our 
 men threw away their javelins and fought at close 
 quarters with swords. At last the enemy turned their 
 backs, and did not stop fleeing till they reached^^ the 
 river, where they found canoes to ^^cross in. 
 
 111.1 Was not of, pred. gen. 2 Rather. 3 Used. 4 Hie. 5 Die. 
 
 ^Requested a conference again. '' Gen. of gerundive. ^ Used . . . 
 much. 9 Who. lo When (ubi) he had observed, 174. n Make 
 poioer of fighting to him. ^'^ He found this catise, because. '^^ Since 
 he thought. i^ Necne. In a direct quest. ** or not " would be annon, 
 
 IS Came through to, ^^By which they might cross. 
 
60 C^SAR: GALLIC WAB, BOOK II. 
 
 BOOK 11. 
 
 112. Chaps. 1-5. 1. They are afraid" that Hf all Gaul 
 is subdued, the army of the Eoman people ^will winter 
 among the Germans. 
 
 2. The reasons ^or conspiring were : first", because 
 they were unwilling ^that our army should be led among 
 them^ ; secondly, because they were indignant that royal 
 power was commonly usurped by the more powerful. 
 
 3. ''As soon as Caesar learned' ^what was going on, he 
 gave it in charge to Quintus Pedius ^to prepare a supply 
 of grain, and in the beginning of summer he sent an am- 
 bassador ^to inform the Senones ^^that he had moved his 
 camp. 
 
 4. Concerning the states that were in arms' Caesar 
 "gained the following information : that the Gauls had 
 been prevented" from entering within the territories of 
 the Belgae ; that from this fact it resulted ^^that they did 
 not know %ow large" a multitude had settled there ; that 
 each had promised" twenty thousand picked^^ men ; [and] 
 that the Nervii, who were furthest off, were the most 
 cruel. 
 
 112. 1 Express this clause without si. 2 Tlie Eng. fut. after ** fear " 
 is expressed by the Lat. pres. subj., 142. 3 ^ot dat. ^ xhese quod- 
 clauses are to be regarded as the reasons not of the writer, but of 
 those who were conspiring; see 49. ^ Our army to be led, comple- 
 mentary inf. The Eng. " should " does not necessarily imply the Lat. 
 subjunctive. ^Themselves. '' When first. ^ind. quest., 146. 9 Not 
 inf. 10 Remember that the conjunction "that "in ind. disc, is not 
 expressed in Lat. '^^ Found out thus. The four clauses that follow, 
 each beginning with "that," are in ind. disc, 106. 12 a. result clause ; 
 put the verb in the perf. subj., as often in result clauses after a second- 
 ary tense, 161. 13 Note that this part, agrees with " thousand." 
 
FOR WKITTEN TRANSLATION. 61 
 
 113. Chaps. 6-11. 1. Caesar, ^having waited a little 
 while near Bibrax,^ ^a town which, as was indicated by 
 smoke, was less than seven miles off, hastened %ith all 
 his forces towards the town in order to give'* relief' to 
 Iccius. 
 
 2. When^ he had made a trial [to see] what his men 
 could do ^in a cavalry skirmish, he found' that they were 
 not inferior to the enemy ; and ^having pitched his camp 
 on a hill ^which rose gradually from the plain, and ^hav- 
 ing made a trench at each side of the hill, at right angles 
 with it, he formed his line' in front of the camp. 
 
 3. In the mean time the enemy attempted' to cross a 
 marsh that was between their camp and ours, ^^with the 
 design of attacking' our men. The latter,^^ attempting^^ 
 with the greatest boldness to surround them [while] ob- 
 structed in the marsh, pushed forward into a more un- 
 favorable position, and were repulsed by a multitude of 
 weapons.' 
 
 4. Caesar, having been informed by spies that the 
 enemy had determined to abandon' their camp, sent an 
 officer ahead ^^to follow them up. The cavalry ^having 
 pursued them ^^for several miles, attacked their rear. 
 They, however, ^^ stood firm, and valiantly sustained the 
 attack; but ^^those in front, hearing the shouting, fled 
 ^^in confusion. 
 
 113. 1 Remember that the perf. part, of a dep. verb has an active 
 sense. 2 Which toicn. ^ Abl. of accompaniment ; with or without 
 prep.? 2. 4Fer6. 5Ubi w. perf. ind., 174. 6 Abl. of means, not 
 place. ''Abl. abs. ^ Uge part. ^A transverse trench having been 
 made, etc. '^^ With this design that (ut), 141. H Hi. 12 The pres. 
 part, may be used, or what other construction? ^^ A rel. clause of 
 purpose, 143. 14 Ace. of extent, 29. i^Autem (postpositive). 
 16 The former. i*" Confused. 
 
62 c^sar: gallic war, book ii. 
 
 114. Chaps. 12-17. 1. The town [of] Koviodunumj to 
 which they had retreated/ was in the territories of the 
 Suessiones. ^In order to storm' this town Caesar began' 
 to throw up a mound' and set up towers, which move- 
 ments^ so' alarmed the Gauls that they sent ambassadors 
 to him. 
 
 2. ^After the dismissal of the troops, Divitiacus said/ 
 in behalf of the Bellovaci, that they had been forced to 
 undergo' ^all sorts of insults: and that [those] ^who 
 understood' the designs of the leaders ^begged' of Caesar 
 to show^^ ^^his characteristic kindness not only towards 
 them but also towards all the Belgae. 
 
 3. ^^Caesar next^^ made inquiries about the nature and 
 customs' of the Nervii, and received the following in- 
 formation : that they were men ^^of great valor, ^because 
 they allowed' no wine to be imported, ^^by which they 
 thought' their courage was enfeebled. 
 
 4. Certain [men] of the Belgae who were marching 
 along with Caesar thought that, *^because a large quan- 
 tity^^ of baggage was between the several legions of 
 Caesar's army, ^^the Nervii would have no trouble ^^in 
 attacking the first legion as it came into camp ^Vhile 
 still hampered with luggage. 
 
 114. 1 Retreat =se recipere. 2Use ad w. gerundive. ^RSs. 
 ^Troops havi7ig been dismissed. 5 Verba facio. 6 Begin the sen- 
 tence with this phrase. ^ All insults. ^ K subordinate clause in 
 ind. disc, 108. 9 Peto a. lo Use. What kind of a clause is this? 
 '^^ His own; poss. pron. ^2 in this order: Next Csesar concerning, 
 . . . when{c\nn.) he inquired, found out ^;iws. 13 Deinde. i^Find 
 in the grammar the difference between the abl. and the gen. of quality. 
 15 Rel. clause of cause or reason, 51. What other reason is there for 
 using the subjunc.? ^6 Numerus. i?' jV^o^/iw^' (nihil) of trouble to 
 the N. loould be. '^^ While {cMm) the first legion was coming into 
 camp, to attack this. ^^ Under the packs. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 63 
 
 115. Chaps. 18-23. 1. The Nerviihad selected as a place^ 
 for their camp a hill wooded in^ the upper part, within 
 which woods they, kept themselves hidden^; and when 
 they saw the first *part of our baggage-train, Vhich was 
 the time agreed upon ^for making an attack upon the 
 cavalry, they suddenly^ rushed forth from the woods ^in 
 full force. 
 
 2. In the ^battle' with the Nervii, which ^took place 
 between two hills, the Eoman soldiers were much embar- 
 rassed on account' of the ^^uick movements of the enemy. 
 Many of "the former were busy^^ ^^fortifying the camp, 
 and not a few were a ^'^considerable distance away seek- 
 ing materials.^^ Csesar, however, urged them ^%o remem- 
 ber their former valor and bravely sustain the enemy's 
 charge. 
 
 3. The army' could not be formed as the methods of 
 military science^^ required, because the character of the 
 ground was such^^ that the view was obstructed by 
 hedges, and regular^^ reserves could not be posted ; nor 
 could Caesar alone give^ all the [necessary] orders. 
 2^ After the Atrebates had been driven into the river, our 
 men slew' with their swords a large part of them ^as 
 they attempted' to cross. 
 
 115. lAppositive with " hill." 2 Ab. 3In occulta. 4 See 39. 
 
 ^ Which time had been agreed upon. ^ Gen. of gerund, 90. " With 
 all forces ; abl. of accompaniment without cum. When may cum be 
 omitted ? Nervian battle. ^ Fio. 1 Quickyiess. ^ lUe ; what 
 phrase may take the place of the partitive gen.? ^2 Use the part. as 
 adj. 13 In w. gerundive, 93. 14 Superl. of long-e. is Agger. 
 16 Not inf. ; this is a purpose clause. ** Remember " = hold the memory. 
 
 17 Res. 18 Talis, followed by result clause w. ut, 155. i9 Certus. 
 
 20 Administro. 21 There are two or three ways of expressing this 
 clause. 22 Attempting. 
 
64 c^sar: gallic war, book ii. 
 
 116. Chaps. 24-28. 1. The camp-followers who had 
 gone out ^by the decuman gate ^to plunder, when they 
 heard the shouts of the light-armed infantry, were panic- 
 stricken/ and rushed %ome in one direction, some in an- 
 other. 
 
 2. At the same time Caesar was informed that the 
 centurions of the fifth cohort had been slain,^ the stand- 
 ard-bearer killed,^ the standard lost, and almost^ all the 
 centurions of the other^ cohorts either wounded or slain, 
 and that the ^situation was so' critical that ''our cause 
 was already despaired of. 
 
 3. He at^ once proceeded to the ^front of the line and 
 encouraged the soldiers, ^and they ^^with renewed spirit' 
 delayed a little the onset of the enemy ; and when the 
 enemy saw that the cavalry were putting themselves be- 
 fore the legionary soldiers,^^ and that even ^^the wounded 
 men were renewing the battle, they displayed the greatest 
 valor even in ^^utter despair of safety. 
 
 4. When many of them had fallen, those who survived 
 piled up the dead bodies of their [comrades], and fought' 
 from them as from a mound.' The elders, thinking^* that 
 Caesar, who ^^was always merciful to the vanquished, 
 would spare them, surrendered to him ; and he bade 
 them occupy^^ their own country and towns. 
 
 116. lAbl. of the way by which, 23. 2 jt is well to recall frequently 
 the various ways of expressing purpose ; see 139 ff . Here use causa 
 w. gerund. ^Thoroughly frightened. ^Others into another part, 
 46. 5 Put between adj. and noun. ^Cf. rem in angusto. '' Cf . 
 desperatis nostris rebus. s First line, 39. Who. lo What 
 kind of an abl. is this? ii Note the prefix of the verb upon which 
 this word depends. ^2 Those exhausted by ivounds. is Extreme hope. 
 14 Do not use the part, here, but find another way to express 
 ** thinking." i^ Always used mercy ; rel. clause of reason, 51. is ^^g. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 65 
 
 117. Chaps. 29-35. 1. The Aduatuci, who had come ^to 
 help' the Nervii, when they heard of this battle/ went 
 home again and withdrew into one town, which had high 
 precipices ^all around. Caesar constructed at a distance 
 from the town a high tower, which the townsmen^ 
 thought" the Romans, [being] men of so little stature, 
 could not move. 
 
 2. But' when it %egan to approach the town, they were 
 so alarmed that they sent ambassadors to Caesar, who 
 spoke ^after this fashion: "^hey had not thought' that 
 the Romans could move machines of so great weight; 
 they yielded'' to his power"; one thing they begged," 
 that ^he would show his customary kindness, and spare 
 them." Caesar replied that he would spare them, ^^if 
 they should surrender before throwing their arms' into 
 the ditch. 
 
 3. The townsmen "as a last resort suddenly" made a 
 sortie from the town in the night. Our men quickly 
 ^^made signals by fires, and all from the nearest redoubts 
 ran ^^to the spot where the enemy had gone, slew three 
 thousand men, and drove the rest" into the town. 
 
 4. At the same time Crassus informed Caesar that he 
 had reduced all the states that border on the ocean into 
 the power of the Roman people. After all these achieve- 
 ments, Caesar hastened to Italy. 
 
 117. 1 Use the dat. of purpose, 68.-2 Bx omnibus in circuito 
 partibus. ^xhe Latin word is formed from oppidum. 4 Was ap- 
 proaching. ^ Ad hunc modum. 6The next three clauses are in 
 ind. disc. 'Se permittere.- An ut-clause in app. w. tinum, 141. 
 ^Considering (pro) his oion kindness he looidd, etc. i'^ Consider 
 what this clause would be in the direct form, and cf. si prius quam 
 mtirum aries attigisset, se dedidissent. n Find a phrase in the 
 text. 12 Abl. abs. 13 E6 quo. 
 
66 CiESAE: GALLIC WAR, BOOK III. 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 118. Chaps. 1-6. 1. When Galba had been sent towards 
 the AlpSj he had permission, ^if he thought^ it necessary/ 
 ^0 go into winter quarters in a valley ^which lay near the 
 river. In this^ valley there was a village. 
 
 2. The Gauls who lived^ there, despising^ Galba's legion, 
 ^because two cohorts had been detached to procure sup- 
 plies, and thinking^ that the rest' of the legion could not 
 withstand an attack, departed from the village by night, 
 and ^took position on the mountain, ^whence they might 
 charge down into the valley and easily overpower' the 
 whole' legion. Galba quickly called a council' ^^for the 
 purpose of getting^^ the opinions' of his officers. 
 
 3. '^A majority decided to stay where they were and 
 defend the camp. At a given signal the enemy began' to 
 hurl stones and javelins upon the rampart. Our men at' 
 first ^^made a brave resistance, but' on account' of their 
 ^%mall number were unable to leave' the fight ^to rest 
 themselves. 
 
 4. At last ^^matters came to such a pass that Galba 
 directed his men to try' the last resource, ^''make a sortie 
 from all the gates, and leave' the enemy no chance ^^o 
 collect their wits. 
 
 118. 1 To Galba, having been sent . . . it was permitted. 2 Informal 
 ind. disc, 107 . 3 Not inf. ^ placed. ^ What would the Latin proba- 
 bly use instead of the demonstrative ? 6 Because they despised . . . 
 and thought. '^ Abl. abs. 8 Consisto. 9Rel. clause of purpose, 
 143. 10 Put this purpose clause before the main verb. n Exquiro. 
 ^^ It pleased the larger part. ^^ Resisted bravely. i^ Express " small 
 number" by one word. is Sui recipiendi causa. 16 Qf . resque 
 . . . Qasum. I'' Abl. abs. ; put before '* try." is Sui conli^endi. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 67 
 
 119. Chaps. 7-12. 1. A new war arose in Gaul, ^the 
 cause of which was that the Veneti, who lived^ on the 
 sea-coast, had detained two Roman ambassadors, think- 
 ing^ that through them they should recover ^heir own 
 hostages, whom Crassus held.^ They induced their 
 neighbors to detain two other^ ambassadors, and to do 
 nothing without^ the general consent. 
 
 2. ^Owing to the nature of their position, and to their 
 knowledge of naval affairs, they trusted that the Eomans, 
 ''who neither had any supply^ of ships nor were acquainted^ 
 with the places where the war ^would have to be carried 
 on, would give up the hostages and depart from those 
 regions. 
 
 3. Although^^ Caesar was aware' of the difficulties of 
 waging war in places where towns were situated^^ on 
 extreme points of land and afforded^^ no access to an 
 army except by ships, nevertheless, ^HJhe wrong done by 
 detaining hostages, the conspiring of so many states, and 
 especially' ^^the fear that other' states might conspire 
 against him, ^^all these things urged him to this war. 
 Accordingly he distributed 'the army among the states 
 which had not yet conspired with the Veneti, and imme- 
 diately' ordered ships to be built and supplies to be 
 brought together. 
 
 119. iDeea causa quod. 2 ^fince they thought. ^ In this order : 
 suos se obsides, etc. ^Why subjunctive? ^Unless ivith (i.e. in 
 accordance with), 3. 6Abl. of cause, 5. ^Rel. of cause, 51. spa- 
 cultas. ^ Must be waged: pass, periph. conj.; subj. by attraction, 
 162. 10 Cum, 61. What word should come first in this sentence? 
 11 Subj. of characteristic, 149; note that ''where" is a relative 
 adverb, and remember that relative clauses are not always introduced 
 by relative pronouns. 12 Had. is Cf. iniuriae retentorum equi- 
 tum. 14 LQst other states. i^ Omnia haec or haec omnia ? 
 
68 c^sar: gallic war, book hi. 
 
 120. Chaps. 13-17. 1. The Gallic ships were of so great 
 solidity^ that ^they could not be injured by the beaks of 
 our ships ; and their height was so great that weapons' 
 could not easily be thrown to them with effect. Because 
 of their height, too, the weapons sent by the enemy fell 
 more heavily upon our men. 
 
 2. Nevertheless, by means of sharpened hooks attached 
 to long poles, the ropes which fastened the yards to the 
 masts were cut off, and the yards fell ; and thus *the sails 
 became useless. Then our men ^would board the ship, 
 and by their superior valor overpower' the barbarians. 
 The latter, since they could find' no remedy for this 
 ^mode of attack, hastened to flee, but ''a calm suddenly' 
 came on so that they could not stir^ from the spot. 
 
 3. Almost^ all the ships were taken' by the Romans ; 
 while^^ the Veneti, having lost their ships, ^^had no means 
 of defending their towns, and so were compelled to surren- 
 der to Caesar, who decided' that ^^they must be punished' 
 ^^with the utmost severity. 
 
 4. While these things were going on, Viridovix ^*col- 
 lected a large army of desperate men from all parts of 
 Gaul, and ^^offered battle to Quintus Titurius Sabinus, 
 Caesar's lieutenant; but he kept himself in camp, ^^be- 
 cause the commander-in-chief was absent. 
 
 120. 1 Firmitudo ; abl. of quality, 18. '^It could not he injured to 
 them; see 101. 3 Note the force of ad in adicio. ^Cf. tisus . . . 
 eriperetur. 5 See 98. 6 Res. 'i So great a calm, etc. ^ Move 
 themselves. ^^vVhatisthe usual position of fere in such phrases? 
 10 Not cum or dum, but autem (postpositive), equivalent to ** how- 
 ever," "on the other hand." ^Cf. neque . . . habebant in chap. 
 xvi. 12 Cf . in quos vindlcandum in chap. xvi. 13 Most severely. 
 i4Abl. abs. '^^ Made power of fighting. '^^Qi. eo absente . . . tene- 
 ret at the end of chap. xvii. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 69 
 
 121. Chaps. 18-22. 1. ^By means of a suitable person, 
 who went over to the enemy's camp as a deserter, Sabi- 
 nus confirmed the impression^ of his cowardice, and ^gave 
 the enemy to understand that he was 'Agoing to withdraw 
 his army secretly from camp, and escape ^if he could. 
 
 2. When they heard that, they all exclaimed that ''they 
 must proceed to Sabinus's camp, ^and thither they has- 
 tened with such speed that they got there ^quite out of 
 breath ; and ^^owing to their fatigue, they were "unable 
 to bear even our first charge. 
 
 3. A new war now arose in Aquitania, which, as has 
 been said, is a third part of Gaul, whither Crassus had 
 been sent to lead an army against the Sontiates. 
 
 4. ^^A long and fierce battle was fought, because^^ the 
 Sontiates, relying upon former victories,^* thought' that 
 the safety of Aquitania lay^^ in their valor, while^^ the 
 Eomans desired" to show^^ what they could accomplish 
 without their general. Crassus, having slain a large 
 number, attacked" their town, and many surrendered. 
 While^^ they were delivering their arms, Adiatunnus 
 made a sortie from another part of the town, but was 
 driven back. 
 
 121. Note. Always read a sentence through to the end before 
 beginning to translate. 
 
 iThe person through whom is expressed by the ace. with per. 
 2 Begin the sentence with this as the important word, referring to some- 
 thing immediately preceding. ^Made that the enemy believe, a sub- 
 stantive clause of purpose, 141. ^Fut. inf. act. ^ Condition in ind. 
 disc, 56. ^ When which (quod ubi) loas heard. ^ It ought (oportet) 
 to be gone. 8 Whither. Notice how often the Latin uses relative words, 
 where the English uses demonstratives with conjunctions. ^ One word. 
 1<^ Because^ of. n Ne primum quidem, etc. 12 Do not translate 
 literally. 13 Cum. 14 See 9. is Was placed. le Autem. i' [It] to 
 be seen. i^ Dum, foil, by what tense ? 
 
70 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK III. 
 
 122. Chaps. 23-29. 1. The Aquitanians, thinking' that 
 they could easily drive the Romans from their boundar 
 ries, if all the states should conspire^ and gather^ troops, 
 send ambassadors in all directions. Eeinforcements are 
 summoned even from Hither Spain. Leaders are selected 
 from the old' troops of Quintus Sertorius, who understood' 
 the Roman way^ of carrying on war, and the number of 
 the enemy increases' day by day. 
 
 2. When these facts were reported to Crassns, he 
 determined' to make an attack upon the enemy's camp 
 the next day. At daybreak the soldiers began/ some to 
 fill the trenches and others to hurl weapons upon the 
 rampart. The enemy fought steadily and fearlessly.^ 
 
 3. At length some horsemen, *who had made a circuit 
 of the camp, reported to Crassus that ^there was an easy 
 way of access to the camp ^in the rear. A few cohorts 
 were quickly led around the camp^ by a long route, ^so 
 that they might not be seen by the enemy, and having 
 broken down the wall, they halted right^ in the enemy's 
 camp before these knew ^Vhat the matter was. 
 
 4. Thus, surrounded on all sides, the enemy ^^gave up 
 all hope and sought safety in flight. Our cavalry pur- 
 sued them through the open plains, and returned to camp 
 late at night. 
 
 122. iPres. subj. in the direct form. What tense follows the hist, 
 pres. ? See 160. Put the if-clause after "thinking." 2 Modus. 
 ^ Not timidly. ^ Abl. abs. ^ The camp had an easy approach. 
 ^From (ab) the decuman gate. ^ See 36. 8 Negative purpose, 139. 
 9 Ipse agreeing with "camp." lo }f7ia( {of) thing was doing. -^ 
 11 All things being despaired of. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 71 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 123. Chap. 1-6. 1. The Suevi are by far the most war- 
 like of all the German tribes. From boyhood^ they are 
 trained in the practice of arms and in hunting. ^For the 
 most part they live' on^ milk and flesh, %ut not much on 
 grain. Although the climate^ is very cold, they bathe^ in 
 the streams. 
 
 2. They do not import horses from Gaul at a high^ 
 price, but use those which are ^raised at home. These 
 horses are ^trained to ^^stand still in battle, while the 
 horsemen are fighting on foot. 
 
 3. The Ubii, who were a little more civilized than the 
 rest' of the Germans, were tributaries of the Suevi ; and 
 in the same condition^^ were the Usipetes and Tencteri, 
 who, however, were finally driven out ^^of their lands, 
 and emigrated into regions which the Menapii inhabited. 
 
 4. Thus a tribe of Germans came into Gaul, and the 
 Gauls, who were always eager for novelty,^^ invited them 
 to leave^^ the Rhine, and roam about in those parts of 
 Gaul not far from the sea where^^ the Ehine empties. 
 ^^This was what Caesar suspected would happen, and he 
 determined to drive the Germans out of Gaul. 
 
 123. Note. Remember that a mere word-for-word translation is 
 not what is to be aimed at. Seek to grasp each thought clearly, and 
 express it according to the Latin idiom. 
 
 ^Boys. 2 Adv. ace, 25. 3 xhat is, by means of. ^Neque. 
 ^Places. 6 Pass. ^Not altus. ^Borri among them. ^ So trained 
 that. 10 Not literal. n Causa. 12 with or without prep. ? See 15. 
 '^^New things. The Latin often uses a concrete expression, where 
 the English uses an abstract noun. Cf. "from boyhood" above. 
 ^'^ Depart from (ab). i^ Whither, ^^ Suspecting that this would be, 
 Csesar, etc. 
 
72 C^SAR: GALLIC WAR, BOOK IV. 
 
 124. Chaps. 7-13. 1. The Germans said that they had 
 come ^on the invitation of the Gauls, but that they would 
 be friendly to Caesar ^if he would allow' them to retain 
 the lands ^which they had taken in war ; nevertheless, if 
 the Eoman people should provoke them, and make war 
 upon them, ^they would resist and ask for no quarter. 
 
 2. Caesar replied ^that there were no vacant lands in 
 Gaul which so great a multitude could settle in, but that 
 
 . he would order^ the Ubii to allow' them to settle in their 
 territories. Caesar ^kept drawing nearer to the camp of 
 the Germans, and they ^kept sending ambassadors to him, 
 ^for the purpose, as he thought', of causing delay untiP 
 their cavalry, which was away, should return. 
 
 3. However, before^^ these did return, about eight hun- 
 dred horsemen, who were near, made an attack upon 
 Caesar's horsemen, and ^^threw them into disorder. ^As 
 soon as they rallied, the Germans dismounted, and, stab- 
 bing our horses underneath^^ and throwing down very 
 many of our men, put the rest to flight. 
 
 4. After this battle was fought, Caesar, thinking it to 
 be "the height of folly to accept any terms from men^* 
 who through treachery and deceit, ^^after suing for peace, 
 had made war ^^without provocation, determined' to give 
 battle on the next day. 
 
 124. Note. In arranging the clauses of a complex sentence, the 
 aim should be to put them in the order of their relative importance, 
 just as words are arranged in a clause. 
 
 "^ Being invited by. ^ In dir. disc, if you should allow. Put 
 the if-clause first. s Direct: which we have taken. ^ use fore ut 
 w. subj., 75. 5^0 lands to be vacant. 6 imperS. ^^ Imp. ind. of 
 continued action. Causa. 9 Dum, 173. ^ Priusquam, 171. 
 11 Perturbs. 12 These resisting again^. ^^ Sub, prefix of the verb. 
 - 14 Of the highest folly, 1 Is. w Abl. abs. i^ uitrS. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 73 
 
 125. Chaps. 14-18. 1. The Germans, greatly alarmed 
 at Caesar's sudden arrival before^ their camp, were per- 
 plexed [as to] whether^ they should take their weapons 
 and defend themselves or^ flee to the river, but our 
 soldiers burst into their camp Vith such celerity that 
 *they had no chance to deliberate. 
 
 2. A few oF them ^made a brief resistance, but" when 
 they ^heard the shouts of our men, and saw their own 
 men falling ^in all directions, they ''abandoned' every- 
 thing, rushed out of the camp, and fled towards the 
 Ehine. There a large number of them were slain,' and 
 many perished in the river,, ^not being able to get across. 
 
 3. Having finished this war, Caesar determined' ^^that 
 he must cross the Rhine before^^ the Usipetes and Tenc- 
 teri should unite with the Sugambri. ^^ Another reason 
 was that he wished the Germans to understand' that the 
 Roman army ^%ad both the ability and the courage to 
 cross that river. 
 
 4. The Ubii ^'^offered to furnish boats ^^for the trans- 
 portation of the army, but Caesar thought it ^^inconsistent 
 with the dignity of the Roman people to cross the river in 
 boats, and so he determined to build a bridge j ^^and this 
 bridge was completed in ten days. 
 
 125. 1 Ad. 2-ne . . .an; double ind. quest., 145, 146. In the 
 direct form the verb would be in the pres. subj. (deliberative), shall 
 we take our iveapons, tela capiamus, etc. ^ So quickly. ^ ^q space 
 for {of) holding counsel was given. 5 Ex. The partitive idea is 
 often expressed by ex with the abl. rather than by the gen. ^ Resisted 
 a little while. '' Abl. abs. ^ Passim. 9 Use a cum-clause. 
 1^ That the Rhine must be crossed by hwi(self), pass, periph. conj., 
 128. 11 Prius . . . quam, 171. 12 Accessit auod. ^^ Both could 
 and dared. i^ Promised. i^ Ad w. gerundive, 92. 16 Not of the 
 dignity, 78. i'' Which. 
 

 74 cjesar: gallic war, book iy. 
 
 126. Chaps. 19-23. 1. Caesar learned' from the Ubii 
 that the Suevi intended to await his arrival in a place 
 ^whieh they had selected in ^about the centre of those 
 regions which they held. However, having accomplished 
 everything^ for the sake' of which he had crossed the 
 Ehine, he did not pursue them, but withdrew into Gaul 
 and broke up the bridge. 
 
 2. Although^ Caesar knew' nothing about Britain except^ 
 that auxiliaries were furnished to his enemies from that 
 island, still he decided' to proceed there^ in order to ex- 
 amine into the character of the people, and to reconnoitre 
 the harbors and approaches. 
 
 3. But ''since he could not learn from traders either 
 what the size of the island was, or what the habits of 
 the people were, or what harbors there were, ^before 
 making the attempt ^in person, he directed Gains Volu- 
 senus ^%o make a thorough investigation. Meanwhile, 
 when about eighty transports had been collected, he 
 ordered the soldiers to go on board, and immediately' set 
 sail. 
 
 4. He reached Britain in about ten hours, and' there 
 saw the forces of the enemy marshalled "under arms on 
 the cliffs, which in that place are very ^^near the shore. 
 ^^ISTot wishing ^^to land there, he proceeded seven miles 
 further,^^ and stationed the fleet ^^off an open and level 
 beach. 
 
 126. 1 Use part. 2 About middle (adj.) .^All things ; follow the 
 text in repeating the antecedent in the following rel. clause. ^Etsi. 
 5 Nisi. 6 1116. 7 Not . . . either = neither. 8 Before he should 
 make. ^ Ipse. lo To explore all things. ^ Armed. 12 Narrow. 
 13 Do not use the part, here, but think of another way to express " not 
 wishing." 14 Eo egredi. 16 i^Vom that place. 16 Abl. of place with- 
 out prep., 14. ^ 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 75 
 
 127. Chaps. 24-30. 1. The difficulty of landing^ was 
 very great, because the enemy were on the beach, and 
 because ^our men Vould have to light hindered by the 
 weight of their armor and by the motion of the waves. 
 When Caesar observed that his men did not fight "^with 
 their usual alacrity, he ordered the galleys to be drawn 
 up near the exposed flank of the enemy, and' weapons 
 to be hurled ^from them against the enemy. 
 
 2. This manoeuvre^ was ''of great use to our men, for 
 the shape of the vessels and the nature of our artillery^ 
 so startled the barbarians that they halted and fell back 
 a little. Our men, ^one from one ship and another from 
 another, flocked to whatever standards they first' fell in 
 with, and were ^^in great confusion because they could 
 neither keep their lines nor ^^get a firm footing. 
 
 3. The enemy ^^kept attacking' them vigorously^'; but' 
 as soon as they had all reached^* dry ground, they charged 
 upon the enemy and put them to flight ; but they could 
 not follow them far because they had no cavalry. 
 
 4. The ships which conveyed the cavalry, ^^just as they 
 were approaching Britain, were driven back by a sudden 
 storm, some to the place ^^they had started from, and 
 some to the lower part of the island. The rest' of the 
 ships were disabled by the storm and by the high 
 tides. 
 
 127. i Going out from the ships. 2 Dat. ^ Use the impers. con- 
 struction, 101. 4 With the same alacrity ivhich they loere accustomed 
 to use. 5 Thence. Res. '^ Not gen. Tormenta. 9 Another 
 from another ship, AQ . '^^ Greatly disturbed. ^^ Stand firmly. 
 i"2 The imp. of continued or repeated action, 98, 9% i^ An adverb may 
 be used, or the adverbial phrase loith great force. Which is better, 
 cum magna vi or magna cum vi ? i^ Stood on, i^ When. 
 i6 Whence they had started. 
 
76 c^sar: gallic war, book iv. 
 
 128. Chaps. 31-38. 1. Caesar suspected, ^from the fact 
 that the barbarians had stopped giving hostages, that 
 they were forming ^some new plan/ and would try^ to 
 intercept ^his return to the continent. Accordingly, 
 since he had twelve ships which were ^entirely disabled, 
 he repaired the others^ with the timber and bronze of 
 these; but before he could set sail, he saw a cloud of 
 dust ^in that place where the men of the seventh legion 
 had gone for the purpose of reaping the grain. 
 
 2. Suspecting that the enemy were assembling to make 
 an attack upon the legion, he left a few cohorts %o guard 
 the camp, and set out with all the rest of his army to 
 relieve that legion. ^Af ter a short time he led the legions 
 back into camp, where for several days ^in succession he 
 was detained by storms. 
 
 3. When the weather was suitable, he drew up his 
 forces in line of battle before the camp, and the enemy, 
 having collected a great multitude of infantry and cav- 
 alry, came against him, but were speedily put to flight. 
 After a few days he set sail, and all the ships reached 
 the continent in safety. 
 
 128. 1 Ex eo quod. 2 Something of new pZan. 8 Eum reditu. 
 4 Most heavily damaged. ^In that part into which part. ^ Which 
 might he for a guard, 143, 68. 7^ short time having intervened.-^ 
 8 Oontinuus. 
 
\ 
 
 PAET II. 
 
 BASED UPON CICERO: CATILINE I.-IV., 
 AND ARCHIAS. 
 
MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 
 
 CATILINE I. 
 
 Note. Thorough preparation of the text of Cicero ought to be suflScient prepa- 
 ration for these exercises. The text furnishes the vocabulary and the models of 
 syntax, order and arrangement, idioms, etc. 
 
 Note. The numbers affixed to grammar subjects at the head of sections, also 
 those in parentheses here and there in the exercises, are references to the Gram- 
 matical Index, p. 205. Words inclosed in brackets [ ] are to be omitted in transla- 
 tion. A superior s (e.g. last^) refers to the Table of Synonyms, p. 193. 
 
 Apposition, 48. Questions, Direct and Indirect, 144, 146. 
 Interrogative Particles, 147. 
 
 1. Chap. 1. 1. Last' night ; night before last. 2. Nay- 
 more ; the world ; desirous of revolution. 3. Cicero, the 
 consul, delivered this oration. 4. This oration was de- 
 livered by Cicero, the consul. 5. Did not (nonne) Cati- 
 line abuse the patience of the senate ? 6. Did (-ne) 
 his unbridled audacity baffle them ? 7. The senate was 
 called together in (to) a strongly fortified place. 8. What 
 were you doing last night ? 9. We know what you were 
 doing. 10. We know where you were. 11. Who of 
 us (121) does not know what (of) plan you adopted? 
 12. And yet you are alive. 13. Alive ? Nay more, 
 you have come into the senate. 14. Are we doing our 
 duty by (satisfying) the state? 15. Each one of us is 
 marked for slaughter. 16. Catiline ought to be marked 
 for slaughter. 17. Pray, how long shall you be plotting 
 our ruin'? 18. We, the consuls, see all this (plur,), 
 
 79 
 
80 CICERO: CATILINE I. 
 
 19. You, Catiline, ought" to be killed" by the consul's 
 hand. 20. Ought {perf.) Cicero to have killed (pres.) 
 Catiline with his own hand ? 
 
 Genitive with Judicial Verbs, 87. Purpose Clause after Verbs 
 of Fearing, 142. 
 
 2. Chap. 2. 1. Daily" {two expressions) ; too cruelly. 
 2. Let the consul see (pres. subj.) that the republic re- 
 ceive no harm. 3. The consul saw what (of) harm the 
 republic had received. 4. The senate decreed that (ut) 
 Gracchus should be slain". 5. Now for twenty days (the 
 twentieth day) you have suffered (pres.) Catiline to live. 
 6. He should have been killed at once. 7. The edge 
 of your authority is growing dull. 8. Catiline does not 
 abandon" his effrontery. 9. Cicero, the consul, desired 
 not to seem hasty. 10. But he condemned himself (se 
 ipse) for his inactivity. 11. He condemned Catiline for 
 his audacity. 12. Do you condemn yourself for your 
 shif tlessness ? 13. Does not the number of the enemy 
 increase daily ? 14. Daily their commander is contriv- 
 ing the ruin" of the state. 15. I do not fear" that I 
 arrested Catiline too late. 16. Nor am I afraid" that I 
 have been too cruel. 17. He feared that the number of 
 the enemy would increase. 18. You cannot take a step 
 (move yourself) against the state. 19. He feared that 
 he could not take a step against the state. 20. Although 
 you know" it not (part., 123), we shall keep watch over 
 you. 
 
 Indirect Discourse, 106. Tenses of the Infinitive, 113. Roman 
 Calendar, 159. 
 
 3. Chap. 3. 1. What can a private house keep within 
 (by) its walls*? 2. Forget that infamous purpose (88) 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 81 
 
 of yours (iste). 3. Manlius will be in arms on the 25tli 
 of October. 4. Do you remember that Manlius was in 
 arms on the first of October ? 5. Manlius is Catiline's 
 accomplice and tool. 6. Is it to be wondered at that I 
 was deceived ? 7. I was not deceived in the day (change 
 to act. form), 8. The slaughter of the nobility was set 
 for the 29th of October. 9. Do you remember that 
 many [of the] chief men of the state fled from Eome ? 
 
 10. Shall you be satisfied with the slaughter of us (our 
 slaughter) who remain ? 11. Do you fear that I shall 
 not fortify Praeneste ? 12. On the 2d of November a 
 night attack was made upon Praeneste. 13. I not only 
 hear of, but even see, what you are doing. 14. Why, 
 do you not feel that you are hemmed in by my watch- 
 fulness ? 
 
 Partitive Genitive, 81. Ablative of Time, 22. 
 4. Chap. 4. 1. To keep a sharp lookout ; the death of 
 us all. 2. Where in the world ? at Laeca's (house) ; into 
 Laeca's house; at that time (25). 3. I keep a sharp 
 lookout for the safety of the state'. 4. I know' where 
 you were last night. 5. Several [of] your confederates 
 assembled in (to) Laeca's house. 6. There are certain 
 men here in the senate who were there that night. 7. Do 
 you deny that you came to the same place ? 8. The 
 Roman senate is the most venerable council' in (of) the 
 world. 9. Certain men are plotting the death of all of 
 us. 10. Can you then deny that you were at Laeca's ? 
 
 11. Have you decided' whom to take {pres. subj.) with 
 you ? 12. Presently I shall go out myself. 13. I know 
 not (neBcio) where in the world we are (ind. quest.). 
 14. Cicero did not know where in the world he was. 
 
82 CICERO: CATILINE 1. 
 
 Ablative of Separation, 19. Imperative Mood, 96. lam dudum, etc. 
 with the Present, 95. 
 
 5. Chap. 5. 1. Such being the case; as many as possi- 
 ble. 2. In the case of one man ; as long as ; as often as. 
 3. Too long have the gates been open. 4. Since (cum, 
 50) the gates are open, depart from" the city. 5. Take 
 (lead) out with you as many as possible [of] your friends. 
 6. Free the city from fear. 7. I shall be freed from 
 great fear. 8. Too long has the safety of the state been 
 jeoparded. 9. Jupiter Stator himself is between you and 
 me (me and you). 10. At the last election of consuls 
 Cicero by his own efforts (by himself) withstood Catiline 
 (dat.). 11. As long as I could defend myself by personal 
 (private) watchfulness, I did not employ^ a public guard^ 
 12. I shall defend myself without exciting any public 
 commotion {abl. abs.). 13. I dare not yet order^ you to 
 be put to death. 14. But I do bid' you depart from 
 the city. 15. I have long been urging you to depart.* 
 
 16. You have long been hesitating to free us from fear. 
 
 17. I advise you to go (ut w. subj.) into exile. 18. Begone 
 from the senate. 
 
 Relative of Characteristic, 149. Dative with Compounds, 64. 
 
 6. Chap. 6. 1. There was nobody in the city who did 
 not fear Catiline. 2. Who is there that does not hate 
 him ? 3. Who was there that did not hate him ? 4. The 
 mark of domestic infamy is branded upon your life. 
 5. When (cum, 172) you have ensnared a young man, you 
 offer him a sword for his reckless daring. 6. The ruin' 
 (plur.) of your fortunes is hanging over you. 7. No one 
 of us is ignorant of this. 8. On the 31st of December 
 you stood in the Comitium, weapon in hand (with a 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 83 
 
 weapon). 9. You have long (iam dudum) been standing 
 in the Comitium. 10. The fortune of the Roman people 
 stood in the way- of (obsto) your frantic attempt (mad- 
 ness). 11. You aimed many a thrust (many thrusts) at 
 (in) me, [when I was] consul elect. 12. No one of us is 
 ignorant that your dagger has slipped from your hands. 
 13. The consul will wrest that dagger out of your (69) 
 bands. 
 
 Conditions, Third Form, 55. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 
 7. Chap. 7. 1. A little while ago ; as soon as ; within 
 the memory of man. 2. I am not moved by hatred, 
 but' by pity. 3. Who out of this (so) great throng is 
 not afraid of you ? 4. Why ! You are looked upon 
 with hostility by all (hostile eyes of all). 5. As soon 
 as you came into the senate, you saw the benches emp- 
 tied. 6. This has never (numquam) happened' to me. 
 7. I should think (imp, subj.) I (dat.) ought to aban- 
 don' my house. 8. You ought to abandon the city. 
 9. If my parents were afraid' of me, I should avoid the 
 sight of them. 10. If my country hated me, I should 
 fear' her power'. 11. Your country [though] silent, [yet] 
 speaks to you. 12. You (dat.) ought to fear' your coun- 
 try's authority. 13. But now she is wholly (adj.^ 40) in 
 fear. 14. If you had departed, you would have delivered 
 her from this fear (taken away this fear from her, 69). 
 15. No plan is formed against her that is inconsistent 
 with your villany. 16. If my fear were groundless, I 
 should cease to fear. 
 
 Conditions, Second Form, 54. Locative Case, 116. 
 
 8. Chap. 8. 1. To be inconsistent with ; I will let you 
 know (make that you know) ; violent hands. 2. If your 
 
84 CICEEO: CATILINE I, 
 
 country should speak' thus with you, she would not gain 
 her object. 3. She {dat) ought to use force. 4. Catiline 
 was willing to give himself into custody. 5. To avoid 
 (for the sake" of avoiding) suspicion, he is willing to 
 dwell' at my house. 6. But Cicero will not keep him 
 at his house. 7. If you were to live with me, you would 
 not escape suspicion. 8. I asked him to keep me at his 
 house. 9. We were not safe {adv.) in the same house 
 (walls") with him. 10. Consign that life of yours to 
 flight and solitude. 11. If the senate had decreed" that 
 he should go into exile, he would have complied. 12. If 
 you should go out of the city, you would free the repub- 
 lic from fear. 13. I have long had hard work to keep 
 (hardly keep) these men away from you. 14. But they 
 are willing to escort you to the gates. 
 
 Conditions, First Form, 53. Optative Subjunctive, 166. 
 
 9. Chap. 9. 1. It is worth the cost, worth while ; but 
 if, on the other hand. 2. that the immortal gods would 
 crush you ! 3. that the gods had given you that inten- 
 tion ! 4. that you were terrified by my voice ! 5. I 
 wish you would go into exile ! 6. It will be worth the 
 cost, if you do (shall) go into exile. 7. If you wish to 
 subserve my glory, you will proceed straight into exile. 
 8. If you should go into exile, you would kindle [a flame 
 of] odium against me. 9. If you wish to make war upon 
 your country, you will separate yourself from good [men]. 
 10. Shame will never recall you from infamy. 11. I know 
 that that silver eagle will be fatal to you. 12. Can you 
 longer do without that eagle (19) ? 13. You have set up 
 a sanctuary of crime" in your own house. 14. When 
 you set out {part.) for slaughter, you worship that eagle. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 85 
 
 Ablative of Cause, 5. Emphasis, 74. 
 
 10. Chap. 10. 1. Not only . . . but also ; neither . . . 
 nor. 2. Sometime that unbridled passion of yours will 
 bring you (dot.) sorrow. 3. Did nature create you for 
 (ad) this insane passion ? 4. Would that you, Catiline, 
 were a good citizen ! 5. If you see no (nullus) good man, 
 you will exult with joy. 6. You have got together a 
 band of ruffians. 7. You revel in delight [when you 
 are] lying on the ground. 8. You will have an oppor- 
 tunity to plot against (of, habes ubi ostentes) the property 
 of peaceful men. 9. In a short time you will be exhausted 
 by cold [and] hunger [and] want. 10. So much has been 
 accomplished. 11. That which you have wickedly under- 
 taken is robbery rather than war. 
 
 Ablative of Comparison, 6. 
 
 11. Chap. 11. 1. To make return, return a favor. 2. What 
 is dearer to you than life ? 3. The republic is far 
 (much) dearer to me than life. 4. If you should find' 
 Catiline to be an enemy, would you allow' him to depart ? 
 5. He is waited for in the camp of the enemy. 6. Can 
 you suffer him to be let into the city ? 7. Are you pre- 
 vented' by the custom' of our ancestors ? 8. Those who 
 revolt from the state never hold the rights of citizens. 
 9. A very fine return you are making to me. 10. Will 
 you through fear of odium neglect the safety of the citi- 
 zens ? 11. Inactivity is more earnestly to be feared than 
 severity. 12. If Italy is laid waste by war, you will be 
 consumed in a conflagration of odium. 
 
 Relative of Result, 156. Predicate Accusative, 34. Supine in u, 170. 
 
 12. Chap. 12. 1. To have the same feeling, hold the 
 same views. 2. Forever ; to punish' (two tuays). 3. If 
 
86 CICERO: CATILINE I. 
 
 I thought^ you held the same views, I should not reply. 
 4. The best thing to do is to reply briefly (few things) to 
 these solemn words. 5. Surely I have no fear of pollut- 
 ing (use ne) myself with the blood of this parricide. 6. I 
 have always regarded unpopularity incurred through 
 virtue as great glory. 7. I regard Catiline [as] a parri- 
 cide. 8. I think he is not a citizen. 9. Is he a more 
 distinguished man than Saturninus ? 10. By the death 
 of Catiline alone (abl. abs.) the conspiracy will not be 
 crushed forever. 11. No one is so^ stupid as not to know 
 this. 12. The conspiracy cannot be crushed by the 
 death^ of one man (abl. abs.). 13. I am not so stupid as 
 to conceal what (that which) I see. 14. No one was so 
 bad as to believe this. 
 
 Hortatory Subjunctive, 165. Ablative Absolute denoting Condition, 1. 
 
 13. Chap. 13. 1. Alive or dead; to punish^ 2. You, 
 conscript fathers, have long been involved in the dangers 
 of this conspiracy. 3. If Catiline is left, we shall be in- 
 volved in his plots. 4. Let this (so) great band of rob- 
 bers be removed. 5. If he alone is removed, the danger 
 will remain. 6. If you drink (53) cold water, you will 
 be relieved at firsts 7. But drinking (inf.) cold water is 
 not the best thing to do. 8. Let a walP separate the bad 
 from the good. 9. If bad men depart, the city will be 
 relieved. 10. Let [those] who have united (themselves) 
 with Catiline depart to the impious war. 11. Thee, 
 Jupiter, we have rightly named the Stay of this city. 
 
 12. May Jove keep (166) this man away from his altars 
 and temples and from the lives (sing.) of all the citizens. 
 
 13. The consuls are so diligent (of such diligence) as to 
 lay open the whole conspiracy. 
 
FOR O^AL TiiANSLATION. 87 
 
 CATILINE II. 
 
 Causal Clauses, 49-51. Dative of Reference, 69. 
 
 14. Chap. 1. 1. To snatch a thing (aliquid) from any 
 one's (alicui) hands. 2. At last, fellow-citizens, Catiline 
 has been driven out of the city. 3. Or he has departed 
 of his own accord (ipse). 4. He has threatened the city 
 with fire and sword. 5. That dagger has been wrested 
 out of his hands. 6. The consul wrested the dagger out 
 of Catiline's hands. 7. He is broken down with sorrow 
 because I am alive. 8. He is prostrated with grief be- 
 cause the blade of his dagger is not stained with blood 
 (bloody). 9. You are no longer in fear within the walls' 
 of your houses {adj.). 10. Let the city rejoice because it 
 has rid itself of (thrown up) such a curse. 11. Catiline 
 is wailing because the city has been snatched from his 
 grasp (jaws). 
 
 Impersonal Verbs, 100. 
 
 15. Chap. 2. 1. To be vexed, indignant; to be pun- 
 ished. 2. Debt ; the public welfare. 3. With too small 
 a retinue; in boyhood. 4. Catiline should have been 
 {use imp. of oportet) arrested {pres.) rather than let go. 
 5. So' deadly a foe ought long ago to have been put to 
 death. 6. How many are there who do not believe (149) 
 what I report ? 7. If I had thought that the public wel- 
 fare (res publica) required his death, I should have re- 
 moved him. 8. I saw that I should be {use fore ut, 75) 
 overwhelmed with odium. 9. Now we can fight openly, 
 because (cum) we see the enemy plainly. 10. Would that 
 you had believed what I reported {siibjunc. by attraction, 
 162). 11. You ought to have believed. 12. You may 
 
88 CICERO: CATILINE II. 
 
 take (cf. licet intellegatis, 176) with you my (65) Muna- 
 tius. 13. Catiline was permitted^ to take out all his 
 forces. 14. I am vexed that he did not take them all 
 with him. 15. You know how much I am vexed. 
 
 Conditions, First Form, 53. Imperative (fut.), 97. 
 
 16. Chap. 3. 1. Metellus ought to hold that levy. 2. I 
 utterly despise those who are flitting about the Eorum. 
 3. Eemember that I know^ to whom Apulia has been as- 
 signed. 4. Eemember that I disclosed^ all their plans 
 yesterday. 5. You are greatly mistaken, if you think 
 those country bankrupts are to be feared. 6. Eemember 
 that even (ipse) Catiline was alarmed [and] fled. 7. If 
 they stay at home, they are not to be feared. 8. They 
 were greatly mistaken, if they thought that Apulia would 
 be (fore ut) assigned to them. 9. Be assured {fut, imper, 
 of scio) that Catiline knows what I think. 
 
 Accusative in Exclamations, 28. Locative, 116. 
 
 17. Chap. 4. 1. So great ... as ; to live on intimate 
 terms with. 2. You see that men like Catiline have 
 formed a conspiracy openly. 3. If they are assassins, 
 they agree with Catiline. 4. A great number of ruined 
 men were collected at Eome. 5. Poor' Catiline pines 
 with longing for (of) these assassins. 6, If they should 
 set out by the Aurelian road' (23) they would overtake 
 him towards evening. 7. O fortunate men, if they do 
 overtake him ! 8. wretched Catiline, if they do not 
 overtake him ! 9. fortunate republic, if it gets rid of 
 this rabble ! 10. There was never such (so great) villany 
 in any' man as in him. 11. There was no scoundrel in 
 Rome whom he did not live on intimate terms with. 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 89 
 
 Ablative of Means or Instrument, 11. 
 
 18. Chap. 5. 1. Nothing but ; in a hopeless case, hope- 
 lessly lost. 2. He has been trained by the practice of 
 daring crimes to endure (use the inf.) cold and hunger. 
 
 3. And yet this same man is using up the aids to virtu- 
 ous living (of virtue). 4. If Catiline's companions follow 
 him, happy [shall] we [be], fortunate [will be] the 
 republic ! 5. But they are in a hopeless case. 6. They 
 have thought of nothing but crime, nothing but audacity. 
 7. Let us think (165) of nothing but glory, nothing but 
 the public welfare. 8. There is no king for you to fear 
 (whom you may fear, 149). 9. If you remain in Eome, 
 look out for the doom that hangs over you. 10. Who 
 can bear this, that men should be smeared with ointment ? 
 11. By whatever means I can I shall cure what can be 
 cured. 
 
 Cum-temporal (historical), 172. Accusative of Limit, 30. 
 
 19. Chap. 6. 1. There are [some] who say ; yesterday. 
 2. Kay more ; on his own account. 3. But there were 
 some who said (149) that I drove Catiline into exile. 
 
 4. Who is so excessively modest that he (who) cannot 
 bear the voice of the consul? 5. When I summoned 
 the senate, Catiline came. 6. When I had driven Cati- 
 line into exile, I summoned the senate. 7. I ask' (from) 
 you, fellow-citizens, whether you were in the Porum yes- 
 terday or not (145). 8. Why do you hesitate to go to 
 the place (thither) where (whither) you have long (iam 
 pridem, 95) been preparing to go ? 9. When I asked 
 him what he had been doing at Laeca's, he hesitated. 
 10. Of course (I suppose) that [famous] silver eagle 
 was sent to Massilia. 11. Was it not sent to Rome? 
 
90 CICERO: CATILINE II. 
 
 12. Catiline did not go to Massilia. 13. He went to 
 the camp of Manlius. 14. Are you aware' that he had 
 built a shrine for that eagle in his own house (116) ? 
 
 Predicate Nominative, 118. Gerundive (Genitive), 90. Genitive 
 of Price, 83. 
 
 20. Chap. 7. 1. Catiline has suddenly' abandoned' the 
 design of making war. 2. When Catiline had been 
 driven out, did he go into exile ? 3. It is said that I 
 (I am said to) have sent into exile an innocent [man]. 
 4. There are some who think him not bad, but unfortu- 
 nate. 5. I am thought to be not a diligent consul, but 
 a cruel tyrant. 6. Am I a cruel tyrant or not ? 7. It 
 is not worth while [for me] to be thought a tyrant (pred. 
 ace). 8. It is worth while to administer the affairs of 
 state. 9. It is worth while to incur odium for the sake 
 of preserving the state. 10. I have not abandoned' my 
 design of removing danger from you. 11. What should 
 you say, if Catiline were commanding an army of the 
 enemy (55) ? 12. I fear' that he will be hovering 
 around in arms near the city. 13. He has not gone to 
 Massilia, but to the camp of Manlius. 
 
 Ablative of Manner, 10. Order of Words, 122. Emphasis, 74. 
 
 21. Chap. 8. 1. You are an enemy. 2. Do you not admif 
 that you are an enemy ? 3. Those who remain I wish not 
 so much to punish' as to restore to their senses (themselves 
 to themselves). 4. I have said nothing about those whom 
 I do not fear. 5. In what way can these things be cured ? 
 6. The forces of Catiline are made up from six classes of 
 men. 7. The appearance of those men who have great 
 possessions is very respectable. 8. I desire' in every way 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 91 
 
 CO gain over these men to the republic. 9. In no other 
 way can these things be done. 10. You are mistaken, 
 if you expect new accounts from Catiline. 11. Those 
 rich men do not seem to me likely (about) to bear arms 
 against the republic. 12. Is it worth while for them to 
 remain in Eome for the sake of bearing arms against the 
 republic ? 
 
 Dative with Compounds, 64. Dative of Indirect Object, 66. 
 
 22. Chap. 9. 1. First . . . secondly . . . finally. 2. I 
 give them this warning. 3. This direction must be given 
 (this must be directed) to those of the second class. 4. I 
 give them this direction, exactly (one and) the same as 
 (which) to all the rest'. 5. You cannot attain that which 
 you are attempting^ 6. There is an excellent spirit' in 
 the better classes. 7. Finally, the immortal gods will 
 render aid^ in person (present) to this fair city. 8. I 
 myself provide for the public welfare. 9. Catiline has 
 succeeded to Manlius. 10. Do these men expect to obtain 
 that which they covet with such a (tarn) detestable spirit' ? 
 11. The colonics as a whole' are [composed] of excellent 
 men. 12. But these are colonists who make an extrava- 
 gant display (display themselves extravagantly). 13. If 
 you wish to be saved, you must call up (pass.) Sulla from 
 the shades. 
 
 Complementary Infinitive, 109. Ablative of Specification, 21. 
 
 23. Chap. 10. 1. Some of whom . . . others of whom ; 
 through bad management; as soon as possible. 2. The 
 fourth class is [composed] of men who will never get 
 their heads above water (emerge). 3. This class is in 
 its very nature peculiarly Catiline's. 4. Some of them 
 
92 CICERO: CATILINE II. 
 
 through bad management, others through extravagance, 
 are staggering under the weight of debt (in debt). 
 5. They are shameless in their lives {sing.), and they 
 are many in number. 6. I do not understand^ this, 
 how these swindlers can make (become) active soldiers. 
 7. The jail cannot hold all these parricides, assassins, 
 [and] criminals. 8. The last class is composed of men 
 who are Catiline's bosom friends (from C.'s embrace and 
 bosom). 9. Why do these poor' [wretches] wish to 
 perish basely? 10. What do they want (wish for 
 themselves)? 11. To learn to brandish daggers and 
 scatter poison ? 
 
 Cum-causal, 60. Ablative with words of Plenty and Want, 16. 
 24. Chap. 11. 1. On this side ... on that; utter 
 despair. 2. It is a war greatly to be feared, since Cati- 
 line has such a famous [body of] troops. 3. Marshal 
 now against his body-guard the flower and strength" of 
 all Italy. 4. Set that wounded gladiator against your 
 consuls and commanders. 5. We are supplied with a 
 treasury and with revenues, which he lacks. 6. In all 
 respects (things) the flower of Italy surpasses' the troops 
 of Catiline. 7. Since he is in want' of all these things 
 he cannot be a match for (respond to) us. 8. On the one 
 side contends honesty, on the other treachery ; on this 
 side justice, on that injustice. 9. Finally, well-grounded 
 hope is in conflict with utter despair. 10. Since the con- 
 test is of this kind, the immortal gods will be on our 
 side (with us). 
 
 Second Periphrastic Conjugation, 128. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 25. Chap. 12. 1. A sufficient guard; measures have 
 been taken; provision has been made. 2. If you will 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 93 
 
 defend your own homes, I will provide a sufficient guard 
 for the city. 3. Since these things were so, Cicero pro- 
 vided for the city. ' 4. Although (quamquam, 52) Catiline 
 thought the gladiators were surely (adj.) for him, they 
 were better disposed (of better mind) than the patricians. 
 5. I have sent Metellus ahead to check (143) all his 
 movements. 6. Those enemies whom Catiline has left 
 in the city must be warned again and again. 7. I can- 
 not forget that many have remained in the city. 8. We 
 must live with these men. 9. You must die for the city. 
 10. I must provide for the city. 11. If I detect any 
 attempt against the city, I cannot shut my eyes [to it]. 
 
 12. The republic does not lack (egeo) vigilant consuls. 
 
 13. If any one makes any disturbance in the city, he will 
 find me watchful. 
 
 Result Clauses with Ut and Ut non, 155. Ablative with Fretus, 9. 
 
 26. Chap. 13. 1. Acting in a civil capacity, in the garb 
 of peace. 2. I alone shall be your commander [though] 
 acting in a civil capacity. 3. I (dat.) must so^ adminis- 
 ter all these things that there may be no outbreak. 
 4. This war is so treacherous that a few good men may 
 perish. 5. If we rely (part.) upon human wisdom, we 
 shall not be safe'. 6. But relying upon the many (and) 
 sure tokens of the gods, I promise that you shall all be 
 safe. 7. If you supplicate them, they will be here in 
 person. 8. The danger is so great that you ought to 
 pray to them. 9. This city, which is the most beau- 
 tiful of all, will be defended from the infamous crime 
 of desperate men (which city is, etc., this will, etc., 153). 
 10. All the forces of our enemies by land and sea have 
 been overcome^ 
 
94 .CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 CATILINE III. 
 
 Purpose Clause with ut, 139. Agreement of the Relative 
 Pronoun, 43. 
 
 27. Chap. 1. 1. Today ; a few days ago ; the lives of 
 you all. 2. Through (because' of) my labors', the city 
 has been preserved. 3. He who founded this city has 
 been raised to [a place among] the immortal gods. 4. I 
 have saved your (vester) lives, that I might be in honor 
 among you. 5. I who have restored the city to you 
 ought' to be [held] in honor. 6. The consul was vigi- 
 lant, in order that the citizens might be safe'. 7. That 
 the citizens, who were ignorant, might know in what 
 way the conspiracy was discovered', the consul explained 
 [it] to them. 8. I will so explain the matter that you 
 will understand' [it]. 9. Since (quoniam, 49) you do 
 not know in what way we extinguished those fires, I 
 will now briefly explain. 
 
 Inceptive and Conative Imperfect, 99. Ablative with utor, 24. 
 
 28. Chap. 2. 1. Yesterday; war beyond the Alps. 2. A 
 very patriotic man; an outbreak in Gaul. 3. At that 
 time I was spending all my days and nights in an effort 
 to (in eo ut) find out the cause of the tuniult. 4. I know 
 that those who remain will be weak without Catiline. 
 5. I knew that they were spending their days and nights 
 in an effort to tamper with the ambassadors. 6. They 
 were trying to tamper with the ambassadors. 7. We 
 were trying to drive Catiline from the city. 8. I was 
 trying to provide for your safety. 9. Now I have such a 
 grasp of (so comprehend) the subject that I know what 
 plots they are laying (they are plotting). 10. When you 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 95 
 
 see {fut. perf.) with your eyes the crime' itself, then you 
 will provide for your safety with all your hearts (minds). 
 
 11. Gains Pomptinus entertains all noble and generous 
 sentiments towards the state (c/. qui . . . sentirent). 
 
 12. I make continual use of (use continually) the aid of 
 several young men from Reate (adj.). 13. Both they 
 and our men used their swords. 
 
 Priusquam with Indicative and Subjunctive, 171. Infinitive as 
 Subject, 111. 
 
 29. Chap. 3. 1. The seals of the letters that were 
 found' in that company were unbroken. 2. Just at dawn 
 (when now it was dawning) Gabinius, as yet suspecting 
 nothing, was arrested. 3. Then I summoned' Statilius 
 and after him Cethegus. 4. Many distinguished men 
 decided (it pleased, etc.) that Gabinius should be sum- 
 moned. 5. The letters were laid before the senate before 
 I opened them. 6. I decided not to open the letters 
 before summoning' (I summoned) the senate. 7. The 
 consul decided to convene the senate in full numbers 
 (crowded). 8. He said that he would not open the let- 
 ters before the senate had convened. 9. It pleased the 
 Allobroges that I should send Statilius. 10. Cethegus 
 used swords and daggers. 11. The praetor was trying 
 to find the swords and daggers in Cethegus's house. 
 
 Relative Clause of Purpose, 143. Ablative of Accompaniment, 2. 
 
 30. Chap. 4. 1. Leaders in the city ; orders were given. 
 2. Volturcius was brought in before he should recover 
 from his fear. 3. He recovered with difficulty from his 
 great fear. 4. I urge you to declare' fearlessly what you 
 know (subj. by attj-action, 162). 5. Catiline was approach- 
 
96 CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 ing the city with an army. 6. When the leaders have 
 fired (fut. perf.) the city in (from) all parts, Catiline 
 will be at hand. 7. He will be here to pick up the fugi- 
 tives. 8. Slaves were sent to him for him to (which he 
 might) use. 9. It pleased him to use the help of slaves. 
 10. Orders were given to the Gauls to (ut) be at hand 
 with cavalry. 11. Cavalry was sent into Italy to (qui) 
 unite (themselves) with the infantry. 12. Lentulus 
 thought that the sovereignty of the city was destined 
 (necesse) to come to him. 13. In accordance with (ex) 
 the Sibylline oracles Lentulus is the famous (ille) third 
 Cornelius. 14. Lentulus had a dispute with Cethegus 
 because (49) the latter did not think' he was that third 
 Cornelius. 
 
 Ablative of Degree, 7. Cum-concessive, 61. Genitive with 
 Adjectives, 76. 
 
 31. Chap. 5. 1. A little while ago (before) ; some time 
 afterwards. 2. At first ... at last (finally). 3. Cut the 
 string and read what is written on the tablets. 4. Cethe- 
 gus made some sort of reply (replied something) about 
 the swords and daggers that (neut., 43) we discovered' at 
 his house. 5. Do you recognize the image of your re- 
 nowned grandfather ? 6. I asked' Lentulus if (-ne) his 
 grandfather was fond of fine cutlery. 7. That image, 
 even [though] speechless, ought to have called him away 
 from such wickedness. 8. Was he fond of swords and 
 daggers? 9. Volturcius was brought in to show how 
 great the power of conscience is (was). 10. What have 
 I [to do] with you? 11. Why did you come to my house ? 
 12. Though he was always powerful in effrontery, even 
 this failed him at that time. 13. A little while ago the 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 97 
 
 letters were read aloud. 14. Catiline knew who he was 
 from the person (him whom) he had sent to him. 15. We 
 know' who you are from the letters (supply the rel.) you 
 have written. 16. At first he refused to (denied that he 
 would) acknowledge his own hand, but some time after- 
 wards he confessed'. 17. Though Gabinius at first made 
 an impudent reply (replied impudently) he finally con- 
 fessed. 
 
 Causal Clause with quod, 49. Ablative Absolute denoting Cause, 1. 
 32. Chap. 6. 1. To render thanks ; to resign (an office) ; 
 after the founding of the city. 2. It pleased the senate 
 to pass a vote of (render) thanks to Cicero in the strongest 
 terms. 3. Since the decree' of the senate had not been 
 written out, Cicero explained it from memory. 4. The 
 senate praised Flaccus and Pomptinus, because they 
 had rendered (given) brave and loyal service to the con- 
 sul. 5. That able man, my colleague, removed from the 
 public counsels the participants in (of) the conspiracy. 
 6. Lentulus resigned the prsetorship. 7. Some time after- 
 wards, he was delivered into custody. 8. The same decree 
 was passed (same thing was decreed) against Cethegus, 
 Statilius, [and] Gabinius, all of whom (who all) were 
 present. 9. Also against Cassius, because he had claimed 
 for himself the charge of firing the city. 10. And also a 
 thanksgiving was decreed in these words': "because 
 Cicero has saved the republic." 11. That thanksgiving, 
 which was decreed in my name, was appointed because 
 the republic had been saved. 12. We did not punish' 
 Lentulus, because he (who, 51) was praetor. 13. Gains 
 Marius had no scruple to prevent {use quo minus) his 
 killing Glaucia [who was] praetor. 
 
98 CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 Ablative Absolute denoting Time, 1. Conditions, Third Form, 55. 
 
 33. Chap. 7. 1. I foresaw that, when their leaders had 
 been captured, all their hopes would collapse. 2. We 
 stand in no great fear of (do not greatly fear) -Lucius 
 Cassius, seeing that Catiline is removed {abl. dbs.). 
 3. Catiline has the ability and the courage (can and dares) 
 to thwart the designs of the consul. 4. Since he has 
 access to (of) everybody, he knows everything. 5. There 
 is nothing which (149) he does not personally (himself) 
 attend to. 6. If he had not been so^ keen, so bold and 
 so crafty, we should not have feared him. 7. When I 
 was trying to drive (99) him to open marauding, I wished 
 to push aside from your necks this (so) great weight of 
 evil. 8. If he had not known everything, he would not 
 have proclaimed the day of doom so long in advance (by 
 so much before). 9. If I had not thwarted all his plans', 
 we should have had to fight (105) with him. 10. After 
 he was removed, we freed the republic from danger. 
 11. Now that he is absent, this conspiracy has been clearly 
 discovered. 12. And we hold under arrest (arrested) the 
 other leaders of the conspiracy. 
 
 Ablative of Time, 22. First Periphrastic Conjugation, 127. 
 
 34. Chap. 8. 1. So many of which ; struck by light- 
 ning; to remember. 2. These important interests (so 
 great things) were pre-arranged by the immortal gods. 
 3. It hardly seems possible that I could have managed 
 everything (I hardly seem to have been able, etc.). 4. The 
 gods were about to bring us help^ in person (present). 
 5. We have seen at night torches in the west. 6. Thun- 
 derbolts have been hurled, and the earth has quaked 
 (been moved). 7. So many of these things (which things 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 99 
 
 SO many) have taken' place that the gods themselves 
 seem to have predicted the war. 8. For, surely, you 
 remember that yonder (ille) Romulus was struck by 
 lightning. 9. At that time the soothsayers said that 
 the downfall of the city was approaching. 10. I am not 
 going to pass by these things which are now taking place. 
 
 11. If we had not appeased the gods in every [possible] 
 way, we should have seen the downfall of the empire. 
 
 12. Yesterday we were about to turn the statue' of Jupi- 
 ter towards the east. 13. The statue was turned in the 
 direction opposite to what [it was] before. 
 
 Ablative of Agent, 4. Dative with Special Verbs, 71. 
 35. Chap. 9. 1. At this point; this very morning. 
 2. At this point, who can deny that everything is con- 
 trolled by the immortal gods ? 3. Who is so infatuated 
 as to (qui) deny that slaughter and fire are preparing 
 (pass.) for this city ? 4. These crimes^ are planned by 
 infamous citizens. 5. The destruction of the republic 
 was prepared for by the conspirators. 6. This very 
 morning the statue' of Jupiter was set up so as to face 
 (be turned towards) the temple of Concord. 7. On the 
 turning of the statue (abl. abs.) towards the senate, all 
 things were brought to light. 8. If the conspirators 
 should oppose me, they would be worthy of the severest 
 (greatest) punishment. 9. If you should attempt^ to 
 resist the immortal gods, you would be taking too much 
 upon yourselves. 10. I am not going to take too much 
 upon myself. 11. Yonder Jupiter resisted these impious 
 men. 12. The immortal gods deprived them of all dis- 
 cretion. 13. The Gauls are the only nation that (154) is 
 able and not unwilling to make war upon us. 
 
100 CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 Accusative, Subject of Infinitive, 31. Accusative of the 
 Gerundive, 92. 
 
 36. Chap. 10. 1. There is no need of saying ; to regard 
 as enemies. 2. Wherefore, fellow-citizens, celebrate the 
 days of thanksgiving. 3. For recall all the just honors 
 [that have been] rendered (held) by you to the immortal 
 gods. 4. Do you not yourselves remember the dissen- 
 sions of Marius and Sulla ? 5. I remember that, when 
 Octavius was consul, this place flowed (pres. inf.) with 
 the blood of citizens. 6. There is no need of saying that 
 Sulla avenged' the cruelty of Marius's victory. 7. All 
 these dissensions tended to the alteration of (changing) 
 the form of government (res publica). 8. Did they not 
 tend to the destruction of (destroying) the republic ? 
 9. Do such dissensions tend to the preservation of (pre- 
 serving) the city ? 10. These men desired' not a restora- 
 tion of harmony, but the extermination of brave men. 
 11. This war is the most cruel within the memory of 
 man. 12. The citizens could not (were not able) have 
 withstood (pres. inf.) so great slaughter. 
 
 Complementary Infinitive, 109. 
 
 37. Chap. 11. 1. I wish you to preserve in your mem- 
 ory these triumphs of mine. 2. The speech of men will 
 tend (pertineo) to prolong the memory of my consulship. 
 3. Less worthy [men] can be charmed with mute memo- 
 rials of honor. 4. I know' that the memory of my deeds 
 will become established in the records of your literature. 
 5. There are two citizens in this city, one (46) of whom 
 is dumb, the other silent. 6. I wish the boundaries of 
 your empire to be set in the regions of the sky. 7. I 
 hope that the seat of this same empire will be preserved 
 (use fore ut w. subj.y 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 101 
 
 Second Periphrastic Conjugation, 128. Dative with Special Verbs, 71. 
 Passive of Intransitive Verbs used Impersonally, 101. 
 
 38. Chap. 12. 1. It is your (my, etc.) duty. 2. I am 
 injured, you are injured, they are injured. 3. Those 
 (dot.) who wage foreign wars do not have to live with 
 those whom they have subdued. 4. My duty it was to 
 see that you were not harmed. 5. Your duty it is to see 
 that I am not harmed. 6. I have great support among 
 good [citizens], and those who have secured it (which 
 who have secured) for me will see that I am not harmed. 
 7. If all the assaults of domestic foes have been repelled 
 from you, you must see that they be not (lest they be) 
 turned against me. 8. What higher [step] is there to 
 which (whither) I care (it pleases me) to ascend ? 9. If 
 you pray to yonder Jupiter, your guardian, you will be in 
 perpetual peace. 10. We must not neglect the power of 
 conscience. 
 
 CATILIISrE IV. 
 
 Genitive with Verbs of Memory, 88. Subjunctive: Potential, 167; 
 Deliberative, 164. 
 
 39. Chap. 1. 1. I am anxious about the dangers of the 
 state. 2. Forgetful {part.) of these dangers, I think only 
 of you and your families. 3. If my good will towards 
 you is agreeable in your sorrows, you will not forget my 
 misfortunes. 4. The condition of the consulship is that 
 (ut) I should forget my own safety. 5. You are the man 
 (he) whose {dat.) house has never been free from sorrow. 
 6. Why should I not endure much, provided that I remedy 
 many evils ? 7. I must endure much. 8. Why should 
 
102 CICERO: CATILINE IV. 
 
 my couch be never secure from the danger of death ? 
 9. Why should not this be the issue of my consulship 
 that I may rescue all' Italy from devastation ? 10. If I 
 have rescued the Vestal virgins from bitter outrage, I 
 rejoice. 11. Why should Lentulus think his name is 
 designed by fate for the overthrow of the republic ? 
 
 Dative with Compounds, 64. Infinitive with Accusative after Verbs 
 of Hoping, 114. 
 
 40. Chap. 2. 1. The slaughter of you all (77); the 
 safety of us all. 2. In proportion as I deserve, according 
 to my deserts. 3. Wherefore, conscript fathers, in the 
 first^ place, cease to think' about me. 4. Secondly, if any- 
 thing' happens {fut. perf.) to me, look out for my wife and 
 children^ 5. The gods, who preside over this city, will 
 requite you according to your deserts. 6. You are not so 
 (that) iron-hearted as (qui) not to be affected by the death 
 of a brave man. 7. If anything happens to me, I hope 
 the republic will take in its arms (embrace) that little 
 boy of mine. 8. I hope that all will be safe. 9. Cicero 
 hoped to die with a calm mind. 10. Consider all the 
 storms that threaten, if you do not devote yourselves to 
 the state. 11. No one is left to await (ad. w. gerundive) 
 the issue of this day. 
 
 Ablative of Gerund and Gerundive, 93. Predicate Genitive of 
 Possession, 82. 
 
 41. Chap. 3. 1. An honor which, etc. ; to lay before the 
 senate (for action), (for information). 2. More widely 
 than is thought. 3. First you passed [a vote of] thanks 
 to me, because by my diligence the conspiracy was dis- 
 covered.^ 4. Secondly, you gave Lentulus and the rest' 
 into custody. 5. Lastly you decreed a thanksgiving in 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 103 
 
 my name. 6. It belongs to the consul to lay the matter 
 before the senate. 7. Great madness is rite (versor) in 
 the republic. 8.^ It is the consul's duty to crush the con- 
 spiracy. 9. You must determine' before night what or- 
 der to pass (what you may decree) about the punishment 
 of the conspirators. 10. It is your duty to decide' about 
 the punishment. 11. I hope you will decide before night. 
 12. I did not by any means lay open this conspiracy by 
 forbearance and procrastination (ger.). 13. You will not 
 crush the conspiracy by compelling Lentulus to resign ; 
 by giving rewards to Volturcius. 14. Many men are 
 implicated in this atrocious (so great) crime. 
 
 Ablative with dignus, 8. Hortatory Subjunctive, 165. Predicate 
 Nominative and Accusative, 118, 34. 
 
 42. Chap. 4. 1. Imprisonment for life; death has no 
 terrors; that no one (lest any one). 2. Silanus is of the 
 opinion (censeo) that the death (gen.) penalty ought to be 
 employed' against bad citizens. 3. What do you deter- 
 mine about confiscating their goods. 4. Death' is not a 
 punishment, but a necessity of nature. 5. Caesar thinks 
 that death is not a punishment, but a rest from labors'. 
 6. He thinks that imprisonment for life is the peculiar 
 punishment for (of) infamous crime. 7. Has not death 
 been appointed [as] a rest from toils and miseries ? 8. I 
 hope I shall find men (those) for whom death itself has 
 no terrors. 9. Let these men be distributed among the 
 free-towns. 10. Let us ordain that no one shall break 
 their bonds. 11. Let it be ordained besides that (ut) 
 their goods be confiscated. 12. Such crimes' are worthy 
 of imprisonment for life. 13. Let the punishment be 
 worthy of the crime. 14. Are not these men worthy of 
 
104 CICERO: CATILINE IV. 
 
 death ? 15. It is inconsistent with (not of) the dignity 
 of the free-towns to lighten their punishment. 
 
 Genitive with Interest, 85. Partitive Genitive, 81. 
 
 43. Chap. 5. 1. Day before yesterday ; I am inclined 
 to think. 2. It is for Caesar's interest to follow the pop- 
 ular course^ 3. It is for my (mea) interest to second 
 (follow) the proposition of Gains Caesar. 4. I saw what 
 was for your interest. 5. Caesar's opinion^ is a perpetual 
 pledge of his good will. 6. We know that Gracchus was 
 the proposer of the Sempronian law. 7. What is the 
 difference between those who are truly popular and those 
 who wish to be regarded as popular ? 8. I am inclined 
 to think that you wish to be popular. 9. I am inclined 
 to think that you did not wish to consult for the public 
 welfare. 10. More' (of) trouble is in store for Catiline. 
 11. But there will be less danger for you. 12. No one 
 will hesitate to call the proposer of the Sempronian law 
 popular. 13. The law' ordains that hereafter no one be 
 consigned to darkness and chains. 14. The law ordained 
 that the property of Lentulus should be confiscated. 
 15. The informers are worthy of great rewards. 
 
 Double Questions, 145. Participle Equivalent to Infinitive Clause, 
 124. Ablative with Fruor, 24. 
 
 44. Chap. 6. 1. Methinks I see ; to inflict punishment 
 on. 2. In the case of those men; a crime of such enor- 
 mity. 3. The proposal of Silanus is far (by much) milder 
 than Caesar's. 4. It is for the interest of the state to 
 punish a crime of such enormity. 5. Is there more^ of 
 cruelty or of mercy in punishing crime ? 6. Methinks 
 I see Cethegus revelling in your blood. 7. Methought I 
 saw a slave killing my wife. 8. Should I not seem cruel 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 105 
 
 and hard-hearted if I did not kill the slave (54) ? 9. If 
 Lentulus is on the throne (reigning), then Catiline will 
 come with an army. 10. Can we enjoy life when we see 
 Lentulus on the throne ? 11. May we (dat.) be permit- 
 ted^ to enjoy this city in safety. 12. Because Lentulus 
 hoped to be king (reign), for this reason I was the more 
 severe against him. 13. If I do not inflict the severest 
 punishment on him, I shall seem too lenient. 14. In the 
 case of Lentulus, if we put him to death, shall we be 
 regarded as cruel or merciful ? 15. He aimed at (ago ut) 
 murdering^ one by one the children^ of each one of you. 
 16. Was Cicero moved by a cruel (cruelty of) disposition 
 or by extraordinary courtesy ? 17. You, conscript fathers, 
 have assigned to me the preservation of the state (c/. at- 
 tribuit nos trucidandos). 
 
 Relative of Characteristic, 149, 154. Accusative of the 
 Gerundive, 92. 
 
 45. Chap. 7. 1. Patriotism ; since the founding of the 
 city ; every preparation has been made. 2. I have assist- 
 ance^ enough to carry out the measures (those things) 
 that you decide upon. 3. Every preparation and every 
 provision have been made for preserving the common for- 
 tunes of all. 4. Not only (cum) has my diligence been 
 very great, but (turn) the desire of the Roman people to 
 retain imperial sway has been much greater. 5. The 
 forum is the only place in which there is a sufficient 
 guards 6. Shall I mention the senators or the knights ? 
 7. This is the only case in which knights and senators 
 have one and the same feeling. 8. We see all having one 
 and the same feeling. 9. These (isti) are the only men 
 who cannot be reckoned in the number of citizens. 10. I 
 
106 CICERO: CATILINE IV. 
 
 assure you that the whole multitude of free-born citizens 
 is present. 11. May we enjoy the light and the common 
 soil of our country. 
 
 Relative of Restriction or Proviso, 152. Sequence of Tenses, 160. 
 
 46. Chap. 8. 1. It is worth while. 2. The slaves are 
 contributing to the common safety as much as they can. 
 3. There is no freedman, provided that he has obtained 
 the privilege (fortune) of citizenship, who does not judge^ 
 this to be his country. 4. There is no one of these men, 
 who loves his country, whom liberty has not aroused to 
 (ad) the defence of the city. 5. Is it worth while to 
 tamper with the feelings of the poor^ and ignorant ? 
 6. Their labor' is maintained by the tranquillity of the 
 state. 7. There is no man so wretched in fortune as 
 (156) not to desire the place of his daily toil to be safe^ 
 8. If the slaves contributed as much as they could to 
 the common safety, pray what would the freedmen have 
 done ? {cf. quid . . . futurum fuit). 9. If their daily gains 
 are fostered by tranquillity, pray what would happen 
 (167) to them in war? 10. There was no one, provided 
 that he was fond of ease, who did not wish his couch to 
 be safe. 
 
 Ablative of Manner, 10. 
 
 47. Chap. 9. 1. The lives of all the citizens; the 
 decision must be made. 2. My life has been spared for 
 the safety of the Roman people. 3. See to it (provideo) 
 that (ut) my life may be spared. 4. Let all unite with 
 mind and will, with heart and voice. 5. Citizens of all 
 ranks stretch out their hands to the conscript fathers. 
 6. May that vestal (of Vesta) fire be eternal'. 7. This 
 day the decision must be made concerning the temples 
 
FOB ORAL TRAKSLATIOK. 107 
 
 and shrines of the gods. 8. Not always have you had 
 leaders mindful of you and forgetful of themselves. 
 9. This day, for the first time (first') you behold all 
 men of all ranks having one and the same feeling. 10. I 
 do not outstrip you in zeal. 11. I have done my duty as 
 consul (consular), with the greatest zeal. 
 
 Subjunctive of Concession, 163. Genitive and Accusative with 
 Verbs of Emotion, 86. 
 
 48. Chap. 10. 1. Before I come back to the vote, I will 
 say a few [words] about the great multitude of enemies' 
 that I have made. 2. If at some time they threaten me 
 with death (death to me), I shall never repent of what I 
 have done (my deeds). 3. For I have attained such glory 
 as no one else (other) ever [did]. 4. Did Scipio repent of 
 his victories ? 5. Does Pompey repent of his exploits ? 
 6. Grant that Scipio compelled Hannibal to depart out 
 of Italy. 7. Grant that two cities are hostile to this 
 republic. 8. Grant that Marius twice freed Italy from 
 siege. 9. Is it a greater [thing] to destroy Carthage and 
 Numantia than to save Rome ? 10. I have taken care 
 that you may have a place to come back to (whither you 
 may return). 11. And yet in one respect (place) vic- 
 tories abroad (adj.) are better than victories at home 
 (adj.). 12. Wherefore I have brought upon myself an 
 eternal' war with desperate citizens. 13. This harmony 
 between (of) you and the knights can never be broken 
 by any force. 
 
 Dative of Possessor, 67. 
 
 49. Chap. 11. 1. At his own peculiar risk, at the risk 
 of himself alone. 2. I have a province, which I disre- 
 gard. 3. Grant that I have refused a triumph, surely 
 
108 CICERO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 you will remember my other marks of honor. 4. May 
 you never repent of your decisions. 5. My little son 
 (dot.) will have protection enough, if you will remember 
 that he is my son. 6. I have preserved the dignity of 
 the state at my own peculiar risk. 7. As long as I live 
 {fut.) I will maintain whatever (those things which) you 
 decide upon {fut. perf.). 8. By my own efforts (through 
 myself), I will carry into effect your decrees. 9. You 
 have a consul who will obey your decrees. 10. I com- 
 mend to you the temples and shrines of the gods, which 
 will have protection enough, if you decide^ with care and 
 vigor. 
 
 AECHIAS. 
 
 Dative of Purpose, 68. 
 
 50. Chap. 1. 1. If anything . . . ; that no one (lest any 
 one). 2. I do not deny that I have some (aliquid) talent. 
 3. I have had some experience in (c/. in qua . . . versatum) 
 the practice of oratory (speaking). 4. In my boyhood 
 these studies were not uncongenial to me (my boyhood 
 did not shrink from, etc.). 5. I entered upon the study 
 of oratory with Aulus Licinius for my master {abl. abs.). 
 
 6. May this voice, moulded by him, be for his safety. 
 
 7. Assuredly to him I owe my skill in speaking. 8. My 
 training in the liberal arts ought to be (for) an advan- 
 tage to him. 9. I, too, have another kind of intellectual 
 endowment (a certain other power^ of mind). 10. Not 
 even he is entirely devoted to this single pursuit. 11. Do 
 you, perchance, wonder that I have said this ? 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 109 
 
 Substantive Clause of Purpose, 141. 
 
 51. Chap. 2. 1. To be at variance with. 2. Does it 
 seem strange to you that I am speaking in behalf of a 
 poet ? 3. It is not strange that before these highly edu- 
 cated (superl.) men I should adopt a new method of 
 pleading (dico). 4. This method of pleading will not 
 be disagreeable to the praetor [who is], a very learned 
 man. 5. I know that it is at variance with the custom' 
 of the courts. 6. I beg^ of you to grant me this indul- 
 gence. 7. I beg of you to speak freely about the pursuit 
 of literature. 8. If Licinius is a citizen, he ought' to be 
 enrolled. 9. If he was not a citizen, he ought to have 
 been enrolled. 10. Since he is a citizen, he ought not 
 to be excluded from the list of citizens. 11. I shall 
 cause you to think that he has been enrolled. 
 
 Locative Case, 116. Ablative of Place, 14. 
 
 52. Chap. 3. 1. As soon as ; from boyhood ; in boy- 
 hood. 2. In the towns and at Rome ; to be highly hon- 
 ored (affected with great honor). 3. As soon as Archias 
 devoted himself to writing, he quickly excelled' all others'. 
 4. In boyhood Ave devote ourselves to the study of com- 
 position (writing). 5. Archias had the good fortune (it 
 happened to A.) to be born at Antioch, a once populous 
 city. 6. At Tarentum he was presented with many 
 rewards. 7. Greek arts were much (multum) cultivated 
 in Italy. 8. When he was in Eome, a city full of learned 
 men, Marius and Catulus were consuls. 9. Lucullus not 
 only received him into his home [when he was] a youth . 
 but also was. intimate with [him in] his old age. 10. Ho 
 caused (perficio) the Luculli to think that he was worthy 
 of their acquaintance. 
 
110 CICERO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 Ablative of Quality, 18. Accusative of Limit, 30. 
 
 53. Chap. 4. 1. After a long interval; within sixty 
 days; before citizenship was given. 2. When he had 
 withdrawn from Sicily, he came into Italy. 3. Heraclea 
 was a city [possessed] of the most favorable privileges. 
 4. Lncullus is [a man] of great authority. 5. Was he 
 not [a person] of the greatest honesty ? 6. Archias had 
 come to Heraclea with Lncullus. 7. Since he declared 
 his intention to the praetor within sixty days, he was en- 
 rolled. 8. When he departed from Heraclea, he came to 
 Rome. 9. Lucullus knew that he was enrolled. 10. Many 
 years before the burning' of the registry at Heraclea he 
 had been enrolled at Eome. 11. Or do you not demand^ 
 the records ? 12. Nay, rather you ask' for nothing but 
 the records. 
 
 Ablative of Cause, 5. 
 
 54. Chap. 5. 1. Why is it that ? what reason is there 
 why ? 2. To conduct one's self as a citizen ; up to that 
 time. 3. All confidence in the records was destroyed. 
 
 4. Gabinius was not troubled at the erasure of names. 
 
 5. But Metellus was troubled at the erasure of a single 
 name. 6. He was so careful (of such diligence) that he 
 went to the praetor and said that he had found" one 
 erasure. 7. Many ordinary men are possessed of no 
 skill, [while] stage-performers enjoy the highest reputa- 
 tion for genius. 8. Why is it that the Neapolitans should 
 bestow citizenship on ordinary men ? 9. I have always 
 wished to be a Neapolitan. 10. Sin(3e up to that time he 
 had conducted himself as a citizen, he was rated according 
 to our laws. 11. Such being the case, what reason is 
 there why he should hesitate to make a will ? 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. Ill 
 
 Conditional Sentences, 53, 54, 55. Deliberative Subjunctive, 164. 
 
 55. Chap. 6. 1. I am ashamed ; lie is ashamed. 2. Orar 
 torical ability, po\Ver of oratory ; of slight account. 3. I 
 ask' of you why you are so charmed with Aulus Licinius. 
 4. Could our minds bear such a strain, if we did not 
 relieve them ? 5. If we did not cultivate our minds, we 
 could not be supplied with material for speaking (what 
 we may speak could not be supplied to us). 6. Why 
 should you be ashamed, if you have devoted yourself to 
 these studies? 7. I should be ashamed, if I had not 
 devoted myself to them. 8. I assign as much (of) time 
 to managing my own affairs as you [do] to early ban- 
 quets {put rel. clause first). 9. Who would justly blame 
 you, if you should assign some (aliquid) time to ball- 
 playing ? 10. If I had not tried to secure glory and 
 honor, I should not have devoted myself to literature. 
 11. Why should I be ashamed, if I have exposed myself 
 to so many struggles for your welfare ? 12. If antiquity 
 had not been full of examples, we should not have had 
 so many portraitures of excellent men'. 
 
 Ablative of Means or Instrument, 11. 
 
 56. Chap. 7. 1. In my opinion ; prosperity ; adversity. 
 2. There have been famous men who were not trained 
 in literature. 3. What I am to assert about those men 
 may be relied upon (is certain). 4. We extol with praises 
 those men whose valiant deeds (pZ?tr. of virtus) have been 
 the theme of history (handed down to letters). 5. Nat- 
 ural ability (nature) without learning has often been 
 effectual in gaining glory (for glory). 6. Some one 
 may ask (167) : "What? Does learning without natural 
 ability amount to much (avail much, multum) ? " 7. Do 
 
112 CICEBO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 we seek pleasure alone from these pursuits ? 8. If they 
 did not nurture our youth, nevertheless they would, in 
 my opinion, charm our old age. 
 
 Cum-Concessive, 61. Deliberative Subjunctive, 164. 
 
 57. Chap. 8. 1. On the spur of the moment ; to contend 
 with one another. 2. You ought to admire the skill and 
 grace of Eoscius, even though you are a rustic. 3. Who 
 of you is so rude as not to (that he does not) admire skill 
 and grace in others^ ? 4. It seems as if he ought not to 
 die at all (he seems, etc.). 5. But Eoscius could not 
 recite (dico) a great number of verses on the spur of the 
 moment. 6. We are told by (receive from) learned men 
 that poets are inspired by an enthusiasm [that is] almost 
 divine. 7. Shall we not love^ a man of such excellent 
 skill and grace ? 8. Shall I not defend Archias in every 
 way? 9. Shall we not admire this sacred name of 
 poet? 10. Does he not seem to be commended to us 
 by some endowment of the gods themselves? 11. Are 
 not you, gentlemen of the jury, moved by the voice of 
 poets? 12. Though we admired Eoscius, we love Ar- 
 chias. 13. Though I have spoken in this new way, 
 nevertheless you have attended to me diligently. 
 
 Accusative with Infinitive, 31. Tenses of the Infinitive, 113. 
 
 58. Chap. 9. 1. By land and sea ; the sinking of the 
 fleet ; to like to hear. 2. Whose voice do you like best 
 to hear ? 3. Archias has devoted all his talent to cele- 
 brating the glory of the Eoman people. 4. When a 
 young man, he touched upon the Cimbric campaign 
 (res) of Gains Marius. 5. Though Marius was rather 
 rough (comp.) for these pursuits, still he was glad to 
 
FOR ORAL TRANSLATION. 113 
 
 hear the Cimbric campaign celebrated in verse (plur.). 
 6. They say^ that Marius said' he was very glad to hear 
 the voice of a poet celebrating his fame. 7. Shall we 
 not love a man (him) by whose genius our deeds (those 
 things which we have done) are celebrated ? 8. Themis- 
 tocles said that he liked to hear the voice of a poet. 
 9. The sinking of the fleet off Tenedos was celebrated 
 by the genius of Archias. 10. Our fame is celebrated 
 by those through whose genius the victories of our gen- 
 erals are extolled (pi^^ the rel clause first). 
 
 Relative of Cause or Rea,son, 51. Adjectives as Nouns, 41. 
 
 59. Chap. 10. 1. You are greatly mistaken if you 
 think Greek {plur. neut.) is read less {adv.) than Latin. 
 2. Our glory and fame have extended as far as (to the 
 same place whither) our arms have reached. 3. This 
 our Archias writes of our achievements in Greek verse 
 {plur.). 4. Fortunate are the Koman people in having 
 (who have) found Archias as the herald of their fame. 
 5. fortunate Alexander to have stood by the tomb of 
 Achilles ! 6. fortunate young men to be able to read 
 Latin! 7. When Pompey presented Theophanes with 
 citizenship, the soldiers approved. 8. And so', I sup- 
 pose, if Archias had not been presented with citizenship 
 by Lucullus, he could not have obtained (received) it 
 from Sulla. 9. I will bestow a reward upon you, but 
 on condition that you write nothing hereafter. 10. The 
 genius and merit of Archias are worthy {neut. plur., 38) 
 of the greatest reward. 
 
 Accusative of Duration, 29. 
 
 60. Chap. 11. 1. All the best men, every good man. 
 2. In that city in which. 3. All the best men are influ- 
 
114 CICERO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 enced by a desire for celebrity. 4. I confess" that I my- 
 self have for many years (annus) been influenced by a love 
 of praise. 5. We know that Fulvius was influenced by 
 a desire for fame, because he (who) consecrated to the 
 Muses the spoils of Mars. 6. My own love of glory is 
 perhaps too ardent, but yet it is an honorable [one]. 
 7. But I have never written treatises on the contempt 
 of glory. 8. In a city in which poets are honored by 
 generals, we ought^ not to be averse to (shrink from) 
 the welfare of poets. 9. Night and day the minds of all 
 the best men are spurred by incentives to glory. 10. If 
 glory be withdrawn (abl. ahs.), what other thing is there 
 for us to desire (which we may desire) ? 
 
 Genitive of Quality, 78. Ablative of Quality, 18. 
 
 61. Chap. 12. 1. Narrow-minded, mean-spirited. 2. To 
 take in good part; I am sure. 3. Are we so narrow- 
 minded as to (who) think that everything is to die with 
 us ? 4. Do you not prefer to leave' a representation of 
 your mind' rather than of your body ? 5. You are not 
 so mean-spirited as to wish to leave no representation of 
 your virtues. 6. Wherefore, gentlemen of the jury, we 
 beg' of you to preserve a man of such talent that he is 
 sought after by the most distinguished men. 7. You 
 ought to preserve one (him who is) of that class [of men] 
 that are always considered sacred. 8. Wise men think 
 that what we do in life is present to our consciousness 
 after death. 9. I am sure that you will take in good 
 part what I have said. 10. He who holds the court will 
 take in good part what I have said that is foreign to 
 court usage. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 
 
 CATILINE I. 
 
 62. Chaps. 1-3. 1. Pray how long, Catiline, shall you 
 abuse our patience ? Your plans^ ^are all exposed. The 
 consuls hold your whole conspiracy ^in their grasp. 
 They know^ ^what plans you adopt. The senate, too^, 
 knows all these things, and yet you are alive. Alive ? 
 Nay more, you have come into the senate, plotting our 
 destruction, and eager to lay waste the whole earth with 
 fire' and slaughter. 
 
 2. Once a mischievous citizen was slain' by the Ponti- 
 fex Maximus, but we, consuls, who have a decree' of the 
 senate against you, allow' you to live. ^For twenty 
 days already the decree %as been shut up in the records, 
 ^like a sword buried in its sheath, ^and yet you do not 
 abandon' your ^audacious schemes. 
 
 3. I desire ^^to be merciful, but I do condemn myself 
 "for' inactivity and negligence. You ought^- ^^to have 
 been put to death long ago; but I wish you to live 
 
 62. Note. Do not forget to give careful attention to the always 
 important matters of Order and Emphasis. See 74, 122. 
 
 1 Lie open. ^ Bound fast. ^ What (of) plan ; ind. quest. 4 Quo- 
 que. ^ Now the tioentieth day. 6 pres. tense, 95. "f As if buried. 
 8 And . . . not = neque. 9 Use the abstract word " audacity." 
 i<^ Observe Cicero's nse of the ace. w. inf. where we might have the 
 complementary inf. w. nom., esse Clemens. U See 87. i2Perf. of 
 oportet. 13 Pres. inf. 
 
 115 
 
116 CICERO: CATILINE I. 
 
 as long as there is^^ any' one ^Vho ventures to defend 
 you. 
 
 4. But, believe me, many men are watching you, 
 ^^although you know it not, and not even a private house 
 can keep within its walls' the voice of your conspiracy. 
 You are beset on every hand. You can do nothing ^^that 
 I do not immediately' find out. 
 
 63. Chaps. 4-6. 1. Did you not come into Laeca's 
 house ^night before last ? Are there not here in the sen- 
 ate certain [men] who were with you? immortal 
 gods, Vhere in the world are we ? Here, here, in this 
 most venerable council^ in^ the world, are [some] ^who 
 are ^partners in your folly and wickedness. 
 
 2. Two Eoman knights promised %o kill' me that very 
 night, but I discovered' the ^treacherous design, and 
 when they came in the morning ^to greet me, I shut them 
 out. ^Such being the case, Catiline, depart from the 
 city. I shall be relieved of great fear, provided that we 
 ^^get rid of this dreadful curse of the republic. 
 
 3. Why have I not yet ordered Catiline to be put to 
 death? Why has not the consul" ordered the public 
 enemy" to go into exile ? Why has not Catiline of his 
 own accord gone from a city where^^ there is no man %ho 
 does not fear and^^ hate him ? 
 
 4. Disgrace and dishonor cling to^* his reputation. He 
 has heaped crime upon^^ crime. He has attempted' to 
 
 62. 14 Shall he. is Rel. of char., 149. is jsfot knowing ; part, ex- 
 pressiug concession. i'' Cf. n. 15. 
 
 63. 1 On the former night. '^YoWow the text. 3 0/. 4Rel. of 
 char. 6 Sharers of. 6 See 114. ^ Insidiae. 8 Supine, 169^ 
 ^ Since which things are so. ^^ Escape ; subj. of proviso w. dum 
 modo, 73. 11 Contrasted words are often put close together. i^w- 
 which. 13 Repeat nemo qui without conj. 14 In. ^^ By. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 117 
 
 put to death many leading men of the state, and to over- 
 whelm the city with fire^ and slaughter. 
 
 64. Chaps. 7-9. ^ 1. Pray how^ can you bear it that* 
 no one out of this great^ throng saluted you when you 
 came into the senate ? Do you wait for the reproach of 
 words'* when you are overwhelmed by the stern judg- 
 ment of silence? ^If my acquaintances did not greet 
 me, I should prefer to avoid their sight and presence. 
 
 2. You do not reverence the authority of your country, 
 which is the common parent of us all. For a long' time 
 you ^have thought' of nothing but her death. ^It seems 
 that no design can be formed against her without you. 
 This^ must not be borne. 
 
 3. Ought^ you not then to go away into exile ? Do 
 you demand" a decree' of the senate ? I shall not ^^put 
 the question to the senate, and yet I will ^^let you know 
 what the senate thinks' of you. Begone from the city, 
 Catiline. Do you not see that the senate is silent? 
 ^^Silence gives consent. 
 
 4. ^If I had ordered that sterling man, Marcus Mar- 
 cellus, to go into exile, the senate would with ^^perfect 
 justice have laid ^Molent hands upon me. ^^0 that you 
 would go into exile ! that you would separate your- 
 self from good citizens ! 
 
 65. Chaps. 10-13. 1. There are some in this body, 
 conscript fathers, who think' that I should be acting 
 
 64. 1 With what mind, 10. 2 Quod ; put this clause first. 3 5o 
 great. ^ Voice. ^ Condition, third form, 55. 6 p^es, ind. ''No 
 design seems to be able, etc., 129. 8 Which. ^Beheo. ^f* Refer 6. 
 11 Make that you know. i^ While they are silent, they approve. 
 ^" iest Hght. '^'^ Force and hands. ^^ Cf. utinam . . . duint, and 
 see 166. 
 
118 CICERO: CATILINE I. 
 
 cruelly and tyrannically, ^if I should punish' Catiline 
 with death^ They do ^ot even believe that a con- 
 spiracy has been formed. But my country seems to 
 condemn me for^ inactivity, ^n that I ^allow that gladi- 
 ator to live a single hour. 
 
 2. ^JVIethinks she is even now reproaching me ^for 
 neglecting the safety of the citizens. If I should per- 
 mit' Catiline to go from the city to the camp of Manlius, 
 as^ he purposes, no one will be so' stupid ^as not to 
 admit^ that he is no longer a citizen. 
 
 3. If he takes with him his whole band of ruined 
 and desperate men, the root and seed of all evils will be 
 stamped out and destroyed. ^^For a long time the city 
 has been involved in these dangers, but "in some way 
 or other ^^all evils have come to maturity in the time of 
 my consulship. 
 
 4. Bad men are plotting against the consul in his own 
 house, besieging' the Senate-house with swords [in their 
 hands, and] preparing torches ^^o burn' the city. ^*If 
 they all depart, and follow Catiline ^^out of the city, you 
 will see the whole conspiracy ^^laid open, and not only 
 that, but also crushed forever. 
 
 65. 1 Here the mood and tense are the same as in dir. disc, 54, 56. 
 2 Ne . . . quidem, 3 o/. 4 Quod. Be ready to give a reason for 
 the mood of the verb in this clause; see 49. ^ Give . . . the use of 
 one hour for living. ^ She seems to me to reproach, 129. 7 Because 
 I neglect; see note 4. ^ Whither. 9 Relative clause of result, 156. 
 10 See 95. 11 / know 7iot in what way. ^^ Cf . omnium scelerum 
 . . . mattiritas . . . erupit. 13 Ad w. gerundive. i^ What time is 
 referred to in this conditional sentence ? i^ gee lb. '^^ Not only laid 
 open hut also crushed. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 119 
 
 CATILINE II. 
 
 66. Chaps. 1-5. 1. At last, fellow-citizens, he who 
 ^has long been plotting the ruin' of. the state within the 
 very walls' of the city, Lucius Catiline, that vile cor- 
 rupter of youth, whom all good [citizens] fear,' has been 
 driven out of the city, which seems to me to rejoice and 
 exult that^ it has ^rid itself of so' deadly a foe. 
 
 2. If there be any' one of you^ who asks' why I 
 allowed' him to depart, and did not rather arrest [him] 
 and even put [him] to death, remember that there are 
 many who do not believe that there is a conspiracy. 
 ^My desire was to force^ him from secret plots to open 
 marauding. ^This object I have now attained. 
 
 3. When he found' that I knew' all his plans, he took 
 fright and ran away. Now, at last, there can be no one 
 ^who does not believe what I reported, no one ^to defend 
 Catiline. I ^^could wish indeed that all his boon-com- 
 panions had followed him. 
 
 4. But these remain. ^Tortunate will be the republic, 
 glorious the renown of my consulship, if only the whole 
 gang f ollow^^ their leader out of the city. ^^Then there 
 would be no one ^"^for us to fear', for such^^ an army of 
 profligates as^^ Catiline has gathered together is not to 
 be feared. 
 
 66. iSee 95. 2Quod; see Ex. 65.n. 4. 8(7as^ wp. ^Vestrum, 
 
 121. 5 / loished. 6 Conicio. ^ [Vhich [thing]. 8 cf. qui quae 
 ego deferrem non crederent in chap, ii., and note change of tense. 
 9 Rel. clause of characteristic ; so also the preceding clause. i*^ Po- 
 tential sub.!., 167. 11 Use the exclamatory phrase, 28. i^ Fut. perf. 
 13 A condition is implied in the word " then," which = " if that were 
 so," 57. 14 Whom we should fear. ^^ Tantus . . . quantus. 
 
120 CICERO: CATILINE II. 
 
 67. Chaps. 6-9. 1. But there are some who ask 
 %hether I drove Catiline into exile or not. How^ can 
 it be said that I drove him into exile, when^ all the 
 senators know^ that he has entered upon war, that he 
 has sent to the camp ^of Manlius arms and military 
 standards, and even his silver eagle? [Those] who 
 ^make this assertion, who believe that he is an innocent 
 man, and I a most cruel tyrant, that banish men by 
 threats and force, are attempting to raise^ a storm of 
 odium against me. 
 
 2. ^But what would these same men, who assert that 
 Catiline has gone into exile at^ Massilia, say if he should 
 turn his course^ from flight and exile to a career of crime' 
 and war ? What if he should within three days command 
 an army of the enemy ? What if he should prefer to be 
 killed ^in partisan warfare rather^^ than live an exile ? 
 
 3. It seems "necessary' for me to speak now about 
 the classes of men from which the forces of Catiline are 
 procured. First', there are those rich men who are 
 ^^deeply in debt, and who expect from Catiline a new 
 deal, by which their large properties may be saved'. 
 Another class is composed of men who expect to gain 
 power' ^^by the very confusion of the state. Then there 
 are certain of Sulla's colonists who have fallen deeply in 
 debt themselves, and are forcing some needy countrymen 
 into an expectation of [a renewal of] the old plunderings. 
 
 67. 1 Cf. fuisset necne, and observe that " whether " is not there 
 expressed. 2 Quo mod.6. 3 Cum-causal, 50. 4 Adj. 5 Say this. 
 SExcito. ^Cf. the sentence (chap, vii.) sed cum sint homines 
 . . . dicerent, and note change in form of the condition. 8 Xo. ^ Use 
 the part. i^ Expressed in the word for ** prefer." ii That it must he 
 spoken by me; begin the sentence with nunc de, etc. ^^ In great 
 debt, ^^ The state itself being confused. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 121 
 
 68. Chaps. 10-13. 1. Since this is so^, fellow-citizens, 
 I have so managed affairs that, even if Catiline should 
 make raids upon . the colonies and free-towns, they can 
 easily be defended. Finally, I cannot forget that those 
 whom Catiline has left' in the city are our enemies, ^and 
 that they should be warned again and again ^not to 
 ^make any stir in the city. 
 
 2. To these men I say, ^^^Be assured that the consuls 
 are vigilant, that they have provided a sufficient guard' 
 for the city, [and] that the citizens have been warned to 
 defend their homes with sentinels and guards. If you 
 make the slightest attempt against your country, I shall 
 immediately discover it." 
 
 3. We are supplied with everything^ that^ Catiline 
 lacks^ On one side are your consuls and generals, on 
 the other, that worn-out and wounded gladiator ; on one 
 side the flower and strength' of all Italy, on the other, a 
 gang of shameless and indecent profligates ; on this side 
 the cities of your colonists, on that, the wooded heights 
 of Catiline. 
 
 4. In a contest of this kind; who can doubt that'' the 
 immortal gods will defend ^in person this fair city 
 against the impious attacks of unprincipled men? Do 
 you,^ then, fellow-citizens, enter upon this war, relying 
 not on human devices,^^ but on the gods themselves. 
 ^^Under my guidance no good man shall perish, but all 
 villany shall be crushed. 
 
 68. ^Who should, etc., second periph. conj. ^'Neg. purpose, 139. 
 ^Move themselves. ^ Fut. imper. of sci5. ^ All things. ^Abl., 
 16. 'Quin w. pres. subj., 158. ^^ Praesens. '> To be expressed 
 because emphatic. i*^ Abl., 9. UDo not try to think of a word for 
 *' under" ; translate the thought. 
 
122 CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 CATILINE III. 
 
 69. Chaps. 1-5. 1. Fellow-citizens/ the republic is 
 safe^ Your wives, your children^, and your homes^ have, 
 through my efforts, been rescued^ from fire' and sword, 
 and restored^ to you. And, because^ I know' that you 
 are waiting ^to learn' ^what has taken place since Catiline 
 ^a few days ago burst out of the city, I will lay before 
 you the whole matter. 
 
 2. The leaders who remained in the city ^tried to tam- 
 per with the ambassadors from Gaul, and, as^ they were 
 about to return to Gaul, gave them a letter of ^ instruc- 
 tions for Catiline. 
 
 3. When^^ I found' out that they were ^Haying this plot, 
 I saw that the opportunity was offered me ^^of getting 
 such a grasp of the whole conspiracy that both you and 
 the senate might clearly comprehend^^ it. Therefore the 
 Allobroges and Volturcius were arrested and brought 
 back to the city. 
 
 4. Although ^Ht was the opinion of many distinguished 
 men ^^that I should open the letters before submitting^^ 
 them to the senate, I kept the seals unbroken. After 
 Volturcius had disclosed' what^'' he knew,^^ and the Gauls 
 had given their evidence, the documents were brought 
 forward. 
 
 69. 1 Usual position of the vocative ? 2 For agreement of the part., 
 see 38. 3Quoniam, 49. 4 Not inf. 5 Ind, quest. 6 See 175. 
 ^ Imperfect, 99. When. 9 And. lo Ut. n Do not try to think of 
 a word for "laying"; see 26. 12 That I might so^ grasp. ^^ For 
 agreement of the verb, see 45. i^ ji pleased. ^^ Acc. w. inf. ^^ De- 
 fers ; informal ind. disc, 107. '^'^ Those {thingsl which, i^Subj. 
 by attraction, 162. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 123 
 
 5. Lentulus, Cethegus, Statilius, [each] identified his 
 hand and seal. The letters were read. Lentulus, ^^on 
 being asked' by the Gauls whether he had ^not said 
 something to-^ them about firing the city, though at first* 
 he denied his guilt, a while afterwards confessed' it. 
 
 70. Chaps. 6-8. 1. After the evidence had all been set 
 forth, the senate ^passed a decree against nine of ^ the 
 conspirators, that they should be ^put under guard, and, 
 ^because Lentulus was a praetor, it was decided' that he 
 should first' resign his office, so that there might be no 
 ^scruples to prevent his being punished'. 
 
 2. ^A vote of thanks' to me was passed, because I had 
 driven Catiline from the city. And' also the senate 
 decreed a thanksgiving to the immortal gods in my name, 
 because I had not only managed the ^affairs of state suc- 
 cessfully, but had even saved the state. 
 
 3. Now there is ^no longer anything ^for us to fear. 
 As long as Catiline was in the city, ^Ve had everything 
 to fear ; for he was so' active, so bold, so crafty, so alert 
 in villany, that we could have met and thwarted all 
 his designs [only] with the greatest difficulty. 
 
 4. And yet, fellow-citizens, "it almost seems as if the 
 immortal gods themselves had managed all these impor- 
 tant affairs by their own will and power". For, surely, 
 ^^it does not belong to human wisdom to have foreseen 
 all that has happened' in our consulship. 
 
 69. 19 Use part. 20 Said (loquor) nothing. ^^With. 
 
 70. 1 Censeo. 2 Ex. ^Delivered into custody. ^ Order : it ivas 
 decided that (ut) Lentulus, because he, etc. ^Cf. relig-io . . . quo 
 minus, and see 140. 6 Cf. gratiae . . . ag-untur. ^ Res publica ; 
 in this clause imitate bene gesta . . . conservata re priiblica. 
 8 Nihil iana. 9 Rel. clause. 1^ All [things] ivere to be feared by us. 
 11 The gods seem, etc., 129. ^ It is not of, 78. 
 
124 CICERO: CATILINE III. 
 
 71. Chaps. 9-12. 1. ^Under the guidance of the im- 
 mortal gods, P resisted those men who attempted^ to set 
 fire to the temples and shrines, and brought to light 
 everything that they had planned against your safety. 
 The gods, then, are worthy of alP honor *for saving the 
 city from slaughter and fire and bloodshed. 
 
 2. ^If I should say that I had done these things alone, 
 without the help' of the gods, I should be ^beside myself. 
 ^Does it not seem to have happened^ providentially that 
 Lentulus was so foolish^ as to intrust the letters to 
 Gauls, who, though they ^might have kept silent, never- 
 theless, of their own accord, offered us the proofs of 
 Catiline's guilt'? 
 
 3. In return for my important^^ services, fellow-citi- 
 zens, I ask' for no mute memorial of praise, but that my 
 deeds may be cherished in your memories." But' since 
 I must live with those^^ I have subdued, I hope that the 
 protection Afforded by good citizens will be secured to 
 me forever. 
 
 4. ^*There is no need' of saying that there is such^^ dig- 
 nity ^^in the republic that it will always defend me, 
 who have voluntarily offered^'' myself to all [sorts of] 
 dangers for your safety, from the assaults" of intestine 
 foes. 
 
 71. 1 See Ex.68, n. 11. 2x0 be expressed. Cicero had no hesitation 
 in emphasizing the first personal pronoun. 3 Qreatest. ^Rel. clause; 
 expressing what idea? 5 Begin Quae ego si. 6 Taken in rnind. 
 " Put the main clause last ; begin with '* That Lentulus," etc., which is 
 a subst. clause of result, 157. 8 Form adj. from adv. dementer. 
 9 Were able to keep silent. '^^ So grea^. 11 Sing. 12 Supply the rel. 
 whom. 13 jfi^ 14 jt need not to he said. ^^ That. i^put the phrase 
 "in the republic" between **that" and "dignity." i''Have a good 
 reason for the mood by which you translate this verb. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 125 
 
 CATILINE IV. 
 
 72. Chaps. 1-4. 1. Conscript fathers, you know that 
 ^I am never free from the danger of death either in the 
 Forum or in the Senate-house, or ^in my own home, 
 or even in this seat of honor; but yet, whatever fate 
 awaits^ me, I shall endure it with equanimity/ provided 
 that by my efforts safety is secured to you and to the 
 Roman people. 
 
 2. For why should I not rejoice to have rescued you, 
 your wives, and your children from slaughter, and the 
 Vestal virgins from bitter outrage, even if the immortal 
 gods should will that^ I am to suffer' all pains and hard- 
 ships, and even death itself ? 
 
 3. Yesterday I asked ^for your judgment about the 
 fact, and ^for your decision about the penalty. To-day, 
 before night, we must decide^ what ^is to be done about 
 the accused. For this mischief, which has spread fur- 
 ther ^than is generally supposed, can by no means be 
 checked by ^^forbe^rance and procrastination. 
 
 4. ^^It is the opinion of Decimus Silanus that the con- 
 spirators should be punished' with death, while^^ Gains 
 Caesar holds^^ that death was not appointed by the gods 
 as^^ a punishment, but as a rest f rom^^ toil and misery ; 
 and therefore he recommends^^ confiscation of property 
 and imprisonment ^''for life. 
 
 72. 1 Order : neither . . . nor etc., am I ever free. 2 -^qi in w. abl. 
 
 3 Pass, of propono. ^ Two words. ^ Ut. 6 What yon thought. 
 ''What you deckled. Pass, periph. conj. ^ Than opinion. i'^ Use 
 gerunds, 93. ^^ Silaniis decides, censeS foil, by ace. w. inf. 
 12 Autem. 13 InteUego. 14 For the sake^ of. is Of. 16 Orders. 
 
 1' Sempiternus. 
 
126 CICERO: CATILINE IV. 
 
 73. Chaps. 5-7. 1. The proposal of Gains Caesar is 
 ^that of one [who is] consulting for the safety of the 
 people, and is, as it were, a hostage for^ his perpetual 
 good- will towards the state. No one can doubt Vhat he 
 thinks about the whole case who voted a reward' to the 
 informer and thanks to the investigator; and who, 
 [though] a very mild and gentle person, consigns Len- 
 tulus to perpetual darkness and chains. 
 
 2. Wherefore, if you adopt the proposal of Silanus, I 
 shall not fear' the charge of cruelty, for what cruelty can 
 there be ^in punishing with death a man who is in no 
 sense^ a citizen, but is an enemy of the republic ? The 
 proposer of the Sempronian law' himself was put to 
 death by command of the people. 
 
 3. When I see' ^in my mind's eye the city falling 
 in ruin, the Vretched heaps of unburied citizens, and 
 Cethegus revelling in your blood, I cannot think^ about 
 mercy and compassion towards the guilty [wretches] 
 who have wished to murder' us, and to set up the race 
 of the Allobroges on the ruins^ of the city. 
 
 4. And' now, lest some one may ^^be apprehensive 
 "that there is not help' enough ^^to carry out ^'^the 
 measures that you ^*decide upon to-day, [I will say 
 that] every preparation has been made. The Roman 
 people ^^have aimed to give me all the assistances^ I 
 want.s^ 
 
 73. 10/ him (ille) .^Of, ^ For the order, cf . the sentence begin- 
 ning iam hoc, chap. v. ^ In w. gerundive. ^ Modus. ^ In mind. 
 " Follow the text: wretched and unburied heaps. ^ Cogito. 
 9 Traces. 10 Vereor. 11 ''That not" after a verb of fearing = ? 
 See 142. 12 Ad w. gerundive. i^ Those [things]. i^ Not pres. 
 16 Ago ut. 16 Supply *' which." i'' Why subjunctive ? 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 127 
 
 74. Chaps. 8-11. 1. It is Vorth while to recognize 
 the zeaP of all citizens of all ranks. But why should I 
 mention them ? For their own interests'^ stimulate them 
 to defend their country. Even the slaves^ ^if only they 
 are in a tolerable condition of servitude, contribute alP 
 they can to the safety and tranquillity of the state. 
 
 2. And the poor' and ignorant, ^although Lentulus 
 ^tried to tamper with them, almost outstrip you in 
 patriotism.^ Indeed, those who ^are dependent on their 
 daily' gains^^ in the shops, since, "when the shops are 
 closed their gains are diminished, have no desire to 
 lolloAv the fortunes of men who are trying to overthrow 
 the very foundations of the state. 
 
 3. Such being the case, conscript fathers, see to it 
 ^^that you ^^do not fail' in your duty to those whose 
 help' has never failed you. Our common country is 
 beset by the torches and weapons of an impious con- 
 spiracy, and ^\ipon you rests the decision whether ^^all 
 that we see about us shall stand, or the whole republic 
 be destroyed. 
 
 4. ^^I may lose my life, for I have undertaken eternal' 
 war against the enemies of the republic; but the mem- 
 ory of my deeds will remain. I have ever been mindful 
 of you and forgetful of myself ; and I shall not hesitate 
 to execute your decrees, even if the violence of wicked 
 men shall threaten' ^^me with death. 
 
 74. 1 The price of labor. 2 Acts of zeal, plur. of studium. 3 Res. 
 ^ Who are in; rel. clause of proviso, 162. ^ As much as. ^ j^el. 
 clause of concession, 150. '' Imp. subj. ^ Love of country. ^ Are 
 sustained hy. ^^ Sing. i^Abl. abs. i2;N'eg. purpose. ^^ Are not 
 loanting to. ^'^ You must decide; impers. i^ .-J // f/iese things, not 
 omnia haec 16 Gi^ant that I lose; of. sit Scipio clarus, and see 
 i63. 17 Death to me. 
 
128 CICERO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 AECHIAS. 
 
 75. Chaps. 1-5. 1. Aulus Licinius Arcliias was born 
 ^of a noble' family at Antioch, a city^ once populous and 
 wealthy, and abounding in men ^of the highest learning. 
 *In boyhood he was trained in polite learning, and after- 
 wards, ^having devoted himself to writing, he was 
 thought worthy of the acquaintance and hospitality of 
 many persons both in Italy and Greece. 
 
 2. When he had come to Eome, %hile still a young 
 man, he ^became acquainted with many distinguished' 
 men. Not only was his acquaintance cultivated by 
 those who could furnish him with the noblest^ subjects 
 ^^for his pen, but also by those who were eager to listen 
 to him. 
 
 3. Although he had had a domicile in Rome for many 
 years, and afterwards had been enrolled as a citizen at 
 Heraclea, a city^^ having the most favorable privileges 
 and treaty-rights, he was accused by a certain^^ Gratius, 
 under the Papian Law, ^on the ground that he was not a 
 Roman citizen. 
 
 4. Cicero pleaded the cause of his friend before the 
 court, and easily proved by the evidence of Lucullus and 
 of the Heraclean deputies that Archias was a Roman 
 citizen under the law of Silvanus and Carbo. A large 
 part of his oration is devoted" to celebrating the praises 
 of literature. 
 
 76. 1 Abl. of origin, 20. 2 Abl. in app. w. the loc. Antiochiae. 
 ^ Most learned. * [As a] boy. ^A cum-clause. ^ Even then. 
 J" COgnosco. 8 Change to the act. 9 Greatest^. ^^ Not literal. 
 11 Cf. n. 2. 12 Quidam. 13 Quod. 14 Dedo. 
 
FOR WRITTEN TRANSLATION. 129 
 
 76. Chaps. 6-9. 1. Some one ^may ask why I am so 
 
 greatly charmed with these studies. Because^ they are 
 ^adapted to all times^ all ages, and all places; because 
 they relieve my mind [when it is] weary with the din 
 and strife ^of the Forum ; because by means of them this 
 ^oratorical ability ^is improved ; and because I am able 
 ^to study the portrayals of eminent men, which authors 
 have left us in their books. Setting these^ examples 
 before me, I can educate my mind' and judgment by the 
 very contemplation of excellent men. 
 
 2. Do you ask whether^ all our great commanders have 
 been trained in literature ? Not all ; for there have been 
 men of such pre-eminent ^^natural ability that, even with- 
 out [the aid of] learning, they ^^have shown themselves 
 not only brave and wise, but well-balanced and dignified. 
 But it is, nevertheless, certain that learning ^^is of great 
 assistance ^^in the cultivation of character.^'* 
 
 3. ^^Let the men of Colophon claim' Homer for their 
 own; this Archias ^^belongs to us, ^''by his own desire 
 and by our laws. His voice we ^^like to hear, because 
 he celebrates^^ the name and fame of the Koman people. 
 Grant that our own Ennius was^^ dear to the elder 
 Af ricanus ; is not Archias ^dearly loved by that distin- 
 guished general, Lucius Lucullus, who opened Pontus 
 to the Eoman people and routed the innumerable forces 
 of the Armenians ? 
 
 76. iPotentialsnbj.,167. 2 Quia, 49. 8 0/; what gen.? 4 Adj. 
 5 Express by two noims. ^ Cresco. 'Intueor. ^ Which; put 
 first. 9 Use -ne. lo Natura. n Exsto. 12 Aids much. 13 Not 
 the abl. 14 Virtus. 15 cf. sit . . . sanctum . . . nomen. 16/5 
 ours. ^'^ Abl. *' in accordance with," 3. is Gladly hear. i^Is there 
 any reason for putting this verb in the sub].? ^^ Exceedingly. 
 
130 CICERO: ARCHIAS. 
 
 77. Chaps. 10-12. 1. Alexander the Great had with 
 him many historians of his exploits, for he knew that, Hf 
 he had no one ^to be the herald of his valor, his name 
 ^would be buried in the same tomb that Should cover 
 his body. And so our own "Magnus" awarded a prize 
 to the historian of his achievements, Theophanes of 
 Mytilene. 
 
 2. Sulla bestowed citizenship upon many Spaniards; 
 and would he have rejected Archias, ^if he had sought 
 [his favor] ? He who was so^ eager ''to have his actions 
 celebrated in verse that he lent an ear to the poor poets 
 of Cordova would not, I suppose, have sought^ for the 
 genius of Archias. 
 
 3. It must be admitted' that even^ those philosophers 
 who write treatises ^^on the contempt of glory are them- 
 selves,^ nevertheless, influenced by the love of praise; 
 and, in fact, ^^the best men are most attracted by glory. 
 
 I do not hesitate to confess' to you that I myself^ desire 
 no other reward' for my toils and dangers in your behalf 
 than the eternal' heralding of my virtues. 
 
 4. Wherefore, since Archias has ^done honor in his 
 verse to the achievements of the Eoman people, and 
 since he is ^^possessed of such a genius that he is courted 
 by our most distinguished' men, I entreat^* you, gentle- 
 men of the jury, ^to receive him under your protection, 
 so that he may seem to be relieved by your humanity 
 rather than injured by your severity. 
 
 77. 1 If no one = unless some one. 2 jvq-Qt inf. s Use fore ut w. 
 subj., 75. 4 In ind. disc. & Use part, or clause w. si. 6 Usque eo. 
 ^ [Tt] to be written about his deeds. ^ The conclusion of a conditional 
 sentence; what is the condition? 9 ipse. i^Dg w. gerundive. 
 
 II Optimus quisque. 12 Honored. i^ Abl. of quality. 14 Peto a. 
 
PAET III. 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW WITH 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 Note. The references are to the Grammatical Index, p. 205. 
 
 Predicate Nominative, 118. Two Accusatives, same person or thing 
 (pred. ace), 34. Two Accusatives, person and thing, 35. Two 
 Accusatives with Compounds, 36. Apposition, 48. 
 
 1. 1. Athens was formerly regarded as^ the inventress^ 
 of all ^branches of learning. 2. The Romans congratu- 
 lated themselves* because Cicero v^as elected consul. 
 
 3. Cicero when^ praetor advocated the Manilian law; 
 when^ consul he crushed the conspiracy of Catiline. 
 
 4. The ancient' Persians regarded the sun as the only 
 god. 5. Csesar leads all his cavalry over the bridge. 
 6. Caesar ^when it came his turn, being asked his opin- 
 ion', spoke ^to the following effect. 7. Por I have not 
 concealed from you the discourse of Titus Ampins. 
 8. Two most powerful cities, Carthage and Numantia, 
 were destroyed by Scipio. 9. Archias came to Rome 
 ^in the consulship of Marius and Catulus. 10. Alex- 
 ander the Great founded two ci^es in India; one? he 
 called Nicaea, the other^ Bucephale, from^ the name of 
 his horse. 11. The envoys demand back from Verres 
 the statue' of Ceres and Victory. 12. Caesar hastened 
 through the whole Picenian territory. 
 
 1. 1 Omit. 2 Plur. s Phir. of doctrina. 4 Dat. & When it 
 loas come (101) to him. ^ Words of this kind. ^Express idio- 
 matically. 8 See 46. 9 Ex. 
 
 133 
 
134 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 Infinitive as Subject and Predicate, 111. Infinitive as Object, 110. 
 Complementary Infinitive, 109. Subject of the Infinitive, 31. 
 
 2. 1. To labor is to pray. 2. Wherefore I have deter- 
 mined" to prepare no defence Vith regard to my new 
 purposes ; [yet] I have resolved, ^though conscious of no 
 guilt', to offer an explanation. 3. Our ancestors wished 
 the bodies of young men to be strengthened by toil. 
 
 4. This is characteristic^ of a well-regulated mind, both to 
 rejoice at %hat is good and to grieve at the opposite. 
 
 5. We desire" not so [much] to seem, as to be, good.^ 
 
 6. It is a wrong" to bind a Eoman citizen, a crime" to 
 scourge [one], almost" parricide to kill" [one]. 7. ^Archias 
 had the good fortune to surpass all '^in the fame of his 
 genius. 8. You, Catiline, ought^ to be put to death. 
 9. My voice ought to be first" in public affairs. 10. I 
 desire to be gentle.^ 11. If you love" me, if you wish" to 
 be loved by me, send me^^ a letter. 12. Now I neither 
 care^^ to live", nor may^^ I die without disgrace. 13. You 
 may go. 
 
 Tenses of the Infinitive, 113. Accusative with Infinitive, 31. 
 Indirect Discourse, 106. Historical Infinitive, 112. 
 
 3. 1. Catiline sent letters to most of the ex-consuls, 
 [saying] that, ^as he was beset by false accusations, he 
 yielded to fortune, and ^was going into exile at^ Massilia. 
 2. Cethegus said that his associates were wasting great 
 
 2. iln. ^From (ex) no consciousness of (de) guilt. spro- 
 prius. In what other way may this be expressed ? See 78. ^ Good 
 things. Why would not bonis alone do? ^what does this agree 
 with? ^It happened to Archias to sm^ass. ''Abl. of spec, 21. 
 8 Oportet. 9This may be expressed in two ways. ^^ Ad me. 
 ^^It pleases me. 12 Licet. 
 
 3. 1 Participle. 2 Pres. inf. s To, SQ. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 185 
 
 opportunities *by hesitation and delay^: that in such 
 danger there was need of action/ not of deliberation.^ 
 3. He found^ that the consuls had started for Dyrra- 
 chium^ with a large part of the army^, [and] that Pompey 
 was staying at Brundisium^ with his cohorts. 4. Caesar 
 told^ them that he had aimed at no extraordinary honor, 
 but %ad waited for the legal time for being a candidate 
 for the consulship, and had been content with what^^ was 
 open to all the citizens. 5. The envoys report to Caesar 
 that they are aware that the Roman people are^^ divided 
 into two parties, but that ^^it belongs neither to their own 
 judgment nor to their own powers to decide which^^ party 
 has*^ the better cause. 6. About the ^^first of June Cati- 
 line ^'began to address individuals ; he exhorted some, he 
 tampered with others ; he showed his own resources, the 
 unprepared [state of the] republic, [and] the great re- 
 wards of the conspiracy. 
 
 Adjectives: Agreement with Nouns of Different Genders, 38; 
 as Nouns, 41 ; as Adverbs, 42; Denoting a Part, 39. 
 
 4. 1. You have all orders, all men,^ and the whole* Eo- 
 
 man people %ith one and^ the same feeliug. 2. We seem 
 
 to remember the past, to hope for the future.^ 3. Labor' 
 
 and^ pleasure, [though] dissimilar ^in their nature, are 
 
 bound together^ by ^a kind of natural association. 4. We 
 
 say that ^folly, rashness, injustice, and intemperance 
 
 3. 4 Abl. of gerund, 93. ^ Postponmg the day. 6 Perf. part., 13. 
 ^Acc. of limit, 30. Locative, 116. 9 Doceo ; use the pres. 
 1^ The legal time of the consulship being icaitedfor, etc. ^Eo quod. 
 12 Remember thatpopulum is sing. '^^It is of, gen. of qualitj^ 78. 
 14 Which (of the tivo). 15 Pres. subj. ; why ? i^ See 159. i" Hist. inf. 
 
 4. ^Thinking one and the same [thing]. ^Reliquus, ^ai^i, of 
 spec, 21. * Among themselves. ^ Quidam. 6 Yoy connectives see 
 60. 
 
136 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 ought to be shunned/ 5. To Catiline, [even] from his 
 youth, ^intestine wars, slaughter, rapine, and civil discord 
 were pleasing. 6. When the opportunity was offered, 
 Afranius leads out his forces and stations them on the 
 middle of the hill. 7. The Gauls compel travellers to 
 stand even ^^against their will. 8. I have done more 
 good^^ to-day unwittingly than [I] ever [did] before this 
 day intentionally.^^ 9. Spain ^Vas the last' of all the pro- 
 vinces to be thoroughly^^ subdued. 10. At daybreak the 
 top of the mountain was held by Labienus. 
 
 Relative Pronouns: Agreement, 43; Antecedent in Relative Clause, 
 148 ; Position of Relative Clause, 163. Demonstrative Pronouns, 
 132. 
 
 5. 1. We are deaf in those languages that we do not 
 understand^ ^and they are innumerable. 2. Mummius 
 destroyed Corinth, ^a city which at that time was the 
 most splendid in^ Greece. 3. The victor did not* spare 
 even^ ^the women and children' who^ were found in the 
 town. 4. The violent spirit' of Catiline was harassed by'' 
 lack of means, and by the consciousness of guilt', ^both of 
 which [evils] he had increased by those practices which 
 I have mentioned above. 5. Thou, 0^ Jupiter, who wast 
 consecrated by the same auspices ^by which this city 
 [was], wilt punish' the enemies' of our country. 6. ^^That 
 
 4. ^ For agreement of gerundive see 38. 8 For lack of connectives 
 see 60. 9Abl. abs. io r/nm/^ffegr. ii Partitive gen. ^^Knowi7ig. 
 '^^Last (adj.) . . . was subdued. ^^ Ex^^ressed in the prefix of the 
 verb. 
 
 5. 1 Which are. ^ Which city. 3 0/.- * See 117. Put the object 
 first. 5Dat., 71. 6 What gender? 38.-7 Which both, neut. 8 Not 
 expressed. 9 Put this clause between "same" and ''auspices."- 
 10 Which part . . . that. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 137 
 
 part of the state which had brought disaster upon the 
 Eomans "was the first to pay the penalty. 7. fortu- 
 nate young man, ^to have found' a Homer as herald of 
 your valor ! 8. The latter again' in [their] turn are in 
 arms ^^a year after, [while] the former stay ^%t home. 
 
 9. Mithridates fled from his kingdom just^^ as the famous 
 Medea is said to have fled once from the same Pontus. 
 
 10. The former carefully protected the latter. 
 
 Pronouns: Indefinite, 133; Reflexive, 137. Final (Purpose) Clauses 
 with ut and ne, 139 ; Sequence of Tenses, 160. 
 
 6. 1. Some states have [it] ordained by their laws that^ 
 if any' one shall have heard^ by rumor or report anything 
 ^that concerns the public welfare, he shall report it to a 
 magistrate, *and not ^impart it to any one else. 2. Patience 
 is a remedy ^f or any' pain whatever. 3. A tyrant neither 
 loves' any one,'^ nor is loved by any one.^ 4. The general 
 charges them ^as they are departing that each^^ of them 
 shall visit his own^^ state and collect^^ for the war all 
 ^Vho are old enough to bear arms. 5. Some call it error, 
 some fear ; ^^no one but you, crime'. 6. One part of that 
 village he granted to the Gauls, the other he assigned 
 to the cohorts. 7. Nevertheless he decided' that they 
 ^%hould not be detained, lest he should appear either' to 
 offer an insult or betray^^ some suspicion of fear. 8. Indu- 
 
 5. ^^ First (princeps) paid, 40. 12 who have found; perf. subj., 
 51. '^^ After by a year, 7. "See 116. is sic. 
 
 6. 1 Uti. 2 Eeceived. ^ Concerning the republic. ^ Neve. 
 ^ Share it with any other. 6 put the dat. first. ^ Quisquam. 
 8 Ullus ; the abl. of quisquam is rarely used, and the abl. of ullus, 
 generally an adj., is used instead. 9 participle. i^ Suus and quis- 
 que in the same sentence go together. ^ Plur. 12 jYho through age 
 can; subjunc. ^^In this order, crime except you no one. i^ Second 
 periph. conj. is Qwe, 
 
138 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 tiomarus said that the state was in his own power', and 
 that, if Caesar would permit/^ he would come to him, and 
 would trust^'' his own fortunes and those of the state to 
 his protection. 9. Not forgetful of his first intention, 
 Caesar sends Clodius to him (Pompey), his own and 
 Pompey's^^ intimate [friend]. 
 
 Questions: Direct, 144; Double, 145; Indirect, 146. 
 Interrogative Particles, 147. 
 
 7. 1. ^Therefore was any' investigation proposed con- 
 cerning the death of Af ricanus ? Certainly none. 2. Wliat^ 
 name was ever more illustrious in the world ? 3. Do you 
 think that you can enjoy ^these things ? 4. What reason 
 was there why he should hasten ^to Eome ? 5. I do not 
 know what the reason was. 6. ^I am uncertain whether 
 I am more violently impelled by the sword or by hunger. 
 7. It is evident that a plot^ was laid'' ; by which of the 
 two it was laid is uncertain. 8. ^Does any other question 
 come to trial except Vhich of the two laid a plot for the 
 other ? 9. There was a great contention among the com- 
 manders whether they should defend themselves ^^in the 
 city, or go to meet the enemy and fight it out "in battle^ 
 array. 10. Does not the cause seem to you [to be] 
 good ? Yes, very good. 11. Did you estrange the 
 minds of the allies from the republic or not ? 12. He 
 could not tell whether he had estranged their minds or 
 not. 
 
 6. 16 Imp. subj. 1^ His and the staters fortunes. is Use a pronoun. 
 
 7. 1 The answer shows what interrogative is to be used. ^Dq not 
 affix -ne to another interrog. word. Distinguish between the interrog. 
 adj. and the interrog. pron. ^gee 24. 4 gee 30. ^\\\ this order: 
 ichether by the sword or, etc. ^ Plur. " Made. ^ Num quid aliud. 
 
 9yter utri, etc. io ^^^/^ ivalls^\ ^^By line of battle. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 139 
 
 Accusative: Cognate, 26; Adverbial, 2$; of Specification, 32; 
 in Exclamations, 28. See also Exercises, 1, 2, 3. 
 
 8. 1. I had already foretold to many (and) distin- 
 guished men^ that they would come to me ^at that time, 
 2. The reign of Tidlus, excellent ^in other [respects], was 
 not quite successful ^in one point, ^for the ^religious cere- 
 monies had either been neglected or improperly per- 
 formed. 3. ^With a loud voice I swore a most just and 
 noble oath. 4. Last'' night I dreamed a strange dream. 
 5. happy [will be] that land which ^shall receive this 
 man ; ungrateful this [country] if it casts^ him out ; mis- 
 erable if it loses^ him ! 6. Turnus ^with his temples yet 
 bare had girded his sword to his side. 7. Scipio inquired 
 of the boy who he was, and why he was in camp %t tha.t 
 age. 8. O clemency admirable, and [worthy] to be 
 honored with the praise and commendation of all in^^ 
 writings and monuments ! 9. ^^Blind that I was %ot 
 to have seen' this before ! 10. Hannibal, ^^in approach- 
 ing the wall ^^without sufficient caution, fell struck with 
 a dart in the front of the thigh. 
 
 Accusative: of Extent and Duration, 29; of Limit of Motion, 30. 
 Order of Words and Emphasis, 122, 74. 
 
 Note. Eules regarding the order and arrangement of words do not belong to 
 any one exercise more than to every other. They should be kept continually in 
 mind. 
 
 9. 1. The soldiers built up a mound three hundred and 
 thirty feet wide^ [and] eighty feet high. 2. The field 
 
 8. 1 Not 1116 tempore. 2 Use tlie ace. ^i^^ro^i one pr^ * Use 
 the abl. abs. ^Plur. of religio. 6Abl. of manner, 10. ' This. 
 8 Fut. perf . 9 Bare as to his temples. lo Not the abl. ^ By. 12 Me 
 blind. '^^Who have not seen; perf. subj., 51. '^'^ While (dum) he 
 ivas approaching. 1^ More incautiously o 
 
 9. 1 If the adjective were not used, wliat case would " feet " be in? 
 
140 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 [of] Marathon is distant from Athens about ten miles. 
 3. ^And when they had come^ to the river Liger/ they 
 stayed^ there a few days, ^ut not daring^ to cross the 
 river, returned home. 4. Concerning these islands some 
 have written that ^at the time of the winter solstice it is 
 night for thirty days in succession. 5. Nor were they 
 further^ than eight miles from Caesar's winter-quarters. 
 6. Lucretia sends the same message to Eome ^^to her 
 father and to her husband at^^ Ardea ^^to come ^^each with 
 a faithful friend. 7. Marcus Livius betook himself to 
 the country, and^ there stayed many years. 8. After the 
 defeat ^*at Cannae, the remains of the Eoman army had 
 fled for refuge to Canusium. 9. The baggage of the 
 whole army' he sends to Labienus among^ the Treveri, 
 and orders' two legions to proceed to him. 
 
 Genitive : Subjective, 84 ; Possessive, 82 ; Descriptive (of 
 Quality), 78; Partitive, 81. 
 
 10. 1. Nor was there ^a single person but^ thought' that 
 on the issue of that day depended the outcome of all his 
 own fortunes. 2. Titus was [a man] of such affability and 
 generosity that he refused ^nothing to any one. 3. Your 
 letters are of the greatest weight with* me. 4. It is 
 foolish^ to discern the faults of others [and] to forget 
 ^one's own. 5. ^Any' man may err; no one but a fool 
 will persist in error. 6. The enemy' set fire to their own 
 
 9. 2 Who when. spiup. gui^j.^ 172. 4 Look out for the ace. ending. 
 5 Use the part. 6 Neque. ' Perf . part. 8 Sub. 9 Longius, 47. 
 10 j^Qt the dat. n To. i'-^ 2'hat they come ; purpose. ^^ With single 
 (sing-uli) faithful friends. ^^ Use the adj. is In. 
 
 10. ^ Any one of all. 2 Quia w. subj. ^To no one anything. 
 4Apud. 5 [Characteristic] of folly . ^ His own; gen., SQ.'^ It is 
 of any one to ei^ ; of no one , * to persist ^ etc. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 141 
 
 houses ^so that nothing of their possessions might come 
 into the power" of the victor. 7. Trajan alone, ^of all the 
 emperors, was buried within the walls" of the city. 8. No 
 one ^of us is the same in old age ^^as he was when young. 
 9. You think that nothing new "ought to be done con- 
 trary to the customs' of our ancestors. 10. ^^Disap- 
 pointed in this hope, the Nervii encircle their winter- 
 quarters with a rampart^^ of nine feet, and a ditch of 
 fifteen feet. 11. If you^* make this of ^^as much impor- 
 tance as I" have always thought it "ought to be made, 
 you will do wisely. 
 
 Genitive : Objective, 80 ; with Adjectives, 76 ; with Verbs of 
 Memory, 88; with Verbs of Judicial Action, 87. 
 
 11. 1. But the enemy, ^destitute of [all] honor, were 
 seeking a time and opportunity for fraud and treachery. 
 
 2. Hannibal urged his soldiers ^to remember their former 
 valor, ^and not to forget their women and children*. 
 
 3. But after^ he heard that he had been condemned ^to 
 death, Vith confiscation of his property, he removed ''to 
 Lacedsemon. 4. And so, forgetful of his father's^ com- 
 mand, he rushed into the fight, and, ^striking the Latin 
 from his horse, pierced him through. 5. Mindful of 
 those injunctions which they had received a little [while] 
 before, they contended with the greatest spirit. 6. Mod- 
 erate ^^in eating and drinking, sparing of sleep, he trained 
 
 10. ^ Lest anything. 9 what besides tlie gen. may be used? 
 ^0 Who was [lohen] i/own.g. ^i Faciendum. 12 Repulsed from this 
 hope. '^^ Abl. 14 To be expressed, because contrasted, i^ Tanti . . . 
 quanti. 
 
 11. 1 TTif/iow^ 2 Purpose clause w.ut. 3 Neve. 4 Postquam. 
 ^ Of his head. ^ Goods being confiscated. ''See 30. ^ Adj. 
 ^Pierced through the Latin struck (part.). i<^ 0/ /ood and wine. 
 
142 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 Ms body among the soldiers. 7. Pyrrhus was skilled in 
 war and desirous of notliing^^ but power". 8. These 
 services you have from me, whom you charge with 
 treachery. 9. Caesar said^^ that he ought^^ to be found 
 guilty of the greatest injustice, if he did not hold their 
 life dearer than his own safety. 
 
 Genitive : with Verbs of Emotion, 86 ; with interest and refert, 85 ; 
 with Words of Plenty and Want, 89. Impersonal Verbs, 100. 
 
 12. 1. Atticus was never weary of [any] business ^that 
 he took in hand. 2. It is incredible ^how weary I am 
 with this business. 3. It is of great^ interest to both '^of 
 us ^that I should see you. 4. You see that this concerns 
 you^ more than me.^ 5. Our ancestors, conscript fathers, 
 were lacking' neither in wisdom nor audacity. 6. There- 
 fore Brutus, having encouraged his [men], set out against 
 the enemy full of good hopes^ and courage. 7. You have 
 heard, judges, ^how much it was for the advantage of 
 Clodius ^%hat Milo should be killed". 8. What advantage 
 was it to Milo that Clodius should be slain ? 9. There 
 are men ^^who are neither ashamed^^ of their own infamy 
 nor disgusted [with it]. 10. We rather pity those who 
 do not seek' our pity than those who urgently ^^ demand' 
 it. 11. It little^ concerns vis what others do, provided we 
 do^* right ourselves. 12. What ignorant men say of me 
 does not^^ concern me at all. 
 
 11. 11 iVb thing. ^^Vse the pres., and the primary sequence in the 
 dependent verb " hold." ^^ Debeo. 
 
 12. 1 Undertaken. ^Hoio (quam) it wearies me of, etc. Note the 
 ind. quest. s^en. of value. ^ Nostrum or nostri? 121. 5Ut w. 
 subj . 6 Not tui. 7 Not mei. Sing. ^ Quantum. ^ Ace. w. 
 inf. 11 Whom it shames^ etc. 12 Pres. subj., 149. 13 Expressed in 
 the verb. i* Pres. subj., 73. is Not . . . at aU = nihU, 32. 
 
 / 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 143 
 
 Dative : Indirect Object, 66 ; with Transitives and Intransitives, 66 ; 
 with Passive of Intransitives, 101 ; with Compounds, 64. 
 
 13. 1. Our ancestors, Hn drawing up laws, set before 
 themselves nothing else but the safety and advantage of 
 the state. 2. You have committed the republic to a 
 watchful, not a timid, man ; to an industrious, not an idle 
 [one]. 3. The Eomans took it hard because Sertorius 
 ^put more confidence in the Spaniards than in themselves. 
 4. 0, my country, thou hast overcome' my wrath ^by 
 employing my mother's prayers, *f or whose sake I pardon 
 thy injury ^to me. 5. ^When Manlius returned to Eome, 
 the elders went out ''to meet him. 6. Caesar used his 
 victory ^with indulgence, and spared all who bore arms' 
 against him. 7. For so the people had been persuaded 
 ^that both their former adversity^^ and their present pros- 
 perity had happened' "through his means. 8. He ^^is to 
 be deemed' free who ^^is slave .to no base passion. 9. On 
 the highest [part of the] Sacred Way, the maiden was 
 placed sitting on a horse. 10. Not only is that time of 
 life not envied, but it is even favored. 11. Nor yet could 
 any' state of the Germans be persuaded ^*to cross the 
 Rhine. 12. No wise man ever thought that a traitor 
 ^^ought to be trusted. 13. Every sense of man^^ is far^'' 
 superior to the senses of animals. 14. ^^He compares his 
 own old age to that of a spirited and victorious horse. 
 
 13. 1 In w. gerundive. 2 Trusted more (magris) to ; verb in the imp. 
 subjunc, 49. ^ A.bl. abs. ^To whom I pardon. ^ In me ; put be- 
 tween "thy" and "injury." ^To Manlius retuiming , "^ Obviam. 
 8 Adv. 9 Ace. w. inf. i*^ Adverse things. ^i Abl. of cause. 12 Sec- 
 ond periph.conj. 13 Serves. i^ Ut w. subj. Cf. the ace. and inf. after 
 "persuade" in 7. i^ Credendum, impeTS.-^^^Flviv. ^'^ By much. 
 18 In this order : 0/ a horse spirited and victorious to the old age he 
 compares his own. 
 
144 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 Dative: of Possession, 67 ; of Separation, 70; of Agency, 63; 
 of Purpose, 68. 
 
 14. 1. Proceed as you are doing, and devote yourselves 
 Ho that pursuit in which you are [engaged] in order that 
 you may be able to be ^an honor to yourselves, an advan- 
 tage to your friends, and a benefit to the state. 2. Being 
 oppressed with debt, Caesar ^used to say that ^e needed' 
 ^a hundred million sesterces ^to have nothing. 3. He 
 hoped that the most opulent king of all Africa would be 
 of use to him. 4. Therefore I must seek'^ not so [much] 
 copiousness as moderation in speaking.^ 5. What must 
 we do? All must labor in this cause. 6. Always in the 
 state [those] who have no resources envy the good. 
 
 7. Therefore this province must be defended by you not 
 only from calamity, but also from the fear of calamity. 
 
 8. At some time let those leaders confess^ that both they 
 and the rest must obey the authority of the whole' Roman 
 people. 9. Take away fear from me. 10. What cannot 
 be taken away from a brave man' remains, and will 
 remain ^%o the end. 11. Not always are those happy 
 who have riches. 12. To that gallant gentleman, his 
 father, he was a great aid in danger" and a comfort in 
 trial." 
 
 Dative: with Adjectives, 62; of Reference, 69 ; Ethical, 66. 
 
 15. 1. To the Romans, ^as they came out of the pass, 
 the light was sadder than death itself. 2. What do those 
 
 14. iln w. ace 2Bt . . . et . . . et, 60. 3 See 33. ^ There was 
 need to him. ^ Millies (centena milia) sestertium ; A. 379; G. 
 app. ; H. 647, IV. 1. 6 purpose. "' Second periph. conj. ; put the verb 
 last, and make it agree with the second noun. 8 Gerund. ^ Hort 
 subj., 165. 1<^ Expressed in the prefix of the verb. ii Plur. 
 
 15. 1 Use participle. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 145 
 
 gilded equestrian statues' mean^? 3. ^Let [those] be 
 silent to whom Italy is a stepmother/ not a mother. 
 4. Behind his sons walked Perses with his wife, like 
 [one] stunned and stupefied. 5. And so the elder^ 
 brother set out for^ Asia as lieutenant to the younger. 
 6. In a warlike state, more kings are like Eomulus than 
 [like] Numa. 7. ^It is the intention to transplant all 
 the Alban people to Eome, and, ye Albans, ^may it be 
 fortunate, auspicious, and happy to the Homan people, 
 and also %o you and me. 8. I have lived long enough 
 either' for nature or for glory. 9. Now in truth what 
 eloquence can be found' equal to the valor of Gnseus 
 Pompey ? 10. This was once peculiar to the Roman 
 people,^^ to carry on war ^^at a distance from home. 
 11. I do not compare him who does these things with the 
 greatest men, but I judge' him very like a god. 
 
 Ablative: of Separation, 19; of Plenty and Want, 16; of Source, 
 20 ; of Agent, 4 ; of Comparison, 6. 
 
 16. 1. There can be nothing honorable that is without 
 justice. 2. Tiberius Gracchus, tribune of the plebs, com- 
 pelled his colleague to resign his office. 3. From this 
 ^avenue to glory not my inclination hitherto, but my 
 plan^ of life, adopted ^at an early age, has kept me. 
 4. Mercury was born of Jupiter and Maia. 5. Pleasant 
 to me were your letters, from which I knew' that you 
 clearly^ perceived ^my devotion to you. 6. He was 
 
 15. ^ Wish for themselves. ^ Uovt. subj. ^ Pred. nom. ^Not 
 senior. 6 In. 7 7^ is in mmd.^ May which be, optative subj., 
 166; put this clause first. ^ To me and you. i" Gen. '^^Far. 
 
 16. 1 Approach of. '-^ Plur. ^ From the beginning (part, of ine5) 
 age. ^ Expressed in the prefix of the verb. ^In this order: my to 
 (in) you devotion. 
 
146 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 wholly'^ made [up] of fraud and falsehood. 7. The 
 barbarians, seeing^ the standards afar off, abandon" the 
 siege. 8. By no one of those^ who object to this law has 
 Lucius Lucullus been similarly praised. 9. An early 
 return from those places was sought by the soldiers 
 ^^rather than a further advance. 10. For what is pleas- 
 anter than an old age encompassed by the studies of 
 youth ? 11. Nothing is dearer to this young man than 
 the republic, nothing sweeter than true glory. 12. Who 
 then was ever more experienced than this man ? 
 
 Ablative: of Means or Instrument, 11; with utor, etc., 24; 
 of Cause, 5; of Manner, 10; of Accompaniment, 2. 
 
 17. 1. Kot by^ exertions of strength or by swiftness or 
 quickness of body^ are great things done, but by wisdom, 
 authority, judgment. 2. He thought that he should 
 retain^ under his power' the Greek-speaking^ inhabi- 
 tants^ of Asia. 3. ^Although Datis saw that the place 
 was^ not favorable to his men, nevertheless, relying on 
 the number of his troops, he was eager to engage. 
 
 4. ''May I be permitted to enjoy with a tranquil and 
 quiet mind' the sight of this city which I have preserved. 
 
 5. The blessings that we have,^ the light that we enjoy, 
 [and] the breath that we draw, we see are given us^ by 
 Jupiter. 6. Miltiades, although^^ he was weak from the 
 wounds that he had received "in besieging' the town, was 
 
 16. 6 Adj. 7 Ex. 8 Perf . part. ; why not pres. ? 9 Iste. lo Sepa- 
 rate ** rather " and " than " by one or more words. 
 
 17. iPlur. of vis. 2pim.._8vVhat tense in the direct form? 
 ^Speaking with the Greek tongue. ^ ^r^o inhabited, imp. subj., 108. 
 8 Order; Datis, although (etsi), etc. "^May it be permitted to me; 
 opt. subj. 8 i/se. 9 Dat. lo Quamquam. n In w. gerundive. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 147 
 
 cast into the ^^state's prison. 7. To me indeed Gnaeus 
 and Publius Scipio^^ and your two grandfathers seemed 
 fortunate in the company of noble young men. 8. To 
 live' happily is nothing else but^* to live properly,^^ that 
 is, virtuously.^^ 9. The Athenians were heard in^^ silence. 
 
 10. Nevertheless, all had fallen with wounds in front. 
 
 11. Meanwhile Commius and ^^the rest' of the leaders 
 arrive with all their forces near Alesia. 
 
 Ablative: of Degree, 7; of Quality, 18; of Price, 17 ; of Specifica- 
 tion, 21 ; with dignus, 8 ; Ablative Absolute, 1 (see Exercise 22). 
 
 18. 1. How long, then, shall he who has surpassed' all 
 enemies in crime' lack' the name^ of enemy ? 2. And, 
 in the first place, of how great integrity ought command- 
 ers to be? secondly, of how great temperance ^in all 
 things ? 3. He was a man pre-eminent, not only in 
 mentaP force, but also in bodily^ strength. 4. Miltiades 
 [though] acquitted ^on the capital charge, was [neverthe- 
 less] lined,^ and that fine was assessed at fifty talents. 
 
 5. Eoth^ of us^ are richer in unpopularity than in money. 
 
 6. ^The more carefully you do^^ these things, so much the 
 weaker will tJieir^^ courage be. 7. The victory ^^cost the 
 Carthaginians much blood. 8. Hitherto he has received 
 no punishment worthy of his crime. 9. Our ancestors 
 often waged wars because our merchants had been treated 
 too^^ unjustly : pray, ^%hat feelings ought you to have 
 
 17. '^^ Public c/iams. 13 piur. ; different from the Eng. idiom. 
 14 Unless. 15 Adv. i^ With virtue. i^ With. i^ Remaining leaders. 
 
 18. iWhat abl.? 2Use the prep. w. abl. 3 0/ mind. '^ Of 
 body. ^ Of his head, Ql. ^ Punished by money. "^Vtercixie. 
 8 Vestram or vestri? 9^?/ how much more dilige7itly. '^^ Future. 
 11 To them. ^^ Stood to the Carthaginians.--^^ More. ^^ Of vjhat 
 mind ought you to be f 
 
148 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 when so many thousands of Eoman citizens have been 
 slain^? 10. The king's ph^^sician, having read the 
 letter' through, showed more indignation^^ than fear. 
 11. Virtue is deserving of imitation, not of envy. 
 
 Ablative: of Time, 22; of Place in which, 14; of Place 
 from which, 15. Locative, 116. 
 
 19. 1. This war, so great [and] so long-continued, 
 Gnaeus Pompey prepared for in the 'end of winter, under- 
 took ^in the beginning of spring, [and] finished in mid- 
 summer. 2. In the Peloponnesian war the Athenians, 
 by the advice and authority of Alcibiades, declared^ war 
 against the Syracusans. 3. Caesar said that he ^would 
 rather be first in that poor" village than second in E-ome. 
 4. Furthermore, what greed^ can there be in ^a man who 
 has always dwelt^ ^ in the country, and ''passed his life ^n 
 cultivating the soil ? 5. Therefore ^I am not going to 
 proclaim ^^what great deeds he has done at home and in 
 the field, by land and sea. 6. So, after securing peace by 
 land and sea, Scipio ^^put his army on board ship and 
 returned to Eome. 7. The enemy lead over their forces 
 and form their line of battle in an unfavorable place. 
 8. Their leaders ^^gave orders to proclaim '^all along the 
 line ^^that no one should quit^^ his post. 9. After Graul 
 was laid waste, the Cimbri by and by departed '^from our 
 boundaries. 10. The planet Saturn^^ completes its course 
 in about thirty years. 
 
 18. 15 Gen. 
 
 19.1 Extremus. 2 Spring beginning. ^Preferred to be. * Plur. 
 5is._6Perf. subj., 149. 7 Vivo. sin w. gerundive. 9 First 
 periph. conj. 1<^ Hoio great. n Make an abl. abs. clause here. 12 lu- 
 beo. 13/^ the whole ?me. i^Ne quia. '^^ Depart from. '^^ Is it 
 more common to use or omit the prep, in such cases as this ? i'' Gen. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 149 
 
 The Roman Calendar, Dates, 169. Time before or after an 
 Event, 176. The Way by which, 23. 
 
 Note. The following dates may all be reckoned by the Julian calendar. How 
 is the date of the Roman year commonly expressed ? 
 
 20. 1. On the 4t]i of June, when^ I was at Brimdisium,^ 
 I received your letter. 2. I came to Tralles*^ on the 27th 
 of July. 3. I think I shall be at Laodicsea on the 31st 
 of July. 4. Now is the end of the year; for I have 
 written this letter Nov. 18. I see plainly that nothing 
 can be done before Jan. 1. 5. We started from^ Brundi- 
 sium April 27. 6. My Terentia, most faithful and excel- 
 lent wife, my dearest little daughter, and Cicero, our 
 remaining hope, good-bye. Brundisium,^ April 30. 7. We 
 departed from you, as you know', on the 2d of Novem- 
 ber. We came to Leucas on the 6th of November, to 
 Actium on the 7th ; there we stayed the 8th on account' 
 of the weather. 8. Meanwhile, a few days after, he was^ 
 informed by the Ubii that all the Suevi were collecting 
 their forces into one place. 9. There having obtained 
 fresh cavalry, which he had sent (forward) there^ many 
 days before, he hastened to the Lingones. 10. You were 
 quaestor Vhen Papirius was consul fourteen years ago ; 
 what you have done from that day^ to this (day) I call' 
 into judgment. 11. When^*^ our cavalry had scattered 
 over the fields, he "would send out charioteers from the 
 woods by all the roads and paths. 12. At dawn, he made 
 a sally from two gates ^^at the same time. 13. I sent for- 
 ward the cavalry by a shorter road. 
 
 20. 1 Cum. 2 See 116. 3 See 30. 4 No prep. ^Abl. ; letters 
 were supposed to be written from, not at, a place. ^ Use hist. pres. 
 7 Not ibi. 8 Abl. abs. ^ Fern. What is usually the gender of dies ? 
 1^ Cum w. plup. ind. n What is the tense of customary past action ? 
 98. 12 Adv. 
 
150 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 The Subjunctive : Hortatory, 165; Optative, 166; Deliberative, 164; 
 Potential, 167 (see Exercise 31). Prohibitions, 131. The Im- 
 perative, 96. 
 
 21. 1. ^The bravest man that Eome now has, let him 
 come forward to battle.' 2. ^Let nothing new^ be done 
 contrary to the precedents and usages of our ancestors. 
 3. ^O that I might seem [to be] a husband worthy of such 
 a wife! 4. ^Do not suppose^ that our ancestors, ^from 
 [so] small [a beginning] made the republic great by 
 [force of] arms. 5. Wherefore, when you determine'' 
 about Lentulus and the rest, regard^ it as^ fixed that at 
 the same time you decide' about Catiline's army. 6. Let 
 not an ungodly [man] dare^ to appease the anger of the 
 gods by gifts. 7. What are you to do ^^with this man? 
 
 8. May my fellow-citizens be strong, may they be happy. 
 
 9. Let us love' our country, obey the senate, neglect 
 present rewards, [and] labor for the glory of posterity. 
 
 10. What you do not wish to be done to you, do not do 
 to another.^^ 11. Who would hesitate by his vote to free 
 himself from fear, the republic from danger? 12. 
 Quirites, would that you had such an abundance of brave 
 and blameless men that this decision ^^would be difficult 
 for you ! 
 
 Uses of the Participle, Time, Cause, etc., 123. Tenses of the 
 Participle, 126. Ablative Absolute, 1. 
 
 22. 1. Our commanders have ^had triumphs for victo- 
 ries over Mithridates ; but ^such triumphs that he, though 
 
 21. 1 Whom Borne now has bravest: 2 Ne quid. 3 j^ot the nom> 
 
 4 Regard this as an unattainable wish. ^ Use the most common way 
 of expressing a prohibition. ^From, small, opp. to " great." ^'Fut. 
 
 8 Fut. imperative ; why f ut. ? 9 Pro. lo Abl. ; why ? n Alter. 
 12 Sub j. of result. 
 
 22. 1 TriumphQ de MXfh. ^ They so triumphed. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 151 
 
 defeated' and overcome', [still] reigned. 2. Laughter 
 sometimes breaks out so suddenly' ^hat we cannot check 
 it Hf we wish to. .3. On the line of march, sometimes on 
 horse[back], oftener on foot,^ Caesar ^ased to go before 
 ^with his head uncovered, ^rain or shine. 4. Xerxes, 
 having taken' Thermopylae, immediately' set out for 
 Athens,^ and destroyed that city by fire' after slaying 
 the priests whom he had found' in the citadel. 5. After 
 peace was made in^^ all places, the Komans had no^^ war. 
 ^^Since the founding of the city, this had happened' once, 
 in the reign of Numa. 6. Having dislodged the garrison 
 and ^^having got possession of the place, he stationed two 
 legions there. 7. Although the fathers opposed, never- 
 theless the law' was passed. 8. But' because he feared' 
 that he should suffer punishment ^^at home ^^for the loss 
 of the fleet, he averted the displeasure of the citizens 
 ^^by a crafty device. 9. All ^Vho do one^^ thing and 
 pretend another^^ are dishonest. 10. Tyrtseus ^^com- 
 posed songs and recited them to the army. 
 
 The Participle : Future Active and Future Passive (Gerundive), 126. 
 The Periphrastic Conjugations, 127, 128. Dative of Agent, 63. 
 
 23. 1. Perses returned, Hntending to try the chances- 
 of war anew. 2. We [who are] about to die salute [you]. 
 3. But ^we must begin' at* the beginning. 4. Whither- 
 soever ^ou please to go, a way' must be opened with the 
 
 22. SResult clause, 155. 4 Wishing. ^Flnr.^ See 98. '^ Head 
 being uncovered. 8 Whether there loere sun or shower. ^ xhe limit of 
 motion. i^ g^ould the prep, be used? '^^ Not. '^'^ From the city 
 founded. i^Why should this part, not be in the abl. ? '^'^In his 
 country. i^ Qf Uiq fleet lost. 16 By craft. i'' Doing. i^ gee 46. 
 19 Recited songs composed. 
 
 23. 1 Fut. act. part. 2 Sing. 3 Pass, impers. ^ From. ^It 
 pleases you. 
 
152 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 sword. 5. Scipio was wont to say that not only ought a 
 road" to be given, but even built for ^those who flee. 
 6. Can any one' doubt ^that, if Quintus Ligarius ^could 
 have been in Italy, he would have been ^of the same 
 mind ^^as his brothers ? 7. For no longer are the causes 
 to be compared ^Vith each other, but the victories. 
 8. ^^Were you going to deliver that province to Csesar or 
 to retain it against Caesar ? 9. And all these^^ wounds of 
 war must now be healed by you, which no one but you 
 can cure. *10. You must either' retain three Ligariuses 
 in the state, or ^'*drive three beyond the bounds of the 
 state. 11. Caesar ordered^^ the lieutenants ^^to have as 
 many ships built in the winter as they could,^^ and the 
 old' [ones] refitted. 12. I thought that all my time 
 ought to be devoted to the exigencies of my friends. 
 13. First' then ^Ve must discuss ^^the honorable, next 
 the useful. 
 
 Gerund and Gerundive, 90-93. Supine, 169, 170. 
 
 Note. In such cases as admit either the gerund or the gerundive construction, 
 write both. 
 
 24. 1. Gains Gracchus proposed a law for^ distributing 
 grain to the common people. 2. When^ the day came 
 for^ pleading his cause, Scipio was escorted into the 
 Forum by a large crowd of men. 3. Kor was he less 
 prompt ^in action than in invention. 4. Cato was wont 
 
 23. 6 The fleeing. ^ Quin w. perf. subj. periph. ^Had been able 
 (plup. subj.) to be, 55. ^ In the same opinion. ^^ In which his 
 brothers were. '^^ Among themselves. 12 wh^t interrogatives for a 
 double question? ^^ Which. i^ Exterminate from. i^ Impero. 
 16 Xo have a thing done, euro w. gerundive. i^Imp. subj., 162. 
 18 impers. ^^ Concerning [what is] honorable. 
 
 24. iDe. 2Ubi. 3 0/. -^/n (in) doing things than in thinking 
 [them] out. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 153 
 
 to say that Caesar alone of all came to^ the overthrow of 
 the republic sober. 5. Pompey, although^ [he was] 
 wounded ^and had lost his horse, ^swam over the river 
 E/hone, ^retaining his breastplate and shield. 6. What 
 else did Gains Pansa aim at by holding levies and pro- 
 curing funds, except that Decimus Brutus should be 
 freed? 7. Por men in no way ^ approach nearer to 
 the gods than by granting deliverance to [their fellow] 
 men. 8. Let us now go forthwith to the Capitol ^*^to 
 pray to Jupiter Optimus Maximus. 9. It is difficult to 
 say whether the enemy, [while] fighting', feared' his 
 valor more, or, [when] conquered, appreciated his kind- 
 ness. 10. He came into the Senate ^^for the sake of 
 dissembling. 11. Fabius was sent to Delphi to the 
 oracle, ^^to inquire by what prayers they might propi- 
 tiate the gods. 12. Themistocles withdrew to Argos to 
 live'. 
 
 Final (Purpose) Clauses: Pure, 139; Relative, 143; Substantive or 
 Complementary, 141. 
 
 25. 1. Cleomenes ordered^ the mast to be set up, the 
 sails spread, [and] the anchors weighed ; he also ordered^ 
 a signal to be given ^for the rest' to follow. 2. The plebs 
 elected tribunes ^to defend their liberty against the pride 
 of the nobility. 3. He advises him to forbid fires ^being 
 made in the camp, ^so that no indication of his arrival 
 may be made at a distance. 4. ^But if fortune shall be 
 unfavorable to your valor, ^be sure not to lose your lives^ 
 
 24. 5 Ad. 6 Quamquam. "^ Abl. abs. Crossed by swimming. 
 9 Thing. '^^ Supine. H Causa. 12 Supine. 
 
 25. 1 Impero. 2 lubeo, 115. 3 Ut, etc. ^ Rel. clause. ^ Tobe 
 made. ^ Lest any. ''Quod si. ^Beware lest you lose. What about 
 ne? 9Sing. 
 
154 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 unavenged. 5. He built a bridge over the river by which 
 ^^to lead his troops over. 6. Neither shall the hostile 
 edict" of any" one prevent me ^^from defending your 
 rights^ ^^through reliance on you. 7. Caesar told^ Do- 
 labella to write to me to come into Italy as soon as pos- 
 sible. 8. Caesar learned that ^Ht was owing to Afranius 
 that ^^there was no engagement. 9. I fear' that I can 
 ^^make no return to you but tears. 10. I see' that you 
 undertake all labors"; I fear that you will not endure 
 [them]. 11. A law ought^'' to be short ^^that it may the 
 more easily be grasped by the ignorant. 12. I am reluc- 
 tant^^ to be an applauder lest I should seem a flatterer. 
 
 Congecutive (Result) Clauses: Pure, 155; Relative, 166; 
 Substantive or Complementary, 157. 
 
 26. 1. I have so lived that I think" I was not born in 
 vain." 2. But yet I so enjoy the recollection^ of our 
 friendship that I seem to have lived happily because I 
 have lived^ with Scipio. 3. When, now, he ^was on the 
 point of getting possession of the town, a grove, '^by 
 some chance or other, was set on firs in the night time. 
 4. Peace was granted on this condition,^ that all' should 
 be led under the yoke. 5. !N"o one was so lowly ^that he 
 did not have free access to him. 6. So much the more 
 powerful were the Athenians on account" of their valor 
 
 25. 10 Not inf. n Quo minus, etc. 12 Relying on you. '^^ Note 
 the difference between this use of dicere and its common use. 
 14 Per Af . stare quo minus. is It was not fought in battle. 
 '^^ Return nothing. 1^ Oportet. is What particle is used when a 
 comparative is in the sentence? i^ Unwilling. 
 
 26. 1 Emphatic 2 Perf. subj., 107. sin e5 essetut. 4 J A;now) 
 not by what chance. ^Law. ^To whom access to him was not 
 open. 
 
GEAMMATICAL REVIEW. 155 
 
 that they overthrew^ a tenfold number of the enemy. 
 7. ^There was no doubt that the Eomans would render 
 aid" to their good and faithful allies. 8. Although^ I 
 have nothing ^^to write to you, nevertheless I write be- 
 cause I seem to be talking with you. 9. So far is it 
 [from the fact] that the fruits of the earth are prepared 
 for the sake of animals, that we see animals themselves 
 to have been created for^^ man.^^ 10. It remains ^^iov us 
 to consider what the nature of these things is. 
 
 Relative: of Characteristic, 149; of Cause or Reason, 51; of Proviso, 
 152; with unus and solus, 154; with dignus, etc., 151; of 
 Concession, 150. 
 
 27. 1. For who was there who did not see that lowli- 
 ness was contending' with greatness ? 2. Will any one' 
 doubt what he will accomplish^ by his valor who has 
 accomplished so much by his prestige? 3. Eomulus 
 appointed one hundred senators, whether because that 
 number was enough or because there were only^ a hun- 
 dred who could be appointed. 4. ^It seems to me that 
 I did wrong ^in leaving' you. 5. The plays ^of Livius 
 are not Vorth reading a second time. 6. There was not 
 a wealthy house in Sicily where^ that man did not set 
 up a cloth factory. 7. There was formerly a time Vhen 
 the Gauls surpassed' the Germans in valor. 8. You. 
 Gains Caesar, are the only one in whose victory no one 
 
 26. '' Perf . subj., though following a secondary tense, 161. ^It was 
 not doubtful. 9 Etsi. lo Which I may write. n Gratia. 12 piur. 
 18 That we consider.- 
 
 27. iPres. subj., periphrastic conj. '^ Alone (adj.). ^I seem to 
 myself to have erred. ^ Who have departed from you. ^Adj. 
 6 Worthy ivhich may he read. ^ Ubi, a relative adverb. s Note that 
 this is a characteristic clause. 
 
156 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 fell unless Vith arms in his hands. 9. There are some 
 who think that death is ^the departure of the soul from 
 the body. 10. I/^ ^^although I took up Greek literature 
 late and [but] slightly, nevertheless stayed several days 
 in Athens. 11. And [he] who J3efore ^%ad had hostile 
 feelings towards us was much more seriously provoked 
 at this grievance. 
 
 Causal Clauses; quod, quia, quoniam, and quando, 49. Cum-clauses : 
 Temporal and Historical, 172; Causal, 5; Concessive, 61. 
 
 28. 1. He said that he was an enemy to the Athenians, 
 because, by their help', the lonians had taken Sardis. 
 2. A little afterwards, he proclaims that, because the 
 consuls are absent, ^there can be no discussion about a 
 settlement without them. 3. ^And when the consul 
 observed this, he ordered^ the nearest lictor to cry out 
 to Fabius, the father, Ho get down off his horse. 4. ^Shall 
 I say that the sea has been closed to our allies through 
 these years, when your armies have never crossed from 
 Brundisium except in the ^depth of winter ? 5. When 
 the forces of the enemy are not far away, grazing is 
 abandoned', agriculture is forsaken'. 6. The knights, 
 when there is need and some war has occurred, are all 
 engaged in the war. 7. Scipio Nasica, though he was 
 cousin of Tiberius Gracchus, preferring his country to 
 his relationship, ^raised his right hand and cried out: 
 " Let [those] who wish the republic to be safe', follow 
 
 27. 9 Armed. '^^ Bgomet. n Rel. clause. 12 Had been of hostile 
 mind. 
 
 28. ^It cannot be treated. ^Which token the consul observed. 
 3 lubeo. 4 Purpose clause. ^ Deliberative question. 6 Adj. and 
 >oun. ''Abl. abs. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 157 
 
 me.'' 8. Why should he allow' the soldiers to be 
 wounded Vho had deserved so well of him, especially^ 
 when it was no less ^a general' s duty to conquer by 
 strategy than by the sword ? 
 
 Temporal Clauses: postquam, ubi, ut, etc., 174; dum, donee, and 
 quoad, 173; antequam and priusquam, 171. 
 
 29. 1. After^ Caesar had discovered" through scouts 
 that the Suevi had retreated into the forests, he deter- 
 mined' not to advance further. 2. As soon as the enemy 
 caught sight of our horsemen, %ey made an attack', and 
 quickly threw them^ into disorder. 3. ^As long as the 
 general could keep his men near the bridge, he was in- 
 volved in the same danger ; [but] after^ he observed that 
 they were retreating alP together, he withdrew to his own 
 vessel. 4. While these things were being done by Caesar, 
 the Treviri, having collected a great number^ of infantry 
 and cavalry, were preparing to attack' Labienus. 5. The 
 following day^ the soldiers rested till the general should 
 examine the strength^ of the town. 6. Erom that time 
 till ^they should come to the river, Caesar promises ^to 
 give [them] grain. 7. Wherefore ^^I ask' this of you, 
 judges, before I begin' to speak on the case itself. 
 8. They determine' "to try' ^-every expedient sooner 
 than have recourse to his advice. 9. You seem to me, 
 Caesar, to be afraid ^^of being compelled to fight' before 
 you can^^ deploy the rest' of the fleet. 10. Horatius 
 
 28. 8 Having deserved 6es^. 9 Gen. of quality. 
 
 29. 1 Postquam. The order is : Caesar, after he, etc. 2 instead of 
 the two verbs, use abl. abs. and verb. ^ Ours. ^ Cf. the order in 1. 
 s Copia in plur. ^ Not abl. "^ Plur. of vis. 8 Impersonal. ^ Not 
 pres. inf. '^^In this order: f7'om you, Judges, before . . . this I ask. 
 11 Purpose clause. 12 All [thiiigs]. i^ Lest you be compelled. i^ Fut. 
 perf. 
 
158 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 alone withstood the enemy's attack^^ while^^ the bridge 
 was being broken down ^''behind him. 
 
 Conditional Sentences: First Form, 53; Second Form, 64; 
 Third Form, 55. 
 
 30. 1. If I do not now satisfy^ Cluentius, hereafter ^I 
 shall have no opportunity ^o satisfy him. 2. If, ^and 
 may Jupiter avert the omen, you ruin Murena by your 
 votes, whither will the poor' [man] turn ? 3. Wherefore 
 if the ^magnificent games are a pleasure^ to the people, it 
 is not to be wondered at that they benefited Lucius 
 Murena ''in the eyes of the people. 4. If I should deny 
 that I am affected with longing for Scipio,^ I should lie. 
 5. I am wont to praise the orations of Thucydides ; [but] 
 I could neither imitate [them], if I would,^ nor would I, 
 perhaps, if I could. 6. For if causes could speak for 
 themselves,^^ no one would employ' an advocate. 7. Pray 
 what would you say, if you had conquered me? 8. If 
 the wine had not failed, we should have said far more 
 and [much] severer things. 9. If it were so', he ought^^ 
 to have been accused under^^ this same law. 10. With 
 such men / should have subdued the world in a short 
 [time]. 11. If he could have guarded against these^^ 
 feuds, he would [now] be alive. 12. If some god should 
 grant to me "that from this age I might become a child 
 again and cry in the cradle, I should strongly object. 
 
 29. IS Acies. 16 implies intention. i"^ From the rear. 
 
 30. iFut. perf. ^ Power will not he to me. 3 Gerund. * Which 
 omen, etc. ^Magnificence of games is. ^ Not the pred. nom. 
 ''Apud. 8 G-en. ^Should wish. 1<> The emphasis is expressed by 
 ipse agreeing with the subject. ^i Not subjunctive ; see 105. 12 ^y^ 
 18 ^fiich^ u Subst. clause of result. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 159 
 
 Condition omitted, 67. Conclusion omitted; Comparative 
 Particles, 58. Potential Subjunctive, 167. 
 
 31. 1. As you ^could not find" every tree in every field, 
 so not every crime' is produced^ in every life. 2. I should 
 not^ be so eager even^ for that praise as '^to wish it to be 
 snatched away ^from others^ 3. I, for my part, could 
 wish ^that I might ^make the same boast as Cyrus. 
 4. But when the battle was finished, then, in truth, you 
 might have seen what^ boldness and what^ determination 
 were in Catiline's army. 5. If anything^, or rather, what- 
 ever, comes^ into your mind, ^I should like to have you 
 write. 6. Lucius Lucullus, who might, perhaps, ^Hn some 
 measure, have^^ relieved those disasters, being compelled 
 by your order, disbanded a part of his forces. 7. As if, 
 indeed, it were a matter for^^ deliberation, and it were 
 not necessary' for us to unite^^ with the Arverni. 8. Just 
 as if they had conquered by valor, ^^and no change of 
 circumstances could happen', they publish the victory of 
 that day throughout the world by reports and letters. 
 9. They seek these honors just^ as if they had lived 
 honorably. 10. Since you write nothing to me ^^on this 
 matter, I shall regard [it] just as if you had written that 
 there was nothing. 11. You could not easily ^%ave 
 decided ' Vhether Hannibal was dearer to the general or 
 to the army. 12. [Him] whom neither glory nor danger^ 
 rouses you ^Hvill exhort in vain^ 
 
 31. 1 Would not he able. '^ Born. ^'^^ . . . quidem ; position of 
 the emphatic word ? * Not inf. ^ See 70. ^ To be able to make. 
 '^ Boast the same [thiuc/] which. ^ Hoiv great. ^ Fut. ^^ I should 
 loish [that] you write, 176. n From some part. 12 Might have = had 
 been able. ^^Of. i^ g^ppiy jn Latin the word omitted in English. 
 15 jsior any. ^^ ita, first word. i"^ Put this phrase first. is imp. subj. 
 19 For the indir. double quest., see 145, 146. 20 Plur. 2ipres. subj. 
 
160 GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 
 
 Subordinate Clauses in Indirect Discourse, 108. Sequence of 
 Tenses, 160. 
 
 Note. In dealing with indirect discourse always consider first what the direct 
 form would be. 
 
 32. 1. He writes to Labienus ^to come with his legion 
 to the frontiers of the Nervii, ^if he can^ do [so] with* 
 advantage to the state^ 2. Cicero replied that, if they 
 ^were willing %o lay down their arms, [they might] nse^ 
 him as a mediator and send^ ambassadors to Caesar. 
 3. ^Do not think^j Pompey, that this is the army which 
 conquered Graul and Germany. 4. The Pythia directed 
 them to take Miltiades [for] their^ general, [saying that] 
 if they ^should do that, their undertakings would be suc- 
 cessful. 5. But most [men] think^ that, if Sulla had 
 been willing ^^to make a more vigorous pursuit, he might 
 have finished the war on that day. 6. He said that this 
 was the twentieth year "since the burning of the Capitol, 
 which [year] the soothsayers had often declared^^ from 
 the omens would be ^^stained with the blood of civil war. 
 
 7. Catiline hoped shortly ^*to have large forces, if his 
 accomplices at Rome should accomplish their objects. 
 
 8. To this Quintus Marcius replied, if they wanted to 
 ask' anything' of^^ the Senate, let them ^lay down their 
 arms and proceed as suppliants to Rome. 
 
 23. 1 Imperative in direct disc. 2 p^t this clause before " to come." 
 3 Imp. subj. in secondary sequence, while ** come " follows the pri- 
 mary, both depending on the hist. pres. ^In accordance with. 5 Pres. 
 subj.; so ''use" and ''send." ^To depart from arms. '^What is 
 the most common way of expressing a prohibition? 131. 8 Dat. 
 '*> Fut. perf. in direct disc. '^^ To pursue more vigorously. ^^From 
 the burned Capitol. 12 Replied. is Bloody with. i^ What construc- 
 tion after ** hope " ? 114. ^^From, 
 
GRAMMATICAL REVIEW. 161 
 
 Informal Indirect Discourse, 107. Subjunctive by Attraction (Integral 
 , Part), 162. Concessive Clauses with quamvis, etc., 52. Clauses 
 of Proviso w. dum modo, 73. 
 
 33. 1. But I do not grant this, that you should blame 
 in others the same conduct^ ^which you boast of in your- 
 selves. 2. The leader of the Sabines gave Tarpeia the 
 choice of a gift if she ^would conduct his army to the 
 Capitol. She asked^ for what the Sabines wore on their 
 left hands. 3. The angry king asked the augur ^whether 
 what he himself should conceive in his mind* could be 
 done. 4. Whence^ it happened^ ^that ''as often as Alcibi- 
 ades appeared in public,^ the eyes of all were turned to 
 him. 5. He ordered his lieutenants ^to have built as 
 many ships as they could in the winter. 6. The envoys 
 proceeded to Eome in order that ^^the stipulations made 
 by Scipio might be confirmed by the authority of the 
 fathers and the people. 7. But his enemies^ decided' 
 that ^^they must wait for the time when^^ he had de- 
 parted. 8. Men', however [much] they are in troubled 
 circumstances, still sometimes unbend.^^ 9. Mattery, 
 however pernicious it is, can, nevertheless, hurt no one^"* 
 but him who welcomes it and is pleased with it. 10. They 
 neglect all honorable things provided only that they ob- 
 tain powers 
 
 33. 1 Res, 2 Put the rel. clause before the antecedent; thus, of 
 which things youhoast . . . the same you blame. sput. perf. ind. in the 
 direct disc. ^ In this order, whether (-ne) it could he done ivhich, etc. 
 5 Qua re. 6Subst. clause of result. "^ Alcibiades, as often as . . . 
 turned the eyes of all to himself. ^Acc. Cuo w. gerundive. 
 10 What had been stipulated by S., that, etc. ^ Use the pass. '^'^ At 
 which. ^^Are relaxed in mind. i^ Case ? 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 a (an), usually not translated. 
 abandon, desisto, 3, -stiti, -stitus, 
 
 10. abl. ; relinquo, 3, -liqui, 
 
 -lictus. 
 able, be, possum, posse, potui. 
 about, adv.^ circiter; fere, 
 above, supra- 
 absent, be, absum, -esse, afui. 
 abundance, copia, -ae, f. 
 access, aditus, -us, m. 
 accomplice, socius, -i, m. 
 accomplish, perficio, 3, -feci, 
 
 -fectus ; patro, 1. 
 account, on ac. of, propter, 
 accusation, crimen, -inis, n. 
 accuse, accuso, 1. 
 acquit, absolve, 3, -vi, -solutus. 
 act, facio, 3, feci, f actus. 
 Actium, Actium, -i, n. 
 address, appello, 1. 
 admirable, admirabilis, -e. 
 adopt, suscipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptus. 
 advance, n., processio, -onis, f. 
 advance, v., progredior, 3, 
 
 -gressus. 
 advantage, utilitas, -atis, f.; 
 
 coramodum, -i, n. ; he of adv., 
 
 iiitersum, -esse, -fui. 
 adversity, adversae res, -arum 
 
 rerum, f. 
 advice, consilium, -i, n. ; senten- 
 
 tia, -ae, f. 
 advise, moneo, 2. 
 advocate, n., orator, -oris, m. 
 
 advocate, v., suadeo, 2, -si, -sus. 
 
 afar off, procul. 
 
 affability, facilitas, -atis, f. 
 
 affair, res, rei, f. 
 
 affect, moveo, 2, movi, motus. 
 
 afraid, be, vereor, 2. 
 
 Afranius, Afranius, -i, m. 
 
 Africa, Africa, -ae, f. 
 
 Africanus, Africauus, -i, m. 
 
 after, prep, and adv., post; conj.f 
 postquam. 
 
 afterwards, post. 
 
 again, rursus. 
 
 against, adversus ; contra. 
 
 age, aetas, -atis, f. 
 
 ago, abhinc. 
 
 agriculture, agricultura, -ae, f, 
 
 aid, adiumentum, -i, n. ; [ops], 
 opis, F. 
 
 aim at, ago, 3, egi, actus ; appeto, 
 3, -ivi, -it us. 
 
 Alban, Albanus, -a, -um. 
 
 Alcibiades, Alcibiades, -is, M. 
 
 Alesia, Alesia, -ae, f. 
 
 Alexander, Alexander, -dri, M. 
 
 alive, be, vivo, 3, vixi. 
 
 all, omnis, -e ; totus, -a, -um ; (to- 
 gether) , universus, -a, -um. 
 
 allow, patior, 3, passus. 
 
 ally, socius, -i, m. 
 
 almost, prope. 
 
 alone, unus, -a, -um; solus, -a, 
 -um. 
 
 already, iam. 
 
 also, quoque. 
 
 162 
 
VOCABXJLAEY TO PAKT III. 
 
 163 
 
 althougrh, cum ; quamquam ; etsi ; 
 
 implied in participle. 
 always, semper, 
 ambassador, legatus, -i, m. 
 among-, in ; inter. 
 Ampius, Ampins, -i, m. 
 ancestors, maiores, -um, m. 
 anchor, ancora, -ae, f. 
 ancient, priscus, -a, -um. 
 and, atque (ac) ; et ; -que. 
 anew, de integro. 
 anger, ira, -ae, f. 
 ang-ry, iratus, -a, -um. 
 animal, bestia, -ae, f. 
 another, alius, -a, -ud ; alter, -era, 
 
 -erum. 
 any, ullus, -a, -um; quis, qua, 
 
 quid ; quisquam, , quic-(quid-) 
 
 quam ; (whatever) quivis, 
 
 quaevis, quid- (quod-) vis. 
 appear, prodeo, -ire, -ii, -itus; 
 
 (=seem), videor, 2, -visus. 
 appease, placo, 1. 
 applauder, laudator, -oris, m. 
 appoint, creo, 1. 
 appreciate, diligo, 3, -lexi, 
 
 -lectns. 
 approach, accedo, 3, -cessi, -ces- 
 
 surus; subeo, -ire, -ii, -itus. 
 Archias, Archias, -ae, m. 
 Ardea, Ardea, -ae, f. 
 Argos, Argi, -orum, m. 
 arm, armo, 1. 
 arms, arm a, -orum, n. 
 army, exercitus, -iis, m. 
 arrival, adventus, -ds, m. 
 arrive, pervenio, 4, -veni, -ventus. 
 Arverni, Arverni, -orum, m. 
 as, ut, pro ; (re/.), qui, quae, quod ; 
 
 sometimes omitted in trans. ; as \ 
 
 if, just as if, quasi, proinde ac 
 
 si ; as soon as, ubi primum ; cor- 
 
 rel. to tarn, quam. 
 ashamed, be, pudet, 2, -uit (-itum). 
 Asia, Asia, -ae, f. 
 ask, rogo, 1 ; interrogo, 1 ; petO, 3, 
 
 -ivi, -itus ; (for) postulo, 1. 
 assess, aestimo, 1. 
 assign, attribuo (adt.), 3, -ui, 
 
 -iitus. 
 associate, socius, -i, m. 
 association, societas, -atis, f. 
 at, ab ; locative ; ablative. 
 Athenian, Atheniensis, -is, m. 
 Athens, Athenae, -arum, f. 
 attack, n., impetus, -iis, m. 
 attack, v., adorior, 4, -ortus. 
 Atticus, Atticus, -i, m. 
 audacity, audacia, -ae, f. 
 augur, augur, -uris, m. 
 August, sextilis, -e {adj.). 
 auspices, auspicia, -orum, n. 
 auspicious, faustus, -a, -um. 
 authority, auctoritas, -atis, f. 
 avenue, aditus, -us, m. 
 avert, averto, 3, -ti, -sus. 
 aware, be, intellego, 3, -exi, -ectus. 
 away, be, absum, abesse, afui. 
 
 B 
 
 bag'gage, impedimenta, -orum, n. 
 barbarian, barbarus, -i, m. 
 bare, nudus, -a, -um. 
 base passion, turpitudo, -inis, f. 
 battle, pugna, -ae, f. ; proelium, 
 
 -i, N. 
 battle array, acies, -ei, f. 
 be, sum, esse, fui; (from, off), 
 
 absum, abesse, afui. 
 bear, fero, ferre, tuli, latus. 
 because, quod ; quia. 
 
164 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 become a child again, repu- 
 
 erasco, 3, , . 
 
 before, prep, and adv., ante; 
 
 coiij., antequam; priusquam. 
 begin, iueo, -ire, -ii, -itus ; incipio, 
 
 3, -cepi, -ceptus ; ordior, 4, orsus. 
 beginning, initium, -i, n. 
 behind, pone. 
 
 benefit, n., emolumentum, -i, n. 
 benefit, v., prosum, prodesse, 
 
 profui, 
 beset, circumvenio, 4, -veni, 
 
 -vent lis. 
 besiege, oppugno, 1. 
 best, adv., optime. 
 betake one's self, se conferre. 
 better, iustior, -oris. 
 beware, caveo, 2, cavi, cautus. 
 bind, vincio, 4, -nxi, -nctus ; iungo, 
 
 3, -nxi, -nctus. 
 blame, reprehendo, 3, -di, -sus. 
 blameless, innocens, -ntis. 
 blessing, commodum, -i, n. 
 blind, caecus, -a, -um. 
 blood, sanguis, -inis, m. 
 bloody, cruentus, -a, -um, 
 boast, glorior, 1. 
 body, corpus, -oris, N. 
 boldness, audacia, -ae, f. 
 born, be, nascor, 3, natus. 
 both, uterque, utraque, utrumque. 
 both . . . and, et . . . et. 
 boundaries, fines, -ium, m. 
 boy, puer, -i, m. 
 brave, fortis, e. 
 break; break down, inter- 
 
 rumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptus; (out) 
 
 erumpo. 
 breastplate, lorica, -ae, f. 
 breath, spiritus, -us, m. 
 bridge, pons, pontis, m. 
 
 bring upon, infero, -ferre, -tuli, 
 
 -latus. 
 brother, frater, -tris, m. 
 Brundisium, Brundisium, -i, h. 
 Brutus, Brutus, -i, m. 
 Bucephale, Bucephale, -es, f. 
 build, facio, 3, feci, factus ; miinio, 
 
 4; aedifico, 1; (up) exstruo, 3, 
 
 -uxi, -iictus. 
 burn, incendo, 3, -di, -sus. 
 bury, sepelio, 4, -ivi, -pultus. 
 business, negotium, -i, n. 
 but, at; sed; autem; vero; (=ex- 
 
 cept) nisi; praeter; hut if, 
 
 quod si. 
 by, a (ab) ; ablative. 
 by and by, aliquando. 
 
 C 
 
 CsBsar, Caesar, -aris, m. 
 calamity, calamitas, -atis, f. 
 call, appello, 1 ; voco, 1. 
 camp, castra, -orum, n. 
 can, possum, posse, potui; queo, 
 
 quire, quivi, quitus. 
 CannsB, at, Cannensis, -e, {adj.) 
 
 cannot, nequeo, 4, -ivi, . 
 
 Canusium, Canusium, -i, n. 
 Capitol, Capitolium, -i, n. 
 care, take, ciiro, 1. 
 carefully, diligenter ; attente. 
 carry on war, bello, 1. 
 Carthage, Cartliago, -inis, f. 
 Carthaginian, Carthaginiensis, 
 
 -is, M. ; Poenus, -i, m. 
 case, causa, -ae, f. 
 cast, conici5, 3, -ieci, -iectus; 
 
 (out) eicio. 
 catch sight of, conspicio, 3, -spexi, 
 
 -spectus. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 165 
 
 Catiline, Catilina, -ae, m. 
 
 Cato, Cato, -onis, m. 
 
 Catulus, Catulus, -i, m. 
 
 cause, causa, -ae, f. , 
 
 cavalry, equitatus, -us, M. 
 
 Ceres, Ceres, -eris, F. 
 
 certainly, certe. 
 
 Cethegus, Cethegus, -i, m. 
 
 chain, vinculum, -i, N. 
 
 chance, casus, -us, m. 
 
 change, commutatio, -onis, f. 
 
 characteristic, proprius, -a, -um. 
 
 charge, mando, 1; insimulo, 1. 
 
 charioteer, essedarius, -i, m. 
 
 check, teneo, 2, -ui, -tus. 
 
 children, liberi, -orum, M. ; pueri, 
 -orum, M. 
 
 choice, optio, -onis, f. 
 
 Cicero, Cicero, -onis, m. 
 
 Cimbri, Cimbri, orum, m. 
 
 circumstance, res, rei, f. 
 
 citadel, arx, arcis, f. 
 
 citizen, civis, -is, c. 
 
 city, urbs, -is, f. 
 
 civil, civilis, -e. 
 
 clemency, dementia, -ae, f. 
 
 Cleomenes, Cleomenes, -is, m. 
 
 Clodius, Clodius, -T, m. 
 
 close, claudo, 3, -si, -sus. 
 
 cloth-factory, textrinum, -i, n. 
 
 Cluentius, Cluentius, -i, m. 
 
 Cn., abbreviation of Gnaeus. 
 
 cohort, cohors, -rtis, f. 
 
 colleague, collega, -ae, m. 
 
 collect, cogo, 3, -egi, -actus. 
 
 come, venio, 4, venT, ventus ; (for- 
 ward) procedo, 3, -cessi, ; 
 
 accedo, 3, -cessi, -cessurus ; (out) 
 egredior, 3, egressus. 
 
 comfort, solacium, -i, n. 
 
 command, imperium, -i, N. 
 
 commander, imperator, -oris, m.; 
 praetor, -oris, m. 
 
 commendation, praedicatio, 
 -onis, F. 
 
 commit, committo, 3, -misi, mis- 
 sus. 
 
 Commius, Commius, -i, m. 
 
 common people, plebs, -is, f. 
 
 company, comitatus, -iis, m. 
 
 compare, comparo, 1. 
 
 compel, cogo, 3, coegi, coactus. 
 
 complete, conficio, 3, -feci,-fectus. 
 
 compose, compono, 3, -posui, -po- 
 situs. 
 
 conceal, celo, 1. 
 
 conceive, concipio, 3, -cepi, -cep- 
 tus. 
 
 concerning, de. 
 
 concerns, it, interest, -esse, -f uit ; 
 refert, -ferre, -tulit. 
 
 condemn, damno, 1. 
 
 condition, lex, legis, f. 
 
 conduct, perduco, 3, -duxi, -duc- 
 tus. 
 
 confess, fateor, 2, fassus. 
 
 confirm, confirmo, 1. 
 
 confiscate, publico, 1. 
 
 congratulate, gratulor, 1. 
 
 conquer, vinco, 3, vici, victus; 
 devinco; supero, 1. 
 
 consciousness, conscientia,-ae, f. 
 
 conscript, conscriptus, -a, -um. 
 
 consecrate, constituo, 3, -ui, -iitus. 
 
 consider, considero, 1. 
 
 conspiracy, coniuratio, -onis, f. 
 
 consul, consul, -is, m. 
 
 consulship, consulatus, -us, m. 
 
 contend, contend, 3, -di, -tus; 
 decerto, 1. 
 
 content, contentus, -a, -um. 
 
 contention, contentio, -Onis, f. 
 
166 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 contrary to, contra, 
 copiousness, copia, -ae, f. 
 Corinth, Corinthiis, -i, f. 
 country, patria, -ae, f. ; rus, ru- 
 
 ris, N. 
 courage, animus, -i, m. 
 course, cursus, -us, m. 
 cousin, consobrinus, -i, m. 
 cradle, cunae, -arum, f. 
 craft, astutia, -ae, f. 
 create, creo, 1. 
 crime, f acinus, -oris, N. ; scelus, 
 
 -eris, N. 
 cross, transeo, 4; -ii, -itus; tra- 
 
 icio, 3, -ieci, -iectus ; transmitto, 
 
 3, -mlsi, -missus, 
 crowd, frequentia, -ae, f. 
 crush, opprimo, 3, -press!, -pressus. 
 cry out,,inclam5, 1; proclamo, 1 ; 
 
 (= weep) vagio, 4. 
 cultivate, colo, 3, -ui, cultus. 
 
 cure, medeor, 2, . 
 
 custom, institutum, -i, n. 
 Cyrus, Cyrus, -i, m. 
 
 danger, periculum, -i, n. 
 dare, audeo, 2, ausus. 
 dart, tragula, -ae, f. 
 Datis, Datis, -is, m. 
 daughter, little, filiola, -ae, f. 
 dawn, prima lux, primae lucis, f. 
 day, dies, -ei, m. and f. ; the day 
 
 before, pridie. 
 daybreak, prima lux, primae 
 
 lucis, F. 
 deaf, surdus, -a, -um. 
 dear, earns, -a, -um. 
 death, mors, mortis, f. 
 debt, aes, (aeris) alienum (-i), n. 
 
 December, December, -bris, -bre 
 
 {adj.). 
 decide, constitu5, 3, -ui, -iitus; 
 
 decerno, 3, -crevi, -cretus; dis- 
 
 cerno. 
 Decimus, Decimus, -i, m. 
 decision, deliberatio, -onis, F. 
 declare, indico, 3, -dixi, -dictus. 
 deed, res, rei, f. 
 deem, existimo, 1. 
 defeat, n., clades, -is, f. 
 defeat, v., pello, 3, pepuli, pulsus, 
 defend, defendo, 3, -di, -sus. 
 deliberate, consulo, 3, -ui, -tus. 
 deliberation, consilium, -i, n. 
 deliver, trado, 3, -didi, -ditus. 
 deliverance, salus, -utis, f. 
 Delphi, Delphi, -orum, m. 
 demand, efflagito, 1; (back), 
 
 reposco, 3, , 
 
 deny, negO, 1. 
 
 depart, discedo, 3, -cessi, -cessus ; 
 
 excedo ; exeo, -ire, -ii, -itus. 
 departure, discessus, -us, m. 
 depend upon, consists, 3, -stiti, 
 
 -stitus. 
 deploy, explico, -are, -S,vi and -ui, 
 
 -atus or -itus. 
 depth of "winter, summa hiems, 
 
 summae hiemis, f. 
 deserve, mereo, 2. 
 deserving, dignus, -a, -um. 
 desire, cupio, 3, -ivi, -itus. 
 desirous, cupidus, -a, -um. 
 destroy, deleo, 2, -evi, -etus. 
 detain, retineo, 2, -ui, -tentus. 
 determination, vis animi. 
 determine, statuo, 3, -ui, -iitus; 
 
 constituo, 3, -ui, -iitus. 
 devote, incumbo, 3, -cubui, -cubi- 
 tus ; transmitt5, 3, -misi, -missus. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART m. 
 
 167 
 
 devotion, pietas, -atis, f. 
 
 die, inorior, 3 (4), mortuus. 
 
 difficult, difflcilis, -e. 
 
 direct, praecipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptus. 
 
 disaster, calamitas, -atis, f. ; in- 
 
 commodum, -i, N. 
 disband, demitto, 3, -mlsi, -missus, 
 discern, cerno, 3, crevi, cretus. 
 discord, discordia, -ae, f. 
 discourse, sermo, -onis, m. 
 discover, comperio, 4, -i, -tus. 
 discuss, dissero, 3, -ui, -tus. 
 disgrace, dedecus, -oris, n. 
 disgusted, be, taedet, 2, , 
 
 dishonest, perfidus, -a, -um. 
 dislodge, deicio, 3, -ieci, -iectus. 
 disorder, throw into, perturbo, 
 
 1. 
 displeasure, offensa, -ae, f. 
 dissemble, dissimulo, 1. 
 dissimilar, dissimilis, -e. 
 distance, at a, procul. 
 distant, be, absum, -esse, afui. 
 distinguished, summus, -a, -um. 
 distribute, divido, 3, -visi, 
 
 -visus. 
 ditch, fossa, -ae, f. 
 divide, divido, 3, -visi, -visus. 
 do, ago, 3, egi, actus ; facio, 3, 
 
 feci, factus; gero, 3, gessi, 
 
 gestus. 
 Dolabella, Dolabella, -ae, m. 
 doubt, dubito, 1. 
 doubtful, dubius, -a, -um. 
 draw, diico, 3; (up) scribo, 3, 
 
 scripsi, scriptus. 
 dream, n., somnium, -i, n. 
 dream, v., somnio, 1. 
 dwell, habito, 1. 
 Dyrrachium, Dyrrachium, -i, n. 
 
 each, quisque, quaeque, quidque 
 
 (quodque). 
 eager, cupidus, -a, -um ; be eager, 
 
 cupio, 3, -ivi, -itus. 
 early, maturus, -a, -um. 
 earth, terra, -ae, f. 
 easily, facile, 
 edict, edictum, -i, n. 
 eight, octo. 
 
 eighth, octavus, -a, -um. 
 eighty, octoginta. 
 either . . . or, aut . . . aut ; vel . . . 
 
 vel. 
 elder, senior, -oris ; maior (-oris) , 
 
 natu. 
 elect, creo, 1. 
 eloquence, oratio, -onis, f. 
 else (= other), alius, -a, -ud. 
 emperor, imperator, -oris, m. 
 employ, adhibeo, 2 ; admoveo, 2, 
 
 -movi, -mo tus. 
 encircle, cingo, 3, -xi, cinctus. 
 encompass, stipo, 1. 
 encourage, cohortor, 1. 
 end, exitus, -us, m. ; (of) extre- 
 
 mus, -a, -um. 
 endure, sustineo, 2, -ui, -tentus. 
 enemy, hostis, -is, c. ; inimicus, 
 
 -i, M. 
 engage, confiigo, 3. 
 engaged, be, versor, 1. 
 enjoy, fruor, 3, fructus. 
 enough, satis. 
 envoy, legatus, -i, m. 
 envy, n., invidia, -ae, f. 
 envy, v., invideo, 2, -vidi, -visus. 
 equal, par, paris. 
 equestrian, equester, -tris, -tre. 
 err, erro, 1 ; pecco, 1. 
 
168 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 error, error, -oris, m. 
 
 escort, deduco, 3, -duxi, -ductus. 
 
 especially, praesertim. 
 
 estrange, abalieno, 1. 
 
 even, etiam ; not even, ne . . . 
 
 quidem. 
 ever, umquam. 
 every, omnis, -e. 
 evident, it is, constat, 1, -stitit. 
 examine, inspicio, 3, -spexi, 
 
 -spectus. 
 excellent, optimus, -a, -um; 
 
 egregius, -a, -um. 
 except, nisi. 
 
 ex-consul, coHSularis, -is, m. 
 exhort, hortor, 1. 
 exigencies, tempora, -um, n. 
 exile, exsilium, -i, n. 
 experienced, sciens, -ntis. 
 explanation, satisfactio, -onis, f. 
 exterminate, extermino, 1. 
 extraordinary, extraordinarius, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 eye, oculus, -i, m. 
 
 Fabius, Fabius, -i, m. 
 fail, deficio, 3, -feci, -fectus. 
 faithful, fidelis, -e ; fidus, -a, -um. 
 fall, cado, 3, cecidi, casurus ; con- 
 
 cido, 3, -cidi. 
 false, falsus, -a, -um. 
 falsehood, mendacium, -i, n. 
 fame, gloria, -ae, f. 
 famous, the, ille, -a, -ud. 
 far, adv., longe. 
 father, pater, -tris, m.; parens, 
 
 -ntis, M. 
 father's, paternus, -a, -um. 
 fault, vitium, -i, n. 
 
 favor, faveo, 2, favi, fauturus. 
 favorable, aequus, -a, -um. 
 fear, n., metus, -us, m. ; paver, 
 
 -oris, M. ; timor, -oris, m. 
 fear, v., vereor, 2 ; timeo, 2, timui. 
 fellOTV-citizens, cives, -ium, c. 
 feud, inimicitia, -ae, f. 
 few, pauci, -ae, -a. 
 field, ager, -gri, m. ; campus, -i, m. ; 
 
 m the field, militiae. 
 fifteen, quindecim. 
 fifth, quintus, -a, -um. 
 fifty, quinquaginta. 
 fight, n., certamen, -inis, N. 
 fight, v., pugno, 1; dimico, 1; (it 
 
 out) decerno, 3, -crevi, -cretus. 
 find, invenio, 4, -veni, -ventus ; re- 
 
 perio, 4, -i, -tus; (guilty) con- 
 
 demno, 1. 
 fine, lis, litis, f. 
 finish, conficio, 3, ^feci, -fectus; 
 
 finio, 4. 
 fire, n., ignis, -is, m. ; incendium, 
 
 -i, N. 
 fire, v., set fire to, set on fire, in- 
 
 cendo, 3, -di, -sus. 
 first, primus, -a, -um; princeps, 
 
 -ipis ; pristinus, -a, -um. (of the 
 
 month) Kalendae, arum, f. ; in 
 
 the first place, primum. 
 fixed, certus, -a, -um. 
 fiatterer, adulator, -oris, m. 
 fiattery, adsentatio, -onis, f. 
 fiee, fugio, 3, fugi ; profugio; {for 
 
 refuge), perfugio. 
 fieet, classls, -is, f. 
 follow, sequor, 3,-cutus ; insequor. 
 folly, stultitia, -ae, f. 
 food, cibus, -i, m. 
 fool, lusipiens, -ntis, M, 
 foot, pes, pedis, m. 
 
VOCABITLARY TO PART III. 
 
 169 
 
 for, conj., nam ; enim (postposi- 
 tive) ; prep, in ; pro ; dative. 
 
 forbid, prohibeo, 2, -ui, -itus. 
 
 force, vigor, -oris, m. 
 
 forces, copiae, -arum, f. ; milites, 
 -um, M. 
 
 forest, silva, -ae, f. 
 
 foretell, praedico, 3, -dixi, -dictus. 
 
 forget, obliviscor, 3, oblitus. 
 
 forgetful, oblitus, -a, -um. 
 
 form, constituo, 3, -ui, -utus. 
 
 former, superior, -us ; pristinus, 
 -a, -um ; the former, ille, -a, -ud. 
 
 formerly, antea; olim. 
 
 forsake, desero, 3, -ui, -rtus. 
 
 forthwith, protinus. 
 
 fortune, fortuna, -ae, f. 
 
 fortunate, fortunatus, -a, -um; 
 bonus, -a, -um. 
 
 forum, forum, -i, n. 
 
 found, condo, 3, -didi, -ditus. 
 
 fourteen, quattuordecim. 
 
 fourteenth, quartus decimus, -a, 
 -um. 
 
 fourth, quartus, -a, -um. 
 
 fraud, fraus, fraudis, f. 
 
 free, adj., liber, -era, -erum. 
 
 free, v., libero, 1. 
 
 friend, amicus, -i, m. 
 
 friendship, amicitia, -ae, f. 
 
 fresh, recens, -ntis. 
 
 from, a(ab) ; e(ex). 
 
 front, in front of, adversus, -a, 
 -um . 
 
 frontiers, fines, -ium, m. 
 
 fruits, fruges, -um, f. 
 
 full, plenus, -a, -um. 
 
 funds, pecunia, -ae, f. 
 
 further, longius; adj., longior, 
 
 furthermore, porro. [-oris. 
 
 future, the, reliqua, -orum, n. 
 
 G 
 
 Gaius, Gaius, -i, m. 
 gallant, fortis, -e. 
 game, ludus, -i, m. 
 garrison, praesidium, -i, n. 
 gate, porta, -ae, f. 
 Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f. 
 Gauls, Galli, -orum, m. 
 general, imperator,-oris, m. ; dux, 
 
 ducis, M. ; praefectus, -i, m. 
 generosity, liberalitas, -atis, f. 
 genius, ingenium, -i, n. 
 gentle, clemens, -ntis. 
 gentleman, vir, viri, m. 
 Germans, Germani, -orum, m. 
 Germany, Germania, -ae, f. 
 get down, descendo, 3, -di, -sus. 
 gift, donum, -i, N. ; munus, -eris, N. 
 gilded, inauratus, -a, -um. 
 gird, accingo, 3, -nxi, -nctus. 
 give, do, dare, dedi, datus. 
 glory, gloria, -ae, f. ; laus, laudis, f. 
 Gnseus, Gnaeus, -i, m. 
 go, eo, ire, ivi, iturus ; proficiscor, 
 
 3, -fectus ; (out) exeo ; discedo, 
 
 3, -cessi, -cessus ; (before) anteeO. 
 god, deus, -i, m. 
 good, bonus, -a, -um. 
 good-bye, vale, valete. 
 goods, bona, -orum, n. 
 Gracchus, Gracchus, -i, m. 
 grain, f rumen tum, -I, n. 
 grandfather, avus, -i, m. 
 grant, do, dare, dedi, datus ; con- 
 
 cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessus ; largior, 4. 
 grasp, teneo, 2, -ui, -tus. 
 grazing, pecuaria, -ae, f. 
 great, magnus, -a, -um ; how great, 
 
 quautus, -a, -um ; so great, tan- 
 
 tus, -a, -um ; very great, greatest, 
 
 summus, -a, -um. 
 
170 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 greatness, amplitudo, -inis, f. 
 Greece, Graecia, -ae, f. 
 greed, cupiditas, -atis, f. 
 Greek, Graecus, -a, -um. 
 g-rievance, dolor, -5ris, m. 
 grieve, doleo, 2, -ui, -iturus. 
 grove, luciis, -i, m. 
 guard against, caveo, 2, cavi, 
 
 cautus. 
 guilt, culpa, -ae, f. ; scelus, -eris, n. 
 
 H 
 
 hand, manus, -us, f. 
 
 Hannibal, Hannibal, -alls, m. 
 
 happen, fio, fieri, factus ; accido, 
 3, -di ; contingo, 3, -tigi, -tactus. 
 
 happily, beate. 
 
 happy, beatus, -a, -um ; felix, -icis. 
 
 harass, agito, 1. 
 
 hasten, propero, 1; contends, 3, 
 -di, -tus; (through) percurr5, 
 3, -cucurri or -curri, -cursus. 
 
 have, habeo, 2. 
 
 he, is ; often omittedin translation. 
 
 head, caput, -itis, n. 
 
 heal, sano, 1. 
 
 hear, audio, 4. 
 
 help, auxilium, -i, n. 
 
 herald, praecO, -5nis, m. 
 
 hereafter, postea. 
 
 hesitate, dubito, 1. 
 
 high, altus, -a, -um. 
 
 highest, summus, -a, -um. 
 
 hill, collis, -is, m. 
 
 himself, sui ; ipse. 
 
 his, suus, -a, -um ; eius. 
 
 hitherto, adhuc. 
 
 hold, habeo, 2 ; teneo, 2, -ui, tentus. 
 
 home, domus, -us (-i), f. 
 
 Homer, Homerus, -i, m. 
 
 honor, n., honor, -Oris, m. ; fides, 
 
 -ei, F. 
 honor, v., decoro, 1. 
 honorable, honestus, -a, -um. 
 honorably, honeste. 
 hope, n., spes, spei, f. 
 hope, hope for, v., spero, 1. 
 Horatius, Horatius, -i, m. 
 horse, equus, -i, m. 
 horseman, eques, -itis, m. 
 hostile, inimicus, -a, -um. 
 house, domus, -us (-i), f. 
 ho"w, quam ; (long) quo usque ; 
 
 (much, great) quantus, -a, -um. 
 ho'wever, quamvis. 
 hundred, centum, 
 hunger, fames, -is, f. 
 hurt, noceo, 2, -ui, -iturus. 
 husband, maritus, -i, m. ; vir, 
 
 viri, M. 
 
 I, ego, mei ; (for my part) , equi- 
 
 dem. 
 Ides, Idus, -uum, f. 
 idle, ignavus, -a, -um. 
 if, si; (not) nisi, 
 ignorant, imperitus, -a, -um, 
 illustrious, clarus, -a, -um. 
 imitate, imitor, 1. 
 imitation, imitatio, -6nis, P. 
 immediately, statim. 
 impel, urgeO, 2, ursi. 
 improperly, prave. 
 in, in. 
 
 incautiously, incaute. 
 inclination, voluntas, -atis, f. 
 increase, auge5, 2, auxi, auctus. 
 incredible, incredibilis, -e. 
 indeed, vero (postpositive) . 
 India, India, -ae, F. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PAKT III. 
 
 171 
 
 indication, significatio, -Onis, f. 
 indig-nation, indignatio, -onis, f. 
 individuals, singulT, -orum, m. 
 indulgence, with, clementer. 
 industrious, diligens, -ntis. 
 Indutiomarus, Indutiomarus, -i, 
 infamy, infamia, -ae, f. [m. 
 
 infantry, peditatus, -us, m. 
 inform, certiorem facio (3, feci, 
 
 f actus) . 
 inhabit, incolo, 3, -ui, -cultus. 
 injunction, praeceptum, -i, n. 
 injury, iniuria, -ae, f. 
 injustice, iniustitia, -ae, f. ; ini- 
 
 quitas, -atis, F. 
 innumerable, innumerabilis, -e. 
 inquire, percontor, 1; scitor, 1. 
 insult, iniuria, -ae, f. 
 integrity, innocentia, -ae, f. 
 intemperance, intemperantia, 
 
 -ae, F. 
 intention, institatum, -i, n. 
 interest, it is for one's interest, 
 
 interest, -esse, -iuit. 
 intestine, intestinus, -a, -um. 
 intimate, familiaris, -e. 
 into, in. 
 
 inventress, inventrix, -icis, f. 
 investigation, quaestio, -onis, f. 
 involved, be, versor, 1. 
 lonians, Tones, -um, m. 
 island, insula, -ae, f. 
 issue, casus, -us, M. 
 it, is, ea, id; poss. pron., suus, -a, 
 
 -um ; often omitted in translation. 
 Italy, Italia, -ae, f. 
 itself. See self. 
 
 January, lanuarius, -a, -um (adj.). 
 judge, n., iudex, -icis, m. 
 
 judge, v., iudicO, 1. 
 
 judgment, iudicium, -i, n. ; sen- 
 
 tentia, -ae, f. 
 June, luuius, -a, -um (adj.). 
 Jupiter, luppiter, lovis, m. 
 just, verus, -a, -um ; jnst . . . as, 
 
 sic (ita) . . . ut. 
 justice, iustitia, -ae, r. 
 
 K 
 
 Kalends, Kalendae, -arum, f. 
 keep, contineo, 2, -ui, -tentus; 
 
 (from) prohibeo, 2. 
 kill, occido, 3, -cidi, -cisus ; neco, 1. 
 kind, a kind of, quidam, quaedam, 
 
 quoddam ; of this kind, huius 
 
 modi, 
 kindness, mansuetudo, -inis, p. 
 king, rex, regis, m. 
 kingdom, regnum, -i, n. 
 knight, eques, -itis, m. 
 know, intellego, 3 ; scio, 4 ; (not) 
 
 nesciO, 4. 
 
 Labienus, Labienus, -i, m. 
 labor, n., labor, -oris, m. 
 labor, v., laboro, 1 ; (for) servio, 4. 
 Lacedeemon, Lacedaemon, -onis, 
 
 F. 
 
 lack, n., inopia, -ae, f. 
 
 lack, v., careo, 2, -ui, -itfirus ; egeo, 
 
 2, -ui. 
 land, terra, -ae, f. 
 language, lingua, -ae, f. 
 Laodicea, Laodicea, -ae, f. 
 large, magnus, -a, -um. 
 last, postremus, -a, -um. 
 late, adv., sero. 
 
172 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 Latin, Latiuus, -a, -um. 
 
 latter, hic, haec, h5c. 
 
 laughter, risus, us, m. 
 
 law, lex, legis, f. 
 
 lay waste, depopulor, 1. 
 
 lead, lead over, traduco, 3 ; (out) 
 
 educo, 3. 
 leader, dux, ducis, m. ; princeps, 
 
 -ipis, M. 
 learn, cognosco, 3, -novi, -nitus. 
 learning, doctrina, -ae, f. 
 left, sinister, -tra, -trum. 
 legal, legitimus, -a, -um. 
 legion, legio, -onis, f. 
 Lentulus, Lentulus, -i, m. 
 less, adv., minus, 
 lest, ne. 
 
 let, sign of hort. subjunc. 
 letter, litterae, -arum, f. ; epistola, 
 
 -ae, F. 
 Leucas, Leucas, -adis, f. 
 levy, delectus, -us, m. 
 liberty, libertas, -atis, f. 
 lictor, lictor, -oris, m. 
 lie, mentior, 4. 
 lieutenant, legatus, -i, m. 
 life, vita, -ae, f. ; anima, -ae, f. 
 Ligarius, Ligarius, -i, m. 
 Liger, Liger, -eris, m. 
 light, lux, lucis, F. 
 like, similis, -e. 
 line of battle, acies, -ei, f. 
 line of march, agmen, -inis, n. 
 Lingones, Lingones, -um, m. 
 literature, litterae, -arum, f. 
 little, adj., parvus, -a, -um. 
 little, adv., paulo. 
 live, vivo, 3, vixi ; habito, 1. 
 Livius, Livius, -i, m. ; of Livlus, 
 
 Livianus, -a, -um. 
 long, diu ; as long as, dum ; quoad. 
 
 long continued, diuturnus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 longer, no, non iam. 
 longing, desiderium, -i, n. 
 lose, amitto, 3, -misi, -missus, 
 loud (voice), magnus, -a, -um. 
 love, amo, 1; diligo, 3, -lexi, 
 
 -lectus. 
 lowliness, humilitas, -atis, F. 
 lowly, humilis, -e. 
 Lucius, Lucius, -i, m. 
 Lucretia, Lucretia, -ae, f. 
 LucuUus, Lucullus, -i, m. 
 
 M 
 
 magistrate, magistratus, -us, m. 
 magnificence, magnificentia, -ae, 
 
 F. 
 
 Maia, Maia, -ae, f. 
 maiden, virgo, -inis, f. 
 make, facio, 3, feci, factus. 
 man, homo, -inis, c. ; vir, viri, m. 
 Manilian, Manilius, -a, -um. 
 Manlius, Manlius, -i, m. 
 many, multi, -ae, -a ; as many as 
 
 possible, quam plurimi, -ae, -a 
 
 (possum) . 
 Marathon, Marathon, -onis, f. 
 Marcius, Marcius, -i, m. 
 Marcus, Marcus, -i, m. 
 Marius, Marius, -i, m. 
 Massilia, Massilia, -ae, f. 
 mast, malus, -i, m. 
 matter, res, rei, f. 
 May, of. Mains, -a, -um. 
 may, licet, 2, -uit (-itum) ; optative 
 
 subjunc. 
 means, opera, -ae, f. ; res famili- 
 
 ares, rerum familiarium. 
 meanwhile, interea ; interim. 
 
VOCABULAEY TO PART III. 
 
 173 
 
 Medea, Medea, -ae, f. 
 
 mediator, adiutor, -oris, m. 
 
 meet, go to meet, obviam eo, -Ire, 
 -ivi, -itiirus. 
 
 mention, memoro, 1. 
 
 merchant, mercator, -oris, m. 
 
 Mercury, Mercurius, -i, m. 
 
 messag-e, nuntius, -i, m. 
 
 middle, medius, -a, -um. 
 
 midsummer, media aestas, med- 
 iae aestatis, f. 
 
 might, possum, posse, potui. 
 
 mile, mille passuum. 
 
 Milo, Milo, -onis, m. 
 
 Miltiades, Miltiades, -is, m. 
 
 mind, animus, -i, m. ; mens.-ntis, f. 
 
 mindful, memor, -oris. 
 
 miserable, miser, -era, -erum. 
 
 Mithridates, Mithra(i) dates, -is, 
 
 moderate, temperaus, -ntis. [m. 
 
 moderation, modus, -T, m. 
 
 money, pecunia, -ae, f. 
 
 monument, monumeiitum, -i, n. 
 
 more, plus, pliiris; adv., plus; 
 magis. 
 
 most, superl. ; most, most of, ple- 
 rique, pleraeque, pleraque. 
 
 mother, mater, -tris, f. 
 
 mound, agger, -eris, m. 
 
 mountain, mons, montis, m. 
 
 much, adj., multus, -a, -um; so 
 much, tantus, -a, -um ; as much 
 . . . as, tantus . . . quantus. 
 
 much, adv., multo. 
 
 Mummius, Mummius, -i, m. 
 
 Murena, Murena, -ae, m. 
 
 my, meus, -a, -um. 
 
 N 
 name, nomen, -inis, n. 
 Nasica, Nasica, -ae, m. 
 
 natural, naturalis, -e. 
 
 nature, natura, -ae, f. 
 
 near, ad ; prope. 
 
 nearer, adv., propius. 
 
 nearest, proximus, -a, -um. 
 
 necessary, necesse. 
 
 need, opus, n., indecl.; dsus, -us, 
 
 M. 
 
 neglect, neglego, 3, -lexi, -lectus. 
 
 neither, neque (nee). 
 
 Nervii, Nervii, -orum, M. 
 
 never, numquam. 
 
 nevertheless, tamen. 
 
 ne"W, novus, -a, -um. 
 
 next, tum. 
 
 Nicaea, Nicaea, -ae, f. 
 
 night, nox, noctis, f. ; {as adj.) 
 
 nocturnus, -a, -um. 
 nine, novem. 
 no, nullus, -a, -um ; (one) nemo 
 
 [-inis], c. ; nullus; adv. non. 
 nobility, nobilitas, -atis, f. 
 noble, nobilis, -e ; pulcher, -chra, 
 
 -chrum. 
 none, nullus, -a, -um. 
 Nones, Nonae, -arum, f. 
 nor, and not, neque (nee) ; neve 
 
 (neu). 
 not, non ; baud ; ne ; not even, ne 
 
 . . . quidem. 
 nothing", nihil, n., indecl. 
 November, of, Novembris, -e. 
 now, nunc ; iam. 
 Numa, Numa, -ae, m. 
 Numantia, Numantia, -ae, P. 
 number, numerus, -i, m. 
 
 O 
 
 O, interj.,0. 
 
 oath, iusiurandum, iurisiurandi, 
 N. 
 
Ir 
 
 174 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 obey, pareo, 2, -ui. 
 ob'ject, inceptum, -i, n. 
 object', obtrecto, 1 ; recuso, 1. 
 observe, animadverto, 3, -ti, -sus. 
 obtain, consequor, 3, -cutus ; Dan- 
 
 ciscor, 3, nactus (nanctus). 
 occur, incido, 3, -cidi. 
 of, a (ab) ; de ; e (ex) ; genitive. 
 offer, f acio, 3, feci, f actus ; inf ero, 
 
 -ferre, -tuli, -latus; propono, 3, 
 
 -posui, posit us. 
 office, magistratus, -us, M. 
 often, saepe; as often as, quo- 
 
 tienscumque. 
 old, vetus, -eris ; (age) senectus, 
 
 -utis, F. 
 omen, omen, -inis, n. ; prodigium, 
 
 -1, N. 
 
 on, in ; de ; abl. 
 
 once, quondam ; semel. 
 
 one, unus, -a, -um; one . . . the 
 other, alter . . . alter ; one . . . 
 another, alius . . . alius. 
 
 only, adj., unicus, -a, -um; 7iot 
 only . . . but also, non modo (so- 
 lum) . . . sed etiam (verum) . 
 
 open, aperio, 4, -ui, -tus ; be open, 
 pateo, 2, -ui. 
 
 opinion, sententia, -ae, f. 
 
 opportunity, occasio, -onis, f. ; 
 opportiinitas, -atis, f. ; potestas, 
 -atis, F. 
 
 oppose, resisto, 3, -stiti. 
 
 opposite, contrarius, -a, -um. 
 
 oppress, opprimo, 3, -pressi, -pres- 
 sus. 
 
 opulent, opulentus, -a, -um. 
 
 or, aut ; vel ; (in double quest.) an ; 
 (not) annon ; necne. 
 
 oracle, Oraculum, -i, n. 
 
 oration, oratio, -onis, f. 
 
 ordain, sancio, 4, sanxi, sanctus. 
 order, n., ordo, -inis, m. ; by order, 
 
 iussu. 
 order, v., iubeo, 2, iussi, iussus ; 
 
 impero, 1 ; in order to, ut. 
 other, alius, -a, -ud; alter, -era, 
 
 -erum ; ceteri, -ae, -a. 
 ought, debeo, 2; oportet, 2, -uit; 
 
 second periph. conj. 
 our, noster, -tra, -trum. 
 outcome, eventum, -i, n. 
 over, in. 
 overcome, supero, 1; vinco, 3, 
 
 vici, victus. 
 overthrow, everto, 3, -ti, -sus; 
 
 profligo, 1. 
 OTving to, be, stare per. 
 own, his, their, suns, -a, -um. 
 
 pain, dolor, -Oris, m. 
 
 Pansa, Pansa, -ae, m. 
 
 Papirius, Papirius, -i, M. 
 
 pardon, eondono, 1. 
 
 parricide, parricidium, -i, n, 
 
 part, pars, partis, f. 
 
 party, pars, partis, f. 
 
 pass, n., saltus, -iis, m. 
 
 pass (a law), fero, ferre, tuli, 
 
 latus. 
 past, the, praeterita, -orum, n. 
 path, semita, -ae, f. 
 patience, patientia, -ae, f. 
 pay, persolvo, 3, -vi, -iitus. 
 peace, pax, pacis, f. 
 peculiar, proprius, -a, -um. 
 Peloponnesian, Peloponnesius, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 penalty, poena, -ae, f. 
 people, populuB, -i, m. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 176 
 
 perceive clearly, perspicio, 3, 
 -spexi, -spectus. 
 
 perform, colo, 3, -ui, cultus. 
 
 perhaps, fortasse. 
 
 permit, permitto, 3, -misi, -missus. 
 
 permitted, it is, licet, 2, -uit 
 (-itum). 
 
 pernicious, perniciosus, -a, -um. 
 
 Perses, Perses, -ae, m. 
 
 Persians, Persae, -arum, m. 
 
 persist, persevere, 1. 
 
 persuade, persuadeo, 2, -si, -sus. 
 
 physician, medicus, -i, m. 
 
 Picenian, Picenus, -a, -um. 
 
 pierce through, transfigo, 3, 
 -fixi, -fixus. 
 
 pity, n., misericordia, -ae, f. 
 
 pity, v., miseret, 2, -uit {impers.). 
 
 place, n., locus, -T, m. 
 
 place, v., pono, 3, posui, positus. 
 
 plainly, plane. 
 
 plan, ratio, -onis, f. 
 
 planet, stella, -ae, f. 
 
 play, fabula, -ae, f. 
 
 plead, dico, 3, dixi, dictug. 
 
 pleasant, iucundus, -a, -um. 
 
 please, delecto, 1 ; it pleases (im- 
 pers.), libet, 2, -uit (-itum). 
 
 pleasing", gratus, -a, -um. 
 
 pleasure, voluptas, -atis, f. 
 
 plebs, plebs, plebis, f. 
 
 plot, msidiae, -arum, f. 
 
 Pompey, Pompeius, -i, m. 
 
 Pontus, Pontus, -i, m. 
 
 poor, miser, -era, -erum ; pauper, 
 -eris. 
 
 possessions, res, rei, f. ; get pos- 
 session of, potior, 4. 
 
 post, locus, -1, M. 
 
 posterity, posteritas, -atis, f. 
 
 postpone, prolate, 1, , . 
 
 power, potentia, -ae, f. ; potestas, 
 -atis, F. ; imperium, -i, n. ; vis, 
 vis, F. ; have power, he powerful, 
 valeo, 2, -ui, -iturus. 
 
 powerful, potens, -ntis. 
 
 practice, ars, artis, f. 
 
 praetor, praetor, -oris, M. 
 
 praise, n., laus, laudis, f. 
 
 praise, v., laudo, 1. 
 
 pray (exclam.), tandem ; nam, en- 
 clitic. 
 
 pray, oro, 1 ; (to) supplico, 1. 
 
 prayers, preces, -um, f. 
 
 precedent, exemplum, -i, n. 
 
 pre-eminent, excellens, -ntis. 
 
 prefer, praefero, -ferre, -tuli, 
 -latus. 
 
 prepare, paro, 1 ; (for) apparo, 1. 
 
 present, praesens, -ntis. 
 
 preserve, servo, 1. 
 
 prestige, auctoritas, -atis, F. 
 
 pretend, simulo, 1. 
 
 prevent, impedio, 4. 
 
 pride, superbia, -ae, F. 
 
 priest, sacerdos, -otis, m. 
 
 proceed, pergo, 3, perrexi, per- 
 rectus ; proficiscor, 3, -fectus. 
 
 proclaim, praedico, 1 ; pronuntio, 
 1 ; renuntio, 1. 
 
 procure, compare, 1. 
 
 promise, polliceor, 2. 
 
 prompt, promptus, -a, -um. 
 
 properly, honeste. 
 
 propitiate, placo, 1. 
 
 propose, fero, ferre, tuli, latus. 
 
 prosperity, secundae (-arum), 
 res (rerum). 
 
 protect, tueor, 2, tutus (tuitus). 
 
 protection, fides, -ei, f. 
 
 provided (that), dum mode. 
 
 province, provincia, -ae, f. 
 
176 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 provoked, be, exardesco, 3, -arsi, 
 
 -arsus. 
 public, publicus, -a, -um. 
 publish, concelebro, 1. 
 Publius, Publius, -i, m. 
 punish, multo, 1 ; macto, 1, 
 punishment, poena, -ae, f. 
 purpose, consilium, -i, n. 
 pursue, insequor, 3, -cutus. 
 pursuit, studium, -i, n. 
 put (to death) , interficio, 3, -feci, 
 
 -fectus ; (on board) impono, 3, 
 
 -posui, -positus. 
 Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, -i, m. 
 Pythia, Pythia, -ae, f. 
 
 Q 
 
 quaestor, quaestor, -Oris, m. 
 quickly, celeriter. 
 quickness, celeritas, -atis, f. 
 quiet, quietus, -a, -um. 
 Quintus, Quintus, -i, m. 
 Quirites, Quirites, -ium, m. 
 quite, satis. 
 
 R 
 
 raise, tollo, 3, sustuli, sublatus. 
 rampart, vallum, -i, n. 
 rapine, rapina, -ae, f. 
 rashness, temeritas, -atis, f. 
 rather, magis ; potius. 
 read, lego, 3, legi, lectus; 
 
 (through) perlego. 
 rear, tergum, -i, n. 
 reason, causa, -ae, f. 
 receive, accipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptus ; 
 
 excipio; suscipio. 
 recite, recito, 1. 
 
 recollection, recordatio, -onis, f. 
 recourse, have, descend, 3, -di, 
 
 -sus. 
 
 refit, reficio, 3, -feci, -fectus. 
 
 refuse, nego, 1. 
 
 regard, habeo, 2 ; with regard tOf 
 
 in. 
 reign, n., regnum, -i, n. 
 reign, v., regno, 1. 
 rejoice, laetor, 1. 
 relationship, cognatio, -onis, f. 
 
 relieve, medeor, 2, . 
 
 religious ceremonies, plur. of 
 
 religio, -onis, f. 
 relying upon, fretus, -a, -um. 
 remain, maneo, 2, -si, -sus; per- 
 
 maneo; resto, 1, -stiti. 
 remaining, reliquus, -a, -um. 
 remains, reliquiae, -arum, f. 
 remedy, remedium, -i, n. 
 remember, memini, -isse; remi- 
 
 niscor, 3, . 
 
 remove, demigro, 1. 
 render, fero, ferre, tuli, latus. 
 reply, responded, 2, -di, -sus. 
 report, n., fama, -ae, f. 
 report, v., defero, -ferre, -tuli, 
 
 -latus; renuntio, 1. 
 republic, res publica, rei publi- 
 
 cae, F. 
 repulse, repel lo, 3, reppuli (re- 
 
 puli) , -pulsus, 
 resign, se abdicare. 
 resolve, decerno, 3, -crevi, -cre- 
 
 tus. 
 resources, opes, -um, f. 
 rest, the rest^ ceteri, -orum, m; 
 
 reliqui, -orum, m. ; rest of, re- 
 liquus, -a, -um. 
 rest, v., quiesco, 3, quievi, -etus. 
 retain, retineo, 2, -ui, -tentus. 
 retreat, se recipere ; cedo, 3, cessi, 
 
 cessus. 
 return, n., reditus, -us, m. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 177 
 
 return, v. intr., redeo, -ire, -ii, 
 -itus ; reverter, 3, -sus (per/, usu- 
 ally reverti) ; tr. reddo, 3, -didi, 
 -ditus. 
 
 reward, praemium, -i, n. ; fruc- 
 
 tUS, -us, M. 
 
 Rhine, Rlienus, -i, m. 
 Rhone, Rliodanus, -i, M. 
 rich, locuples, -etis. 
 riches, divitiae, -arum, f. 
 right, n., ius, iuris, n. 
 right hand, dextra, -ae, f. 
 rightly, recte. 
 river, flumen, -inis, N. 
 road, via, -ae, f. 
 Roman, Romanus, -a, -um. 
 Rome, Roma, -ae, f. 
 Romulus, Romulus, -i, m. 
 rouse, excito, 1. 
 ruin, adfligo, 3, -ixi, -Ictus, 
 rumor, rumor, -oris, m. 
 rush, ruo, 3, rui, rutus. 
 
 S 
 Sabines, Sabim, -orum, m. 
 sacred, sacer, -era, -crum. 
 sad, tristis, -e. 
 safe, salvus, -a, -um. 
 safety, salus, -utis, f. 
 sail, velum, -i, n. 
 sake ; for the sake, causa; gratia. 
 sally, eruptio, -ouis, f. 
 salute, saluto, 1. 
 same, idem, eadem, idem; at the 
 
 same time, simul. 
 Sardis, Sardes, -ium, f. 
 satisfy, satisfacio, 3, feci, factus. 
 Saturn, Saturnus, -i, m. 
 say, dico, 3; loquor, 3, -cutus. 
 scatter, se eicere. 
 
 Scipio, Scipio, -onis, m. 
 
 scourge, verbero, 1. 
 
 scout, explorator, -oris, m. 
 
 sea, mare, -is, n. 
 
 second, secundus, -a, -um. 
 
 secondly, delude ; a second time, 
 iterum. 
 
 secure, pario, 3, peperi, partus. 
 
 see, video, 2, vidi, visus ; ceruo, 3, 
 crevi, cretus ; conspicor, 1. 
 
 seek, peto, 3, -ivi, (ii) -itus; 
 quaero, 3, -sivi, -situs ; requiro. 
 
 seem, videor, 2, visus. 
 
 self, ipse, -a, -um ; pers. pron. 
 
 senate, senatus, -iis, m. 
 
 senator, senator, -oris, m. 
 
 send, mitto, 3, misi, missus ; (for- 
 ward) praemitto ; (out) emitto. 
 
 sense, sensus, -iis, m. 
 
 seriously, graviter. 
 
 Sertorius, Sertorius, -i, m. 
 
 service, plu7\ beneficia, -orum, n. 
 
 set (before) propono, 3, -posui, 
 -positus; (out) proficiscor, 3, 
 -fectus; (up) erigo, 3, -rexi, 
 -rectus ; instituo, 3, -ui, -utus. 
 
 settlement, compositio, -ouis, f. 
 
 seventh, septimus, -a, -um. 
 
 several, complures, -a (-ia) . 
 
 severe, gravis, -e. 
 
 shame; it shames, etc., pudet, 2, 
 -uit. 
 
 share, commdnico, 1. 
 
 shield, scutum, -i, n. 
 
 ship, navis, -is, f. 
 
 short, brevis, -e. 
 
 shortly, prope diem. 
 
 show, doceo, 2, -ui, -tus; ostendO, 
 3, -di, -tus. 
 
 shower, imber, -bris, M. 
 
 shun, f ugio, 3, fugJ. 
 
178 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 Sicily, Sicilia, -ae, f. 
 side, latns, -eris, n. 
 siege, oppugnatio, -onis, f. 
 sight, conspectus, -us, m. ; catch 
 
 sight of, conspicio, 3, -spexi, 
 
 -spectus. 
 signal, signum, -i, n. 
 silence, silentium, -i, n. 
 silent, be, taceo, 2. 
 similarly, similiter, 
 since, cum ; quoniam. 
 single, singuli, -ae, -a. 
 sit on, insideo, 2, -sedi. 
 sixth, sextus, -a, -um. 
 skilled, peritus, -a, -um. 
 slaughter, caedes, -is, f. 
 slave ; he a slave to, servio, 4. 
 slay, interficio, 3, -feci, -fectus; 
 
 neco, 1. 
 sleep, somnium, -i, n. 
 slightly, leviter. 
 small, parvus, -a, -um. 
 snatch away, praeripio, 3, -m, 
 
 -reptus. 
 so, ita; sic; tarn; and so, itaque; 
 
 rfar) tantum; (many) tot; 
 
 (much) tantus, -a, -um. 
 sober, sobrius, -a, -um. 
 soil, ager, agri, m. 
 soldier, miles, -itis, m. 
 solstice, winter, bruma, -ae, f. 
 some, aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid 
 
 (-quod) ; nonnulli, -ae, -a ; quis, 
 
 quae, quid (quod) ; some . . . 
 
 others, alii . . . alii, 
 sometimes, interdum; nonnum- 
 son, filius, -i, m. [quam. 
 
 song, carmen, -inis, n. 
 soon ; as soon as, ubi primum ; as 
 
 soon as possible, quam primum. 
 sooner, prius. 
 
 soothsayer, haruspex, -icis, m. 
 soul, animus, -i, m. 
 Spain, Hispania, -ae, f. 
 Spaniard, Hlspanus, -i, m. 
 spare, parco, 3, peperci, parsus. 
 sparing, parcus, -a, -um. 
 speak, dico, 3 ; loquor, 3, -cutus. 
 spirit, animus, -i, m. 
 spirited, fortis, -e. 
 splendid, amplus, -a, -um. 
 spread, pando, 3, -i, passus. 
 spring, ver, veris, n. 
 stand, sto, 1, steti, status; con- 
 
 sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitus. 
 standard, signum, -i, n. 
 start, proficiscor, 3, -fectus. 
 state, ci vitas, -atis, f. ; res pub- 
 
 lica, rei publicae, f. 
 station, conloco, 1; constituo, 3, 
 
 -ui, -utus. 
 statue, simulacrum, -i, n. ; statua, 
 
 -ae, f. 
 stay, maneo, 2, -si, -sus ; remaneo ; 
 
 moror, 1 ; commoror, 1. 
 step-mother, noverca, -ae, f. 
 still, tamen. 
 
 stipulate, paciscor, 3, pactus. 
 strange, mirus, -a, -um. 
 strategy, consilium, -i, n. 
 strength, vis, vis, f. 
 strengthen, firmo, 1. 
 strike (ico) , 3, ici, ictus ; (from) 
 
 excutio, 3, -cussi, -cussus. 
 strong, be, valeo, 2, -ui, -iturus. 
 strongly, valde. 
 study, studium, -i, n. 
 stunned, be, stupeo, 2, -ui. 
 stupefied, attonitus, -a, -um. 
 subdue, subigo, 3, -egi, -actus; 
 
 (thoroughly), perdomo, 1, -ui, 
 
 -itus. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 179 
 
 successful, prosperus, -a, -urn. 
 succession, in, continuus, -a, -um . 
 such, talis, -e ; (= so great) tantus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 suddenly, repente. 
 Suevi, Suevi, -orum, m. 
 suffer (punishment), do, dare, 
 
 dedi, datus. 
 Sulla, Sulla, -ae, m. 
 sun, sol, -is, M. 
 superior, be, antecello, 3, , 
 
 suppliant, supplex, -ids, c. 
 
 suppose, existimo, 1. 
 
 surpass, antecello, 3, , ; 
 
 supero, 1. 
 suspicion, suspTcio, -onis, f. 
 swear, iuro, 1. 
 sweet, dulcis, -e. 
 swiftness, velocitas, -atis, r. 
 swim, no, 1, navi. 
 sword, gladius, -i, m. ; ferrum, -i, 
 
 N. ; ensis, -is, m. 
 Syracusans, Syracusani, -orum. 
 
 T 
 
 take, sumo, 3, -psi, -ptus ; expiigno, 
 1 ; (away) eripio, 3, -ui, -reptus ; 
 adimo, 3, -emi, -emptus; (up) 
 attingo, 3, -tigi, -tactus; (it 
 hard) moleste fero, ferre, tuli, 
 latus. 
 
 talent, talentum, -i, n. 
 
 talk, loquor, 3, -cutus. 
 
 tamper with, tento, 1. 
 
 Tarpeia, Tarpeia. -ae, r. 
 
 tear, lacrima, -ae, f. 
 
 tell, dico, 3, dixi, dictus; doceo, 
 2, -ui, -tus. 
 
 temperance, temperantia, -ae, f. 
 temple (of the head), tempus, 
 
 -oris, N. 
 ten, decern. 
 
 tenfold, decemplex, -icis. 
 Terentia, Terentia, -ae, F. 
 territory, ager, -gri, m. 
 than, quam. 
 that, conj., ut (uti) ; quin; ne; 
 
 quo w. comp.; introducing ind. 
 
 disc, not ti^anslated; demon. 
 
 pron., is, ea, id; ille, -a, -ud; 
 
 (of yours) iste, -a, -ud; rel. 
 
 pron., qui, quae, quod. 
 Themistocles, Tliemistocles, -is, 
 
 M. 
 
 themselves, sui. 
 
 then, tum ; igitur. 
 
 there, ibi ; as expletive not trans, 
 
 therefore, itaque ; igitur. 
 
 Thermopylae, Thermopylae, 
 -arum, f. 
 
 these, plur. o/ille, -a, -ud. 
 
 thig-h, femur, -oris, n. 
 
 thing, res, rei, f. 
 
 think, existimo, 1 ; iudico, 1 ; puto, 
 1 ; sentio, 4, -si, -sus ; (out) ex- 
 cogito, 1. 
 
 thirty, triginta. 
 
 this, hic, liaec, hoc. 
 
 thither, eo. 
 
 thou, tfi, tui. 
 
 thoug-h, cum ; implied in partici- 
 ple. 
 
 thousand, mille. 
 
 three, tres, tria. 
 
 three hundred, trecenti, -ae, -a. 
 
 through, throug-hout, per ; abl. 
 
 throw into disorder, perturbo, 1. 
 
 Thucydides, Thucydides, -is, M. 
 
 Tiberius, Tiberius, -i, M. 
 
180 
 
 VOCABULABY TO PART III. 
 
 till, dum. 
 
 time, tempus, -oris, n. ; (of life) 
 
 aetas, -atis, f. ; at some time, 
 
 aliquando; at that time, turn; 
 
 at the time of, sub. 
 timid, timidus, -a, -um. 
 Titus, Titus, -1, M. 
 to, dative ; ut ; prep., ad ; in. 
 to-day, hodie. 
 together, inter se, etc. 
 toil, labor, -oris, m. 
 tongue, lingua, -ae, f. 
 top of, summus, -a, -um. 
 towards, in. 
 
 town, oppidum, -i, n.; urbs, -is, f. 
 train, exerceo, 2, -ui, -itus. 
 traitor, proditor, -oris, m. 
 Trajan, Traianus, -i, m. 
 Tralles, Tralles, -ium, f. 
 tranquil, tranquillus, -a, -um. 
 transplant, traduco, 3. 
 traveller, viator, -oris, m. 
 treachery, proditio, -onis, f. ; 
 
 dolum, -i, N. 
 treat, ago, 3, egi, actus ; tracto, 1. 
 tree, arbor, -oris, f. 
 Treviri, Treviri, -orum, m. 
 trial, iudicium,-i,N. ; labor, -oris, m. 
 tribune, tribunus, -i, m. 
 triumph, triumpho, 1. 
 troops, copiae, -arum, f. 
 troubled, turbidus, -a, -um. 
 true, verus, -a, -um.. 
 trust, permitto, 3, -misi, missus; 
 
 credo, 3, -didi, -ditus; (in) con- 
 
 fido, 3, -fisus. 
 truth, in, vero. 
 
 try, experior, 4, -pertus; tento, 1. 
 Tullus, Tullus, -i, M. 
 turn, converts, 3, -ti, -sus; se 
 
 vertere. 
 
 turn, in, in vicem. 
 Turnus, Turnus, -i, m. 
 t"wentieth, vicesimus, -a, -um. 
 two, duo, -ae, -o. 
 tyrant, tyrannus, -i, m. 
 Tyrtaeus, Tyrtaeus, -i, m. 
 
 U 
 
 Ubii, Ubii, -orum, m. 
 unavenged, inultus, -a, -um. 
 unbend, relaxor, 1. 
 uncertain, incertus, -a, -um. 
 uncovered, detectus, -a, -um. 
 understand, intellego, 3. 
 undertake, suscipio, 3, -cepi, 
 
 -ceptus; excipio. 
 undertaking, inceptum, -i, n. 
 unfavorable, iniquus, -a, -um ; he 
 
 unfavorable to, in video, 2, -yidi, 
 
 -visus. 
 ungodly, impius, -a, -um. 
 ungrateful, ingratus, -a, -um. 
 unite, se coniungere. 
 unjustly, iniuriose. 
 unless, nisi. 
 
 unpopularity, invidia, -ae, f. 
 unprepared, imparatus, -a, -um. 
 unw^illing, iuvitus, -a, -um; he 
 
 unwilling, nolo, nolle, nolui. 
 unwittingly, imprudens, -utis. 
 urge, adhortor, 1. 
 usage, institutum, -i, n. 
 use, usus, -us, M. 
 use, utor, 3, usus. 
 useful, utilis, -e. 
 
 vain, in, frustra; nequiquam. 
 valor, virtus, -utis, f. 
 Verres, Verres, -is, m. 
 
VOCABULARY TO PABT III. 
 
 181 
 
 vessel, navigium, -i, n. 
 victor, victor, -oris, m. 
 victorious, victor, -oris, 
 victory, victoria, -ae, f. 
 vigorously, acriter. 
 village, vicus, -i, m. 
 violent, ferox, -ocis. 
 violently, acriter. 
 visit, adeo, -ire, -ii, -itus. 
 virtue, virtus, -utis, f. 
 voice, vox, vocis, f. 
 vote, sententia, -ae, f. ; suffragium, 
 -i, N. 
 
 W 
 wage, gero, 3, gessi, gestus. 
 wait for, exspecto, 1. 
 walk, incedo, 3, -cessi, -cessus. 
 wall, murus, -i, m. ; moenia, 
 
 -ium, N. 
 war, bellum, i, n. 
 warlike, bellicosus, -a, -um. 
 waste, corrumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptus. 
 watchful, vigilans, -antis. 
 way, iter, itineris, n. ; via, -ae, f. 
 we, nos, nostrum (-i). 
 weak, infirmus, -a, -um ; aeger, 
 
 -gra, -grum. 
 wealthy, locuples, -etis. 
 wear, gero, 3, gessi, gestus. 
 weary, be, taedet, 2, -uit; per- 
 
 taesum est. 
 weather, tempestas, -atis, f. 
 weigh {of anchors), tollo, 3, sus- 
 
 tuli, sublatus. 
 weight, pondus, -eris, n. 
 welcome, recipio, 3, -cepi, -cep- 
 
 tus. 
 welfare, res, rei, f. 
 well-regulated, bene institutus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 
 what, qui, quae, quod (quid) ; id 
 quod ; qualis, -e. 
 
 whatever, quisquis, , quid- 
 quid, (quic-). 
 
 when, cum ; ubi. 
 
 w^hence, qua re. 
 
 where, ubi. 
 
 wherefore, quam ob rem ; qua re. 
 
 whether, -ne; utrum; whether 
 . . . or, sive . . . sive ; utrum . . . 
 an. 
 
 which, qui, quae, quod ; (of two) 
 uter, utra, utrum. 
 
 while, dum ; donee. 
 
 whither, quo. 
 
 whithersoever, quocumque. 
 
 who, rel., qui, quae; interrog., 
 quis, quae. 
 
 whole, totus, -a, -um; omnis, -e; 
 universus, -a, -um. 
 
 wholly, adj. for adv., totus, -a, 
 -um. 
 
 why, ciir. 
 
 wide, latus, -a, -um. 
 
 wife, coniuDx (-iux), -iugis, f. ; 
 uxor, -oris, f. 
 
 wine, vinum, -i, n. 
 
 winter, hiems, liiemis, f. 
 
 winter-quarters, hiberna,-orum, 
 
 wisdom, consilium, -i, n. [n. 
 
 wise, sapiens, -ntis. 
 
 wisely, sapienter. 
 
 wish, volo, velle, volui ; cupio, 3, 
 -ivi, -itus. 
 
 with, apud ; cum. 
 
 withdraw, concedo, 3, -cessi, -ces- 
 sus ; se recipere. 
 
 within, intra. 
 
 without, sine ; be ivithout, vaco, 1. 
 
 withstand, sustineo, 2, -ui, -ten- 
 tus. 
 
182 
 
 VOCABULARY TO PART III. 
 
 woman, mulier, -eris, f. 
 "wonder at, miror, 1. 
 wont, be, soleo, 2, -itus. 
 wood, silva, -ae, f. 
 word, verbum, -i, N. 
 w^orld, orbis (-is, m.) terrarum. 
 w^orthy, dignus, -a, -um. 
 would rather, malo, malle, malui. 
 would that, utinam. 
 wound, n., volnus, -eris, n. 
 wound, v., volnero, 1. 
 wrath, ira, -ae, f. 
 write, scribo, 3, -psi, -ptus. 
 writings, litterae, -arum, f. 
 wrong", f acinus, -oris, n. 
 
 X 
 
 Xerxes, Xerxes, -is, m. 
 
 year, annus, -i, M. 
 
 yes, immo. 
 
 yet, tamen ; adhuc. 
 
 yield, cedo, 3, cessi, cessus. 
 
 yoke, iugum, -i, n. 
 
 you, sing., tu, tui; p/wr., vos, ves- 
 
 trum (-i). 
 younger, minor [natu], -oris. 
 young, young man, adulescens, 
 
 -ntis ; iuvenis, -e. 
 your, sing., tuus, -a, -um; plur., 
 
 vester, -tra, -trum; (self) te; 
 
 (selves) vos. 
 youth, adulescentia, -ae, f. ; iu- 
 
 yentus, -utis,vF. 
 
COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION 
 PAPERS. 
 
 Harvard, June, 1896. 
 
 While this was going on, Caesar waited ontside the 
 walls : but when Cicero had been forced by the violence 
 of Clodius to go into exile, Caesar set out without delay 
 for his province, and travelled with such speed that he 
 reached Geneva, which is about eight hundred miles from 
 Eome, in eight days. For he had received word that the 
 Helvetians were preparing to migrate from their country 
 in search of larger territory to dwell in, and he was 
 afraid they would do much harm to the province if he 
 should allow them to enter it. He therefore ordered the 
 bridge which was at Geneva to be torn down, and made 
 a requisition on the province for troops. The Helvetians, 
 who had now assembled on the other side of the Rhone, 
 on hearing of Caesar's arrival sent envoys to ask him to 
 allow them to proceed through the province, because there 
 was no other way by which they could go. Caesar told 
 the envoys he needed time to consider the matter ; if they 
 would come back on the thirteenth of April, he would 
 give them his answer. 
 
 Harvard, September, 1896. 
 
 The famous orator Cicero has left us an excellent 
 speech in defence of the poet Archias. Although he was 
 
 183 
 
184 COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 born at Antioch in Asia, Archias came to Italy when he 
 was still a young man, and lived there for many years. 
 He wished to become a citizen of Heraclea, and since the 
 people of Heraclea thought him worthy of this honor he 
 was enrolled as a citizen. Not long after this when a 
 law had been passed that no foreigner who was not a 
 citizen should live at Eome, a man named Gratius said 
 that Archias had not been legally enrolled, and tried to 
 drive him out of the city. Cicero spoke in defence of 
 the poet, and said that even if he were not a citizen he 
 deserved to be made one. He also brought forward as 
 a witness Lucius Lucullus, who said that he had been 
 present when Archias was enrolled, and after this testi- 
 mony had been heard, nobody doubted that Archias was 
 a citizen. 
 
 Yale, June, 1895. 
 
 On the eighth of November, b.c. 63, the consul Cicero 
 asked Catiline in the senate whether he did not know 
 that all had learned that he had conspired against the 
 state. "All your plans," he said, " are now clearer to me 
 than the light of day: you met your confederates at 
 Laeca's house night before last : you chose men to leave 
 at E/Ome to burn the city and murder the optimates : you 
 yourself, after killing me, intend to go to the army which 
 Manlius is now collecting for you in Etruria. You ought 
 to have been killed long ago by the command of the con- 
 sul, but I will permit you to go : nay, I advise you to 
 do so." 
 
 Catiline, attempting to reply, was prevented by the 
 shouts of the senators, and rushed out, asserting that he 
 
COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 185 
 
 was going to Marseilles into exile : but in reality he went 
 to the camp of Manlius, and a year later fell fighting 
 bravely. 
 
 Wellesley, June, 1896. 
 Eender into Latin the following passage : 
 
 The Helvetians, whether that they thought the Eomans 
 were retiring because they were afraid, or that they 
 trusted to be able to cut them off from their supplies, 
 altered their plan, and, changing their line of march, 
 began to follow up and harass our men on the rear. 
 When Caesar perceived this, he withdrew his forces to 
 the nearest hill, and sent the cavalry to sustain the onset 
 of the enemy. He himself meanwhile drew up four vet- 
 eran legions in triple line midway up the hill. On the 
 crest of the hill he ordered the two legions lately levied 
 in hither Gaul and all the auxiliaries to be stationed, the 
 soldiers' packs to be brought together into one place, and 
 that place to be defended by those who occupied the 
 upper line. 
 
 Change the following passage from indirect to direct 
 discourse : 
 
 (Ei legationi Ariovistus respondit) : 
 
 Si quid ipsi a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum 
 fuisse; si quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. 
 Praeterea se neque sine exercitu in eas partes Galliae 
 venire audere, quas Caesar possideret, neque exercitum 
 sine magno commeatu atque molimento in unum locum 
 contrahere posse. 
 
186 COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Change the following passage from direct to indirect 
 discourse : 
 
 (Quae tecum, Catilina, sic agit et quodam modo tacita 
 loquitur) : 
 
 Nullum jam aliquot annis f acinus exstitit nisi per te, 
 nullum flagitium sine te : tibi uni multorum civium neces, 
 tibi vexatio direptioque sociorum impunita f uit ac libera : 
 tu non solum ad negligendas leges et quaestiones, verum 
 etiam ad evertendas perfringendasque valuisti. 
 
 University of Chicago, June, 1895. 
 Elementary. 
 Translate into Latin (marking all long vowels) : 
 
 1. Caesar ordered the centurions to advance with all 
 their soldiers into battle. (Express this (1) with 
 inhere^ (2) with imperare.^ 
 
 2. Pompey was informed by scouts that his forces were 
 no longer able to hold the position which they had 
 taken the day before. 
 
 3. The soldiers could not be persuaded to renew the 
 battle, but, throwing away their arms, fled, some in 
 one direction, others in another. 
 
 4. (a) We must take this city. (Express in two 
 
 ways.) 
 (h) Csesar ought not to go to Rome. (Express in two 
 ways.) 
 
 (c) May the ambassadors come into the senate to ask 
 aid? 
 
 (d) Do not lead your forces into camp without the 
 command of the consul. 
 
COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 187 
 
 5. (a) We do not know why Caesar has advanced into 
 
 Gaul. 
 (6) Caesar decided to cross the river before the enemy 
 
 should recover from their fear, 
 (c) If these things were true, it would be better to 
 
 send men ahead to destroy the bridge. 
 
 Advanced. 
 
 Note. Do not attempt to render the English into Latin word for word, but 
 grasp clearly each thought, and consider what is the Latin way of expressing this 
 thought. 
 
 Translate into Latin (marking all long vowels) : 
 So grateful was Pompey for Cicero's support, that he 
 called him, in the Senate, "the saviour of the world." 
 Cicero was delighted with this praise, and began to look 
 to Pompey as an ally. " You caution me about Pompey," 
 he wrote to Atticus. " Do not suppose that I am becom- 
 ing his friend for my own protection ; but the state of 
 things is such, that, if we two disagree, the worst mis- 
 fortunes may be feared. I yield to him in nothing, but 
 seek to make him better ; and now he speaks more highly 
 by far of my actions than of his own. He says that he 
 has merely done well, while I have saved the state. . . . 
 You cannot love Cato more than I love him, but he does 
 only harm. He speaks as if he were living in Plato's 
 Republic, and not in the ruins of the state Eomulus 
 founded." 
 
 Cornell, 1895. 
 
 Napoleon saw that the enemies' forces were increasing 
 and their courage rising. His own troops, exhausted by 
 heat and fatigue, were hard pressed by (a) fresh and 
 
188 COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 unwearied (host), and were struggling in vain against 
 superior numbers. He accordingly advanced from the 
 rising ground where he had long been watching ^ the issue 
 of the fight, called round him the Old Guard,^ which it 
 was his habit to reserve for the last crisis ^ of the battle, 
 and addressed them thus. . . . ^--^ 
 
 X, 
 
 The candidate will seek to cast the extract in periodic 
 form. 
 
 Leland Stanford, Jr., University, 1896. 
 
 Elementary. 
 
 1. The battle raged fiercely from nine o'clock till three. 
 2. Men are glad to believe what they wish. 3. If I had 
 not ordered Catiline to go into exile, the Senate would 
 have called me timid. 4. Caesar led his forces across the 
 river in order to attack the enemy in the rear. 5. Since 
 the number of the enemy was increasing day by day, he 
 thought he must not hesitate to engage in battle. 6. If 
 you wish to recover your ambassadors, send our hostages 
 back to us. 7. When these facts were reported to 
 Crassus, he determined to make an attack upon the 
 enemy's camp the next day. 8. On the right wing ; in 
 front ; on the march ; at the foot of the mountain ; after 
 the battle ; under the leadership of Caesar ; at last ; I 
 fear that ; about sunset ; at early dawn ; at the beginning 
 of summer. 
 
 Advanced. 
 
 I see there are two opinions. One, that of Silanus, who 
 thinks that those who have attempted to destroy all these 
 ^ expeotare. ^ veterani: ^ discrimen. 
 
COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 189 
 
 things should be punished with death ; the other, that of 
 Caesar, who holds that death was not appointed by the 
 gods as a punishment, and therefore recommends (iubere) 
 imprisonment for life. It is for my interest to favor the 
 proposition of Caesar and thus avoid danger, but the 
 advantage to the state should outweigh (vincere) all con- 
 siderations of danger. I therefore declare that a man 
 who has attempted to deprive his fellow citizen of life 
 shall not enjoy life. If you adopt the proposal of Silanus, 
 I shall not fear the charge of cruelty, for what cruelty 
 can there be in punishing with death a man who is an 
 enemy of the republic. If we do not put Lentulus to 
 death, we shall be regarded cruel. 
 
 Princeton, June, 1896. 
 
 1. When this conspiracy was divulged to the Helve- 
 tians, they tried to compel Orgetorix to plead his cause 
 under arrest; but he, by bringing to the trial a great 
 number of men, effected his escape. 
 
 Or, 
 
 They said that they would hardly arrive before night 
 even if they started at dawn, because the bridge which 
 used to span the river near the old temple had recently 
 been destroyed, while the other road was so bad that they 
 could not go fast there. 
 
 2. If I should say that I had done these things alone, 
 without the help of the gods, I should be beside myself. 
 Does it not seem to have happened providentially that 
 Lentulus was so foolish as to entrust the letters to the 
 Gauls ? 
 
190 COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 University of California, June, 1891. 
 Subject 6. 
 
 1. The boy is very like his father. 
 
 2. The Samnites ^ are persuaded of this. 
 
 3. It is incredible^ how tired of the business^ I am. 
 
 4. He hates me because I am luckier * than he. 
 
 5. We will wait^ until you arrive.*^ 
 
 6. He spoke ^ as if he knew. 
 
 7. Why (he asked) did they fear, or why did they 
 despair of their own valor or his ^ care.^ 
 
 8. Tullius says that if men were wise,^^ they would 
 be honest.^^ 
 
 August, 1896. 
 
 Subject 7. 
 
 A few days ago I met in Eome Cato, the Censor, which 
 day, I remember, was the 19th of April. As soon as he 
 saw me, he began to speak of the growing power of 
 Carthage, which has almost recovered from the former 
 war. In fact, he said he should not cease to fear that 
 city until he should have learned of its utter destruction. 
 " that our young Scipio," said he, " might soon finish 
 the work begun by his grandfather.'' 
 
 University of Korth Carolina, 1896. 
 
 When Ariovistus learned that Caesar was approaching 
 his camp, he drew up all his forces, foot and horse, in 
 
 1 Samnites. ^/elicior. '^ loqui. ^^ sapere. 
 ^incredibilis. ^ exspectare. '^ ipse. "^^probi. 
 
 2 negotium. ^ advenire. ^ diligentia. 
 
COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 191 
 
 battle array and delivered them an address. Meanwhile 
 he sent scouts to find out where the Eomans were en- 
 camped, and bade them tell the neighboring tribes that 
 he was hastening toward them and would soon defeat the 
 enemy. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, September, 1896. 
 
 Translate into Latin (if a Latin word is unknown, in- 
 dicate case or mood required in blank) : 
 
 When (cum) Caesar inquired about the character 
 (nature) and customs of the Nervii, he found that they 
 were very brave ; that they allowed (suffered) no wine 
 to be imported, because they thought they would be de- 
 moralized (minds weakened) by it. 
 
 Hearing (use clause : Ubi . . . ) that the ^NTervii five 
 days before had encamped on-the-other-side-of the river, 
 our men feared that the enemy would break up (move) 
 camp, if they learned of Caesar's arrival. While the 
 enemy were awaiting (use participle) the arrival of their 
 allies, our cavalry crossed the river by night and attacked 
 them in the rear. But the Nervii fought so bravely that 
 our men were soon put to flight. 
 
 University of Michigan. 
 
 Translate into idiomatic Latin : 
 
 When the Aduatuci, of whom I have spoken above, 
 were coming to the assistance of the Nervii with all 
 their forces, receiving a report of this battle they re- 
 turned home ; having deserted all their towns and 
 strongholds, they brought all their property together 
 into one town well fortified by nature. 
 
192 
 
 COLLEGE EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 What is there, Catiline, which can longer give you 
 pleasure in this city, in which there is no one, outside 
 of your conspiracy of desperadoes, who does not fear 
 you, no one who does not hate you? 
 
 If we ourselves were not able to touch or taste these 
 things, yet we ought to admire them, even when seeing 
 them in others. 
 
^ 
 
 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 Note. This table contains only such words as are needed in the exercises. It 
 is intended merely as an introduction to the study of synonyms, and is adapted as 
 far as possible to preparatory students. 
 
 ABANDON. See LEAVE. 
 
 ACCOUNT : ON ACCOUNT OF. ob : denoting the object in 
 
 view. causa : denoting the purpose in view. propter (prope, 
 
 near): denoting a proximate cause or motive. ablative of 
 
 cause : chiefly with verbs of emotion. 
 ACQUAINTED (be). See KNOW. 
 ADMIT. See CONFESS. 
 AFRAID. See FEAR. 
 AGAIN. iterura : a second time. rursus : of any repetition. 
 
 re- : prefix of many verbs. 
 AID. auxilium : usually sudden and external assistance to those 
 
 struggling. subsidiura : against the time of need ; the reserve. 
 
 praesidium : protecting aid ; guard, garrison, etc. 
 
 ALL. oranis : all without exception ; opp. to nuUi, pauci, etc. 
 (number). totus : whole, entire; opp. to separate parts (quan- 
 tity). universus : all taken collectively ; opp. to single. 
 
 ALLOW. patior: to suffer (patiently), to tolerate. concede : 
 to yield on entreaty ; ojip. to repug-no. permitto : of one's own 
 free will ; opp. to veto, licet = it is lawful. 
 
 ALMOST. fere : about, generally; especially of number and time. 
 
 paene, prope, nearly, but not quite. 
 
 ALSO. etiam emphasizes and strengthens. quoque (postposi- 
 tive) adds a new thought. idem repeats or emphasizes the sub- 
 ject in a coordinate clause. item : in like manner. 
 
 ANCIENT. See OLD. 
 
 AND. et connects words and expressions of equal importance. 
 -que (enclitic) joins a word closely to another. atque (ac) adds 
 what is of more importance. 
 
 193 
 
194 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 ANY: ANY ONE, ANY THING. ullus, adj., quisquam, noun : 
 with a negation expressed or implied. aliquis: some one or 
 other, quis: fainter than aliquis ; usually after si, nisi, ne, and 
 num. qui vis : any you please. 
 
 APPOINT. See CALL. 
 
 ARMS. arma : the general term. tela : missiles. 
 
 ARMY. exercitus : as a trained body, the general term. agmen : 
 on the march, troops. acies : in battle array ; line of battle. 
 
 ASK. rogo : general term ; to ask for an answer or opinion. 6r6 : 
 stronger word ; to beg, pray, entreat. obsecro : to conjure by all 
 that is holy. imploro : to entreat with tears. peto : to seek to 
 obtain something by request or demand. postulo : to demand as 
 of right. flagito, efiflagito : to demand earnestly or impatiently. 
 
 quaero, requir5 : to search out with a view of getting definite 
 information. 
 
 ASSISTANCE. See AID. 
 
 AT ONCE. See IMMEDIATELY. 
 
 ATTACK. adeo, aggredior: to approach with hostile intent. 
 ^ adorior : the same, but generally of a sudden attack. peto: to 
 
 aim at, rush upon, especially with a sword. impetum facio: of 
 a violent attack. oppug-no : oftenest of attacking a town. 
 
 ATTEMPT. Conor : to try with energy. experior : with a view 
 to learn by experiment. tento : to try, prove, test. 
 
 AVENGE. See PUNISH. 
 
 BATTLE. pugna: the general word for any kind of a conflict. 
 acies: the conflict of two armies in battle array. proelium : 
 skirmish, engagement ; of separate divisions of an army. 
 
 BECAUSE OP. See ACCOUNT. 
 
 BEG. See ASK. 
 
 BEGIN, ineo : to enter upon, engage in. initium capio (facio) : 
 similar to ineo. incipio : to take in hand ; with tenses of incom- 
 plete action. coepi: the same; with tenses of completed action. 
 
 instituo: (to put in place), undertake. ordior: to begin, as 
 opposed to advancing. 
 
 BESEECH. See ASK. 
 
 BESIEGE. obsideo : by regular works. oppugno : by assault or 
 storm. expugno : to besiege successfully. 
 
< 
 
 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 195 
 
 BID. iubeo: the general word. impero: by virtue of power 
 vested in one. mandS ; to charge or commission. praescribo : 
 to prescribe, dictate ; of a superior to an inferior. praesum : 
 to be at the head of, have charge of . praecipio : by right of 
 authority. 
 
 BURN. incendo: to set on fire, kindle. inflammo: with bright 
 flames. combtiro, exuro: to burn up, consume. 
 
 BUT. sed simply corrects or alters what precedes. at : the strong- 
 est adversative. autem: a weak adversative; carries on a train 
 of thought. verum, vero: in truth; affirms the truth or impor- 
 tance of an assertion. nisi = except. 
 
 CALL. appellor to address one by his title. nomino: to name; 
 
 to give a thing an appropriate name. voco: to call by name, to 
 
 summon. dico : to call anything according to what it is. c5nsti- 
 
 tuo : to appoint. 
 CHILDREN. pueri: boys and girls with regard to age. liberi: 
 
 offspring in relation to parents. 
 CLAIM (see also ASK). deposco : with urgency. repeto : by 
 
 entreaty. vindico : to lay claim to, claim as one's own. 
 COMMAND. See BID. 
 CONFESS. fateor: general term, implying that one is asked. 
 
 conflteor : to acknowledge what one cannot conceal any longer. 
 CONQUER. vinco: implies exertion to conquer opposition. su- 
 
 pero : (to rise above) surpass in any way. pello : to rout, put to 
 
 flight. opprimo : to crush. 
 CONTEND. See FIGHT. 
 
 COUNCIL. concilium : a meeting called together for taking coun- 
 sel. consilium : the same, but with stress laid on the thought of 
 
 deliberation and decision. conventus: a private meeting. 
 COURSE. via: the road, street, way, in a concrete sense. iter: 
 
 the journey ; the way in an abstract sense, or the way leading to a 
 
 particular point. 
 CRIME. maleficium: a visible effect of malicious intention. 
 
 facinus : a daring crime. scelus : an offence against others, 
 
 against society. 
 CUSTOM. consuetiido: arising from inclination or convenience. 
 
 mos: arising from the dictates of reason, right, virtue, and 
 
 decorum. institutum: of what is sanctioned bylaw or general 
 
 ponsent, 
 
196 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 DAILY: DAY BY DAY. cottidie (adj. cottidianus) : applies to 
 
 things that are daily repeated. in dies: applies to things that 
 
 increase or decrease from day to day. 
 DEATH. mors: natural death; the general term. interitus: 
 
 violent death. 
 DECIDE. status, constituo : to decide unsettled or disputed 
 
 points. censeo : to decide with authority, as of the senate. 
 
 decerns : to decide as the result of consultation or deliberation. 
 
 discerns : to decide by discriminating. 
 DECLARE. declarS : to make clear, evident, manifest. ostendS : 
 
 to display, expose to view. profiteer : to make public. doceS : 
 
 to give information. indicS: used of a formal declaration of 
 
 war. 
 DECREE. cSnsultum: the decree which embodies the action of a 
 
 deliberative body. decretum: the decision of a magistrate, 
 
 court, or senate. edictuna: the proclamation of a magistrate. 
 DEEM. See THINK. 
 DEFEAT. See CONQUER. 
 DEMAND. See ASK. 
 DESERT. See LEAVE. 
 DESIRE. See WISH. 
 DETERMINE. See DECIDE. 
 DISCERN. See SEE. 
 DISCLOSE. pronuntiS : to state publicly. enantiS : to reveal 
 
 what should be kept secret. indicS : to point out, inform. pate- 
 
 faciS : to reveal a crime, plot, etc. 
 DISCOVER (see also FIND) . comperiS : to obtain knowledge 
 
 of, ascertain. deprehendS : used especially of finding something 
 
 wrong. patefaciS: see DISCLOSE. 
 DISTINGUISHED. See NOBLE. 
 DWELL. See LIVE. 
 
 EDICT. See DECREE. 
 
 EITHER . . . OR. aut . . . aut : used when one member of an alter- 
 native excludes the other. vel . . . vel : used when there is a 
 choice, sive . . . sive : used when it is immaterial which is taken. 
 
 EMPLOY. See USE. 
 
 ENDURE. See SUFFER. 
 
TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 197 
 
 ENEMY. hoatis : a public enemy. inimicus : a private enemy. 
 
 ESPECIALLY. imprimis: among the first, particularly, preemi- 
 nently. maxime: in the highest degree, exceedingly. prae- 
 sertim : mostly used before cum and si. eximie : uncommonly, 
 very much. 
 
 ETERNAL. sempiternus: lasting as long as time itself. ae- 
 ternus: outlasting all time; without beginning or end. 
 
 EXCEL. See SURPASS. 
 
 FAIL. See WANT. 
 
 FEAR. metuo : implies a fear based on precaution, deliberation, and 
 circumspection. timieS : a fear arising from weakness or coward- 
 ice. extimesco, pertimescS: to be thoroughly frightened. 
 vereor : implies awe or dread, also hesitation. 
 
 FIGHT, pugno : denotes a formal, intentional battle, requiring skill 
 and courage, dimico : used especially with reference to a speedy 
 determination, and to what is at stake. proelior: with reference 
 to military movements. certo : to match, vie with ; implying great 
 exertion. decerto: with the added notion of persevering to the 
 end. contendo : to measure strength. 
 
 FINALLY. postremo, ad extremum : of that which is last. 
 denique: used at the end of an enumeration. tandem: imply- 
 ing the end of long delay or expectation. 
 
 FIND: FIND OUT. invenio: to come upon by chance. repe- 
 rio, rescisco: to find by seeking. comperio: to find with cer- 
 tainty. nanciscor: to light upon, meet with. cognosce: to 
 learn by inquiry and investigation. intellego: to understand. 
 perspicio: to ascertain by close inspection. sentio: to find by 
 the effects of anything, by experience. 
 
 FIRE. ignis: the general word. flamma: blazing fire. incen- 
 
 dium: conflagration. 
 
 I FIRST. princeps : first in order, rank, or fame. primus : first in 
 
 r^ time. primo (adv.) : the order beyond the control of the speaker 
 
 or writer. primum (adv.): the order within the control of the 
 
 speaker or writer. 
 
 FORSAKE. See LEAVE. 
 FORTHWITH. See IMMEDIATELY. 
 
198 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 GREAT. magnus : the general word ; opp. to parvus. grandis, 
 amplus : with the added notion of becoming or imposing greatness. 
 
 ingens denotes excessive greatness; huge, immense. 
 GUARD. See AID. 
 
 GUILT. See CRIME. 
 
 HABIT. See CUSTOM. 
 
 HAPPEN. fio: the general word. accidS: used of unexpected, 
 generally unfortunate, occurrences. contingo, obtingo : gener- 
 ally of fortunate occurrences. 
 
 HELP. See AID. 
 
 HINDER. impedio : to entangle, hamper, embarrass. prohibeo : 
 to keep off, hold back, restrain. deterreS: to frighten off, dis- 
 courage, deter. intercludo : to shut off, shut out, block up. 
 
 HOME. domus: the general word. domicilium: often used of 
 one's legal residence. sedes : where one sits or abides ; abode. 
 
 IMMEDIATELY. statim : on the spot ; opp. to deinde. confe- 
 stim: with all speed. continuo: without anytime intervening. 
 
 pr5tinus: right on, without pause. See also SUDDENLY. 
 IMPEND. See THREATEN. 
 
 INHABIT. See LIVE. 
 
 JUDGE. See THINK. 
 
 KEEP. See HINDER. 
 
 KILL. interflcio: in any manner whatever; the general word. 
 
 caedo, occidS : to cut down, especially in open battle. trucido : 
 
 to butcher in a bloodthirsty way. nec6 : to destroy by wicked or 
 
 cruel means. 
 KINDNESS. toeneflcium: favors shown, services rendered. 
 
 dementia : gentleness, forbearance, indulgence. 
 KNOW. scio : to know, in the widest sense of the word. nosco, 
 
 c6gn6sc6 : to beconae acquainted with, to learn by external marks 
 
 or characteristics. intellego: to understand, comprehend, see 
 
 into. sentl5 : to discern by the senses. 
 
 LABOR. opus : as skilful or accomplishing its purpose ; the result 
 of labor. opera : implying free will and desire to serve. labor ; 
 toil, exertion (in its disagreeable aspect). 
 
TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 199 
 
 LACK. See WANT. 
 
 LARGE. See GREAT. 
 
 LAST. aitimus : most remote in time or space ; opp. to proximus. 
 
 extremus : the outermost part of a space, or of a period of time ; 
 opp. medius. postremus : the last in order; opp. primus. 
 supremus (summus) : the highest, best, last (in time). proxi- 
 mus : immediately preceding, as " last night." 
 
 LAW. ius : an entire body of laws ; rightful authority, justice. 
 lex : a special enactment. 
 
 LEARN. See FIND. 
 
 LEAVE. relinquS : to go away from, leave behind; without any 
 secondary implication. deserS implies leaving in the lurch in a 
 cowardly or disloyal manner. abicio, proicio, depono : to leave 
 what one does not find it advisable or profitable to keep. egredior, 
 excedo, discedo : to depart, go away. desisto : to desist from. 
 
 LET. See ALLOW. 
 
 LINE. See ARMY. 
 
 LIVE. habito : the general term; to reside, commonly of indi- 
 viduals. incolo : mostly used of a people. vivo has the various 
 meanings of the Eng. " live." 
 
 LONG. diu : through a long space of time ; opp. paulisper. 
 dadum (generally with iam) : formerly ; opp. modo. pridem : 
 a long time ago ; opp. nilper. 
 
 LOVE. amo : the general term ; to love from inclination or passion. 
 
 diligo : to love from choice, esteem, and respect. 
 
 MADNESS. amentia: want of sense, intellectual blindness. 
 
 furor : blind rage, frenzy. 
 MAN. homo : the general term ; man as distinguished from other 
 
 animals. vir: man with reference to his good qualities. is: 
 
 often used when a relative clause follows. 
 MIND. animus: mind as opp. to body, soul, heart. mens: the 
 
 thinking faculty, intellect. 
 MORE. plUs has reference to quality. magris has reference to 
 
 quality or degree. amplius denotes an increase (of time or space) ; 
 
 longer, further. 
 MOUND. agrger : a pile heaped up (artificially) : tumulus (swell- 
 ing) : a natural mound, hillock; also a sepulchral mound. 
 
s 
 
 200 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 MURDER. See KILL. 
 
 MUST. necesse est : obligation imposed by nature or necessity. 
 detoeo : moral obligation based upon duty to one's self (subjec- 
 tive) . oportet : moral obligation based upon duty to others 
 (objective). ndum est: general colorless way of expressing 
 obligation. 
 
 NAME. See CALL. 
 
 NECESSARY. See MUST. 
 
 NEED. See WANT. 
 
 NEIGHBORS, vicini : with reference to house or premises. Hni- 
 
 tinai : separated by a boundary. 
 NOBLE. nobilis: in reference to birth, f amily. clarus, prae- 
 
 clarus: for eminent services to one's country. summus: high 
 
 in rank or dignity. 
 
 OBTAIN. adlpiscor : to acquire something desirable. adsequor, 
 consequor: to gain by overtaking, to attain to. impetro: to 
 get through strong entreaty. 
 
 OLD. antiquus : that which existed long ago. vetus : that which 
 has existed for a long time; often "good old." priscus: primi- 
 tive ; stronger than antiquus. 
 
 OPINION. opiniS: an uncertain, indefinite view. sententia : a 
 well-considered view. 
 
 OR. aut, vel, sive. See EITHER. an: used only in double 
 questions. 
 
 ORDER. See BID. 
 [ OTHER. alter: the other of two. alius: of more than two. 
 ceteri : the rest, all the others. reliquus : what remains out of 
 the whole. ^ 
 
 OUGHT. See MUST. 
 
 OVERCOME, OVERPOWER. See CONQUER. 
 
 PEOPLE. populus: all the people as a political whole. plebs: 
 the lower class in contrast with the nobles. volgus : the ignorant 
 rabble, the mob. homines: general term; men and women. 
 
 PERMIT. See ALLOW. 
 
 PLAN. consilium: project, design. ratio: course for carrying 
 out any enterprise. 
 
TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 201 
 
 POOR. miser: to be pitied. egens: destitute. pauper : in 
 
 humble circumstances. 
 POWER. potestas : official power. facultas : ability in general. 
 
 imperium : chiefly military power ; supreme authority. opes : 
 influence, resources, means. vis: strength, physical or moral. 
 
 copiae: the power that lies in money or soldiers. robur: 
 power to resist attack, firmness. dominatio: absolute, tyran- 
 nical sway. 
 
 PREVENT. See HINDER. 
 
 PUNISH, animadverto : a judicial term ; to take cognizance of. 
 
 vindico, ulciscor: to take vengeance for, avenge. multS: to 
 punish by a fine or other judicial infliction. ptinio : to take ven- 
 geance into one's own hands. 
 
 RELIEF. See AID. 
 
 REQUEST. See ASK. 
 
 RESERVE. See AID. 
 
 REST. See OTHER. 
 
 REWARD. praemium: as a mark of favor. merces: wages, 
 
 price paid, bribe. 
 RIGHT. fas: according to divine law. ius: according to human 
 
 law. See LAW. 
 ROUTE. See COURSE. 
 RUIN. calaraitas : loss, disaster. pernicies : destruction, death. 
 
 pestis: plague, pestilence, death. ruina: a (violent) falling 
 down, downfall. 
 
 SAFE. tatus: free from danger. sal vus : having escaped from 
 danger. incolumis: unhurt, unimpaired. 
 
 SAKE. See ACCOUNT. 
 
 SAY. loquor: to talk; used of the language of conversation. 
 dico : to give expression to thought. inquam : mostly used par- 
 enthetically in direct quotations. aio: to give one's opinion; to 
 say "Yes," usually in indirect quotations. neg-o: to say "No," 
 deny. 
 
 SEE. video : general term. perspicio, conspicio : to look at 
 attentively, discern. cerno (to separate): to behold clearly, dis- 
 cern. sentio : to discern by the senses, feel. 
 
202 TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 
 
 SEEK. See ASK. 
 
 SHOW. See DECLARE. 
 
 SLAY. See KILL. 
 
 SO. adeo : to such a degree. tain : used with adjs. and advs. 
 
 ita, sic : used with verbs ; ita generally refers to what precedes, 
 
 sic to what follows. 
 SPEAK. See SAY. 
 SPIRIT. See MIND. 
 STATE. ci vitas: the state as a body of citizens. res publica : 
 
 with reference to its constitution and administration. 
 STATUE. signum, simulacrum: usually of a god. statua: 
 
 usually of a man. 
 STORM. See BESIEGE. 
 STRENGTH. See POWER. 
 SUDDENLY. repente, repentino: of what is unexpected. 
 
 subito : of what is unforeseen. 
 SUFFER. patior : general term ; endure. perferS : to bear 
 
 through to the end. subeo : to undergo. doleO : to feel pain. 
 SUMMON. voco : general term ; to call. convoco : to call 
 
 together, assemble. arcesso: to cause to approach, invite. 
 SURPASS. praecedS : to go before, outstrip. autecellS : to be 
 
 prominent, superior to. praesto: to stand at the head of. 
 
 supers : to rise above, be superior to. 
 
 TAKE PLACE. See HAPPEN. 
 
 TELL. See SAY. 
 
 THANK. gratiam habeo: to feel thankful. gratias agO: to 
 express one's thanks in words. gratiam refero : to express one's 
 thanks in deeds. 
 
 THINK. cogito : to consider thoroughly, ponder. arbitror : to 
 hold an opinion as an arbiter or judge. GxIstimO : to judge the 
 value of anything as an appraiser. iQ.dic5 : to decide formally as 
 a judge. put6: to form an opinion after due examination. 
 opinor : to have an impression, as a mere sentiment or conjecture. 
 The last two used of merely private opinion. 
 
 THREATEN, minitor: to utter threatening words, try to frighten. 
 impended: to hang over, impend. Immineo: to be danger- 
 ously near to. 
 
 TRY. See ATTEMPT, 
 
TABLE OF SYNONYMS. 203 
 
 UNDERGO. See SUFFER. 
 UNDERSTAND. See KNOW. 
 
 USE. utor: general term ; to make use of. usurpo: to appropri- 
 ate, practise. adhibeo : to apply to a purpose. 
 
 VAIN (IN). frustra: refers to the person disappointed. nequi- 
 quara : refers to the failure of result. 
 
 WALL. murus: general term. moenia : walls of a city, ram- 
 parts. paries : of a house. 
 
 WANT. careo: to be without; opp. habeo. egeo: to be in 
 absolute need. opus est: there is need of, use for. desum: 
 to be wanting in, fail in. 
 
 WAY. See COURSE. 
 
 WEAPONS. See ARMS. 
 
 WHOLE. See ALL. 
 
 WISH. volo: general term for exercise of the will. cuplo ex- 
 presses a strong, passionate desire. desidero: to long for, miss. 
 
 WORD, vox : a sound of the voice ; verbal utterance. verbum : 
 word with reference to the thought. 
 
 WORK. See LABOR. 
 
 WRONG. See CRIME. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 Note. The grammars referred to are Allen and Greenough's (A.), Bennett's 
 (B.), Gilder sleeve' 8 (G.), and Harkness's (H.). Other references are to the sections 
 in Parts I., II., and III., where the subjects are specially treated. The pupil is 
 advised, for his own convenience, to underscore the references to his particular 
 grammar. 
 
 Ablative. 
 
 1. Absolute. A. 255 ; B. 227 ; G. 409-10 ; H. 431. I. 2, 9, 25, 57, 87. 
 
 II. 13, 32, 33. III. 18, 22. 
 
 2. Of accompaniment or attendance. A. 248, 7 ; B. 222 ; G. 392 ; H. 
 
 419, 1, and 1. I. 82. II. 30. III. 17. 
 
 3. In accordance witb. A. 253, n. ; B. 220, 3 ; G. 397 ; H. 416. ~ I. 40, 
 
 72,119.-11.76,3. 
 
 4. Of agent. A. 246 ; B. 216 ; G. 401 ; H. 415, I. I. 22, 46. II. 35. 
 
 III. 16. 
 
 5. Of cause. A. 245; B. 219; G. 408; H. 416. I. 14,5, 40, 102,2, 
 
 119, 2. II. 10, 54. III. 17. 
 
 6. Of comparison. A. 247; B. 217; G. 398; H. 417. I. 52. II. 11. 
 
 III. 16. 
 
 7. Of degree or measure of difference. A. 250; B. 223; G. 403; H. 
 
 423. I. 14, 42, 52. II. 31. III. 5, 8, 18. 
 
 8. Witb dlgnus, etc. A. 245, a; B. 226, 2; G. 397, 2; H. 421, III. 
 
 II. 42. III. 18. 
 
 9. Witb fretus, etc. A. 254, 6,2; B. 218, 3 ; G. 401, n. 6 ; H. 425, 1, n. 
 
 -1.84,121,4.-11.26,68,4. 
 
 10. Of manner. A. 248; B. 220; G. 399; H. 419, III. I. 20, 56. 
 
 II. 21,47.-111.8,3, 17. 
 
 11. Of means or instrument. A. 248, 8; B. 218; G. 401; H. 420. 
 
 I. 64, 98. II. 18, 56. III. 17. 
 
 12. Witb nitor, etc. A. 254, h ; B. 218, 3; G. 401, N. 6; H. 425, 1, n. 
 
 I. 13. 
 
 13. Witb opus and usus. A. 243, e; B. 218, 2; G. 406; H. 414, IV. 
 
 I. 53, 10. 
 
 14. Of place in wbicb or wbere. A. 258, 4; B.228; G. 385-9; H.425. 
 
 I. 15, 100, 126, 4. II. 52.-111. 19. 
 
 205 
 
206 GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 15. Of place from which. A. 258; B. 229; G. 390-1; H. 412. I. 15, 
 
 100, 103, 3. II. 65, 4. III. 19. 
 
 16. With words of plenty and want. A. 243, 248, c, 2; B. 214, 218, 8; 
 
 G. 405; H. 421, II., 414. II. 24, 68, 3. 
 
 17. Of price. A. 252; B. 225; G. 404; H. 422. I. 18. III. 18. 
 
 18. Of quality or characteristic. A. 251; B. 224; G. 400; H. 419, II. 
 
 I. 6, 58, 105, 3. II. 53, 61. III. 18. 
 
 19. Of separation. A. 243; B. 214; G. 390; H. 414. I. 15, 99. II. 
 
 5,9, 12. III. 16. 
 
 20. Of source or origin and material. A. 244 ; B. 215 ; G. 395-6 ; H. 
 
 415. I. 91. II. 75, 1. III. 16. 
 
 21 . Of specification or respect. A. 253 ; B. 226 ; G. 397 ; H. 424. I. 78, 
 
 102.-11.23.-111.2,7,18. 
 
 22. Of time. A. 256 ; B. 230-1 ; G. 393 ; H. 429. I. 6, 21, 73. II. 4, 
 
 34. III. 19. 
 
 23. Of the way by which. A. 258, .9 ; B. 218,9; G. 389; H. 420, 1, 3). I. 
 
 103, 4, 116, 1. II. 17, 6. III. 20. 
 
 24. With utor, etc. A. 249; B. 218, 1; G. 407; H. 421, I. I. 16, 66, 
 
 100. II. 28, 44. III. 7, 3, 17. 
 Accusative. 
 
 25. Adverbial. A. 240, a and &; B. 176, 3; G. 333; H. 378, 2. I. 17, 
 
 123,2.-11.4,2.-111.8. 
 
 26. Cognate. A. 238 and h; B. 176, 4; G. 333 and 2; H. 371, II. 
 
 1.29.-11.69,3.-111.8. 
 
 27. Direct object. A. 237; B. 172 ff.; G. 330; H. 371. Illustrations 
 
 frequent. 
 
 28. In exclamations. A. 240, d; B. 183; G. 343, I.; H. 381. II. 17, 
 
 66. 4. III. 8. 
 
 29. Of extent and duration. A. 256-7; B. 181; G. 335-6; H. 379. 
 
 I. 51, 80, 88. II. 60. III. 9. 
 
 30. Of limit or end of motion. Terminal. A. 258, 6; B. 182; G. 337; 
 
 H. 380. I. 28. II. 19, 53. III. 3, 3, 9. 
 
 31. Subject of infinitive. A. 173, 2; B. 184; G. 343, 2; H. 536. I. 5, 
 
 49. II. 36,58.-111.2,3, 1. 
 
 32. Of specification or respect. Greek ace. A. 240, c ; B. 185 ; G. 338; 
 
 H. 378. III. 8, 12,12. 
 
 33. With verbs of feeling or emotion. A. 221, b; B. 209; G. 377; H. 
 
 409,111.-1.89.-11.48. 
 Two accusatives. Double accusative. 
 
 34. Same person or thing. Pred. ace. A. 239, a; B. 177; G. 340; H. 
 
 373. 1. 108, 3. II. 12, 42. III. 1. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 207 
 
 35. Person and thing. Secondary object. A. 239, 2, c ; B. 178 ; G. 339; 
 
 H. 374. III. 1. 
 
 36. With compounds of trans, etc. A. 239, 2, 6, and notes; B. 179; 
 
 G. 331, R. 1 ; H. 376 and n. I. 122, 3. 
 Adjectives (adjective pronouns and participles). 
 
 37. Agreement with nouns. A. 18G-7; B. 234; G. 211; H. 438-9. 
 
 I. 70, 102, 4. 
 
 38. With two or more nouns of different genders. A. 187 ; B. 235, B ; . 
 
 G. 285-6; H. 439ff. II. 59, lo, 69, i. III. 4. 
 
 39. Denoting a part. A. 193; B. 241, 1; G. 291, R. 2; H. 440, 2, n. 1. 
 
 1.21, 115, 1, 116, 3.-111.4,5, 6. 
 
 40. As adverbs. A. 191; B. 239; G. 325, R. 6; H. 443. I. 29, 83. 
 
 II. 7, 13. III. 4. 
 
 41. As nouns. A. 188-9; B. 236-7; G. 204; H. 441. I. 48. II. 59. 
 
 III. 4. 
 
 42. Adverbs. A. 207; B. 140; G. 440; H. 551-3. Illustrations fre- 
 
 quent. 
 Agreement. See Adjectives and Apposition. 
 
 43. Of relative with antecedent. A. 198-9; B. 250; G. 614; H. 445, 
 
 1.75.-11.27,31,4.-111.5. 
 
 44. Of verb with subject. A. 204-5 ; B. 254 ; G. 211 ; H. 460-2. I. 70. 
 
 45. Of verb with two or more subjects. A. 205; B. 255; G. 285-7; 
 
 H. 463. II. 69, 3. 
 
 46. Alius and alter. A. 203; B. 253; G. 319; H. 459. I. 24, 45, lo, 
 
 127, 2. II. 37,5. 
 
 47. Amplius, etc., without quam. A. 247, c; B. 217, 3; G. 296, 4; 
 
 H. 417, 1, N. 2. I. 59. III. 9, 5. 
 Antecedent in rel. clause. See 148. 
 Antequam. See 171. 
 
 48. Apposition. A. 183-4 ; B. 169 : G. 320-1 ; H. 363-4. I. 47. II. 1. 
 
 III. 1. 
 Arrangement. See Order, 122. 
 Causal clauses. 
 
 49. With quod, quia, quoniam, and quando. A. 321 ; B. 286 ; G. 539- 
 
 42; H. 516. I. 93, 105, i, 112. II. 14, 32, 69, i. III. 13, 3, 28. 
 
 50. With cum. A. 326; B. 286, 2; G. 586; H. 517. I. 68. II. 5,4, 
 
 24,67, 1. III. 28. 
 
 51. With the relative. A. 320, e; B. 283, 3; G. 633; H. 517. I. 33, 
 
 96, 114, 3. -II. 14, 32, 12, 59. III. 5, 7, 27. 
 
 52. Concessive and adversative clauses. A. 313; B. 308-9; G. 603-9; 
 
 H. 515. I. 101. II. 25, 4, 74. III. 33. See 61 and 150. 
 
208 GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 Conditional sentences. 
 
 53. First form or type; logical; pres., past, fut. (more vivid). A. 
 306-7; B. 302; G. 595; H. 508. I. 43, 54. II. 9, 13,6, 16, 
 55. III. 30. 
 
 64. Second form or type; ideal; fut. {less vivid). A. 307, 2; B. 303; 
 
 G. 596; H. 509. I. 43, 85. II. 8, 44, 8, 55. III. 30. 
 
 65. Third form or type; unreal; contrary to fact. A. 308; B. 304; 
 
 G. 597 ; H. 510. II. 7, 20, ii, 33, 55. III. 23, 6, 30. 
 
 66. In indirect discourse. A. 337; B. 319-21; G. 656-9; H. 527. I. 
 
 103, 4, 121. II. 65, 1. III. 32. 
 57. Condition omitted. A. 311; G. 600. II. 66, 4. III. 31. 
 68. Of comparison (conclusion omitted). A. 312; B. 307; G. 602; H. 
 
 513, II. III. 31. 
 
 59. Conjunctions. A. 208; B. 341-6; G. 474 ff. ; H. 554-5. 
 
 60. Conjunctions repeated or omitted. A. 208, 6, 1, 2; B. 341, 4; G. 
 
 481 ; H. 554, I. 6. I. 26, 78, 9, 98, 3. II. 76. III. 4, 4, 5. 
 Consecutive clauses. See Result. 
 Cum. 
 Causal. See 50. 
 
 61. Concessive. A. 313, d; B. 309, 3; G. 587; H. 515, III. I. 91,110, 3, 
 
 119, 3.-11.31,57.-111.28. 
 Temporal and historical. See 172. 
 Dative. 
 
 62. With adjectives. A. 234 ; B. 192 ; G. 359 ; H. 391. I. 30, 71. III. 15. 
 
 63. Of agent. A. 232; B. 189; G. 354-5; H. 388. I. 11, 61, 97. II. 
 
 7,25.-111.14,23. 
 
 64. With compounds. A. 228; B. 187, III; G. 347; H. 386. I. 10, 67, 
 
 81, 93. II. 6, 22, 40. III. 13. 
 
 65. Ethical. A. 236; B. 188,2, b ; G. 351 ; H. 389. II. 15, 12. III. 15. 
 
 66. Of indirect object. A. 225-6; B. 187; G. 345-6; H. 384ff. II. 22. 
 
 III. 13. Illustrations frequent. 
 
 67. Of possessor. A. 231; B. 190; G. 349; H. 387. I. 90. II. 49. 
 
 III. 14. 
 
 68. Of purpose, end or object for which. A. 233; B. 191; G. 356; H. 
 
 390. I. 23, 66, 117, 1, 128, 2. II. 50. III. 14. 
 
 69. Of reference, influence or interest. A. 235 ; B. 188"; G. 352 ; H. 384, 
 
 1, 1) , 2) , 4. I. 26. II. 6, 13, 7, 14, 14. III. 15. 
 
 70. Of separation. A. 229; B. 188, 2, d; G. 347, 5; H. 385, II. 2. I. 
 
 38, 9, 65, 110, 3. II. 7. III. 14, 31, 2. 
 
 71. With special verbs. A. 227 ; B. 187, II. ; G. 346; H. 385. I. 2, 27, 
 
 55, 80. II. 35, 38. III. 5, 3, 13. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 209 
 
 72. Dum with pres. ind. A. 276, 3; B. 293; G. 570 ; H. 467,4.-1. 41. 
 Dum, donee, and quoad (until). See 174. 
 
 73. Dum, modo, etc., in clauses of proviso. A. 314; B. 310; G. 673; 
 
 H. 513, I. II. 63, 2. III. 33. 
 
 74. Emphasis. A. 344 ; B. 349 ; G. 672, 2, (a) ; H. 561. I. 7, 69. II. 
 
 10, 11, 21. III. 9. 
 Final clauses. See Purpose. 
 
 75. Fore ut with subj. for fut. inf. A. 288, f.; B. 270,3; G. 248; H. 
 
 537, 3. I. 124, 1. II. 15, 8, 77, l. 
 Genitive. 
 
 76. With adjectives. A. 218; B. 204; G. 374; H. 399. I. 21, 5, 84. 
 
 11. 31. III. 11. 
 
 77. In apposition with poss. pron. A. 184, d; G. 321, 2; H. 363, 4, 1. 
 
 n. 40, 1. 
 
 78. Of quality; descriptive. A. 215; B. 203; G. 365; H. 396, V. I. 
 
 58, 125, 4. II. 61, 70, 4. III. 3, 5, 10. 
 
 79. Of measure. A. 215, 5; B. 203, 2; G. 365, 2; H. 396, V. I. 
 
 8,60. 
 
 80. Objective. A. 217 ; B. 200 ; G. 363, 2 ; H. 395, III. I. 32. III. 11. 
 
 81. Partitive; of the whole. A. 216; B. 201; G. 367-72; H. 397. 
 
 I. 53, 63, 108, 3. II. 4, 43. III. 10. 
 
 82. Possessive. A. 214, 1; B. 198; G. 362; H. 396,1.-1. 63. II. 41. 
 
 III. 10. 
 
 83. Of price or value. A. 252, a ; B. 203, 3 ; G. 379 ; H. 404. I. 96. 
 
 II. 20. 
 
 84. Subjective. A. 214; B. 199; G. 363; H. 396, II. III. 10. 
 
 85. With interest and refert. A. 222; B. 211; G. 381; H. 406, III. 
 
 I. 50. II. 43. III. 12. 
 
 86. With verbs of feeling or emotion. A. 221 ; B. 209 ; G. 377 ; H. 406, 
 
 I. 409, III. I. 89. II. 48. III. 12. 
 
 87. With judicial verbs; of charge and penalty. A. 220; B. 208; G. 
 
 378; H. 409, II. II. 2, 62, 3. III. 11, 18, 4. 
 
 88. With verbs of memory. A. 219; B. 206; G. 376; H. 406, II. 
 
 1. 13, 9, 14 . II. 3, 2, 39, . -III. 10, 4, 11. 
 
 89. With verbs of plenty and want. A. 223; B. 212; G. 383; H. 410, 
 
 V. 1. III. 12. 
 Gerund and gerundive. 
 
 90. Genitive. A. 298; B. 338, 1, 339; G. 428; H. 542, 1. 543 ff. I. 37, 
 
 41,62.-11.20.-111.24. 
 
 91 . Dative. A. 299 ; B. 338, 2, 339 ; G. 429 ; H. 542, II. 543 ff . I. 76, 8. 
 
 ^111.24. 
 
210 GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 92. Accusative. A. 300 ; B. 338, 3, 339 ; G. 430, 432 ; H. 542, III. 543 ff. 
 
 I. 13, 37, 62. II. 36, 45. III. 24. 
 
 93. Ablative. A. 301 ; B. 338, 4, 339 ; G. 431, 433 ; H. 542, IV. 543 ff . 
 
 I. 18, 115, 2.-11.41,72,3. 
 
 94. Historical present. A. 276, d) B. 259, 3; G. 229; H. 467, III. 
 
 Illustrations frequent. 
 
 95. lam, iam diu, etc., with pres. or imp. ind. A. 276, a; B. 259, 4; 
 
 G. 230 ; H. 467, III. 2. II. 5, 19, 8, 62, 2, 65, 3. 
 
 96. Imperative. A. 269 ; B. 281 ; G. 266 ff . ; H. 487. I. 77. II. 5. 
 
 III. 21. 
 
 97. Imperative, future. A. 269, d,e\ B. 281, 1; G. 267 and R.; H. 
 
 487. 11. 16. 
 Imperfect indicative. 
 
 98. Of customary and repeated action. A. 277 ; B. 260, 2 ; G. 231, 233 ; 
 
 H. 469, II. I. 98, 120, 127, 3. III. 20, ii, 22, 3. 
 
 99. Of attempted and continued action, etc. A. 277, c; B. 260, 3; G. 
 
 233; H. 469, 1. I. 64. II. 28, 33, 7, 69, 2. 
 
 100. Impersonal verbs. A. 146; B. 138; G. 208; H. 298 ff. I. 4. 
 
 II. 15. III. 12. 
 
 101. Impersonal uses: passive of intransitive verbs. A. 230; B. 187, 
 
 II. h] G. 208,2; H. 301, 1. I. 24, 36, 55, 81, 97. II. 38. 
 
 III. 13. 
 
 102. In and sub with ace. and abl. A. 153 ; B. 143 ; G. 418 ; H. 435. 
 
 1. 22. Illustrations frequent. 
 
 103. Indicative. A. 264; B. 271; G. 254; H. 474 ff. 
 
 104. Tenses of. A. 276 ff. ; B. 257 ff . ; G. 222 ff . ; H. 466 ff. 
 
 105. In apodosis of unreal conditions. A. 308, 6, c, 311, c; B. 304, 3 
 ' and 6; G. 597, 2, 3;_H. 511. II. 33, 9. III. 30, 9. 
 
 106. Indirect discourse. Oratio ohliqua. A. 336ff. ; B. 313ff.; G.508, 
 
 2, 648ff. ; H. 522 ff. I. 49, 58, 95, 104,5.-11. 3. III. 3. 
 
 107. Informal or implied. A. 341; B. 323; G. 508, 3, 663, 2; H. 528, 
 
 1. I. 118. II. 69, 4. -- III. 26, 2, 33. 
 
 108. Subordinate clauses in. A. 336, 2; B. 314-16; G. 650 ff. ; H. 524. 
 
 I. 104, 4, 114, 2, 121. II. 69. III. 17, 2, 32. 
 Conditional sentences in. See 56. 
 Infinitive. 
 
 109. Complementary. A. 271; B. 328; G. 423; H. 533. I. 51, 75. 
 
 11.23,37.-111.2. 
 
 110. As object. A. 272, 330, B; B. 331; G. 627, 632-3; H. 535. III. 2. 
 
 111. As subject and predicate. A. 270; B.327, 330; G. 422, 424,535; 
 
 H. 538, 539, 1. I. 4. II. 29. III. 2. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 211 
 
 112. Historical. A. 275; B. 335; G. 647; H. 536, 1. III. 3. 
 Subject of. See Accusative, 31. 
 
 113. Tenses of. A. 288, 336, A; B. 270; G. 281, 530-1; H. 537. I. 
 
 5, 58, 95. II. 3, 58. III. 3. 
 
 114. Future, with verbs of promising, etc. A. 330 f . ; B. 331 ; G. 423, 5. 
 
 _ I. 74. _ II. 40, 63, 2. III. 32, 7. 
 
 115. With iubed and veto. A. 331, a; B. 331, II.; G. 423, N. 6; H. 
 
 535, II. Illustrations frequent. 
 Interrogative sentences. See Questions. 
 
 116. Locative. A. 258, 4; B. 232; G. 411: H. 426, II. 426. I. 88. 
 
 II. 8, 17, 19, H, 52. III. 3, 3, 19. 
 
 117. Ne . . . quidem. A. 345, 6 ; B. 347, 1 ; G. 448, n. 2 ; H. 569, III. 2. 
 
 Illustrations frequent. 
 Nominative. 
 
 118. Predicate. A. 176, 185; B. 167-8; G. 205-6, 325; H. 362. I. 1, 
 
 II. 20, 42. III. 1. Illustrations frequent. 
 
 119. Predicate after infinitive. A. 176, b ; B. 167 ; G. 205-6 ; H.536, 2, 1. 
 
 1.109. 
 
 120. Subject. A. 173; B. 166; G. 203; H. 368. I. 1. Illustrations 
 
 frequent. 
 
 121. Nostriim and Vestrum. A. 194, b; B. 242, 2 ; G. 364, R; H. 446, 
 
 N. 3. II. 1, 11, 66, 2. III, 12, 3. 
 
 122. Order of words. A. 343 ff . ; B. 348 fe. ; G. 671 ff. ; H. 560 ff . I. 
 
 7,69.-11.21.-111.9. 
 
 123. Participles. A. 289 ff.; B. 336-7; G. 664 ff.; H. 548 ff . I. 40, 
 
 57, 85, 87. II. 2, 20, 13, 32. III. 22, 23. 
 
 124. Equivalent to infinitive. A. 292, e; B. 337, 3; G. 536; H. 535, 1. 
 
 4. II. 44. 
 
 125. Perfect passive for Eng. perf. act. A. 290, d; G. 410, 1; H. 550, 
 
 N. 4. I. 12. 
 
 126. Tenses of. A. 290 ; B. 336 ; G. 282-3 ; H. 550. III. 22, 23. 
 
 127. Periphrastic conjugation, first, or active. A. 129, 293, a; B. 
 
 115 ; G. 247 ; H. 233, 466, x. I. 78. II. 34. III. 23. 
 
 128. Periphrastic conjugation, second, or passive. A. 129, 294, 6; 
 
 B. 115 ; G. 251 ; H. 234. I. 34, 61, 125, 3. II. 25, 38. III. 23. 
 
 129. Personal construction for impersonal. A. 330, a,b,d; B. 332; 
 
 G. 528 ; H. 534, 1. II. 64, 2, 65, 2, 70, 4. 
 Postquam. See 175. 
 
 130. Prepositions. A. 152 ff. ; B. 141 ff. ; G. 412 ff. ; H. 432 ff. 
 Priusquam. See 172. 
 
 131 . Prohibitions. A. 269, a ; B. 276 ; G. 272, 2 ; H. 484. 4. I. 39, 12. 
 
 m. 21,32,3. 
 
212 GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 Pronouns. For Agreement, see 43. 
 
 132. Demonstrative and determinative. A. 100-2, 195; B. 246; G. 
 
 305-11; H. 450-2. I. 106, i. III. 5. 
 
 133. Indefinite. A. 202 ; B. 252 ; G. 313-19 ; H. 455-9. III. G. 
 
 134. Interrogative. A. 104-5; B. 90; G. 106; H. 454. 
 
 135. Personal. A. 194; B. 242; G. 304; H. 446. 
 
 136. Possessive. A. 197; B. 243; G. 312; H. 447. 
 
 137. Reflexive. A. 196; B. 244; G.309; H. 448-9. I. 108, 3. III. 6. 
 
 138. Relative. A. 197, 5-201 ; B. 250 ; G. 610 ff . ; H. 453. 1. 75. III. 5. 
 Proviso, clauses of, with dum, etc. See 73. 
 
 Purpose or final clauses. 
 
 139. Pure purpose with ut or ne. A. 317; B. 282; G. 545; H. 497, ll. 
 
 I. 3, 86, 94, 122, 3. 11. 27, 68, i. III. 6, 25. 
 
 140. With quo. A. 317, b; B. 282, a; G. 545, 2; H. 497, II. 2. I. 80, 
 
 '103,5.-11. 70, 1. 
 
 141. Substantive or complementary. A. 331; B. 295-6; G. 546-9; H. 
 
 498, 499, 3. I. 19, 113, 3, 117, 2. II. 51. III. 25. 
 
 142. After verbs of fearing. A. 331 f. ; B. 296, 2; G. 550; H. 498, III. 
 
 I. 35, 38, 112, 1. II. 2, 73, 4. 
 
 143. Relative. A. 317, 2; B. 282, 2; G. 630; H. 497, 1. I. 31, 48, 96, 
 
 103, 2. II. 25, 2, 30. III. 25. 
 Purpose expressed by ad with ace. of gerund or gerundive. See 
 
 92. 
 By causa with gen. of gerund or gerundive. See 90. 
 By the supine. See 170. 
 Questions. 
 
 144. Direct. A. 210; B. 162; G. 453 ff.; H. 351. I. 20. II. 1. 
 
 III. 7. 
 
 145. Double or disjunctive. A. 211; B. 162, 4; G. 458-9; H. 353. I. 
 
 36, 44, 92, 125, i. II. 19, 7, 44, 125. III. 7. 
 
 146. Indirect. A. 334 ; B. 315 ; G. 460, 467 ; H. 529, I. I. 29, 49, 104, 2. 
 
 ILL III. 7. 
 
 147. Interrogative particles, -ne, nonne, and num. A. 210, a, c; B. 
 
 162, 2 ; G. 454-6 ; H. 351, 1, 2. I. 20. II. 1. III. 7. 
 Quin. See 158, 
 Quo. See 140. 
 
 Quod, quia, quoniam, quando. See 49. 
 Relative clauses. 
 
 148. Antecedent in. A. 200; B. 251, 4; Q. 6X6. I. 104. XI. 26. 
 
 III. 5. 
 Of cause or reason. See 51. 
 
GBAMMATICAL INDEX. 213 
 
 149. Of characteristic. A. 320; B. 283; G. 631, 2; H. 503, I. I. 45, 
 
 90, 119, 3. II. 6, 15, 6, 45, 62, 3. III. 12, 9, 27. See 154. 
 
 150. Of concession or opposition. A. 320, e ; B. 283, 3 ; G. 634 ; H. 515, 
 
 III. II. 74, 1. III. 27. 
 161. With dlgnus, etd. A. 320 f . ; B. 282, 3 ; G. 631, 1 ; H. 503, II. 2. 
 
 III. 27. 
 Of purpose or design. See 143. 
 Of result or tendency. See 156. 
 
 152. Of restriction and proviso. A. 320, d; B. 283, 5; G. 627, 1; H. 
 
 503, N. 1. II. 46, 74, 1. III. 27. 
 
 153. Position of. A. 201, c; G. 620; H. 572, II. n. I. 104, 3, 109, 3. 
 
 11.26,9.-111.5. 
 
 154. With unus and sdlus. A. 320, b ; B. 283, 2; G. 631, 1; H. 503, II. 
 
 1. I. 107, 5. II. 35, 13, 45. III. 27. 
 Result or consecutive clauses. 
 
 155. Pure result with ut, ut non, and quin. A. 319; B. 284; G. 552; 
 
 H. 500, II. I. 28, 76, 115, 3. II. 26. III. 22, 2, 26. 
 
 156. Relative. A. 319, 2; B. 284, 2; G. 631; H. 500, I. II. 12, 46, 7, 
 
 65,2.-111.26. 
 
 157. Substantive or complementary. A. 332; B. 297; G. 553; H. 501. 
 
 I. 10, 2, 99, 102, 2. II. 71, 2. III. 26. 
 
 158. With quin after verbs of doubting, etc. A. 332, g ; B. 298; G. 
 
 555-6 ; H. 504. I. 3. II. 68, 4. 
 
 159. Roman calendar. A. 259, e, 376; B. 371-2; G. p. 491 ; H. 641 ff. 
 
 I. 6. II. 3. III. 20. 
 
 160. Sequence of tenses. A. 285-7 ; B. 267-8 ; G. 509 ff. ; H. 491 ff. 
 
 I. 17, 46, 76. 122, i. II. 46. III. 6. 
 
 161. Perf. sub]'., after secondary tense. A. 287, c; B. 268, 6; G. 513; 
 
 H. 495, VI. I. 48, 12, 112, 4. III. 26, 6. 
 Subject. See 31 and 120. 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 162. By attraction ; of integral part. A. 342 ; B. 324 ; G. 663 ; H. 529, 
 
 II. I. 104, 4, 107, 3. II. 15, 10, 30, 4, 69, 4. III. 23, i], 33. 
 
 163. Concessive. A. 313, i; B. 278; G. 264; H. 484, III. II. 48, 74, 4. 
 
 164. Deliberative. A. 268 ; B. 277 ; G. 465-6 ; H. 484, V. I. 39, 109, 3. 
 
 -11.39,57.-111.21. 
 
 165. Hortatory. A. 266; B. 274-5; G. 263; H. 484, II. 1.77,84, 99, ii. 
 
 II. 13, 18, 7, 42. III. 14, 8, 21. 
 
 166. Optative. A. 267; B. 279; G. 260-1; H. 483-4. II. 9,13,12, 
 
 64, 4. III. 15,7,21. 
 
 167. Potential. A. 311, I.; B, 280; G. 257-9; H. 485-6. II. 39, 
 
 46, 9, 66, 6, 66, 3, 76, i. III. 21, 31. 
 
214 GRAMMATICAL INDEX. 
 
 168. Tenses of. A. 283 ff . ; B. 266 ff. ; G. 277 ; H. 478 ff. 
 
 See also 49-52, 54-8, 61, 73, 107, 108, 139 ff., 146, 149-152, 155-8, 
 
 171-4. 
 Sui and suus. See 137. 
 
 169. Supine in um. A. 302; B. 340; G. 435; H. 546.-1. 11, 27, lo, 
 
 28, 7. II. 63, 2. -III. 24. 
 
 170. Supine in u. A. 303; B. 340, 2; G. 436; H. 547. I. 99. II. 12. 
 
 III. 24. 
 Temporal Clauses. 
 
 171. With antequam and priusquam. A. 327 ; B. 291-2 ; G. 674-7 ; H. 
 
 520. I. 79, 92, 11, 124, 3. 11. 29. III. 29. 
 
 172. With cum. A. 325; B. 288-9; G. 580, 585; H. 521. I. 25, 59. 
 
 11.6,5,19.-111.9,3,28. 
 
 173. With dum, donee, and quoad. A. 328; B. 293; G. 571-2; H. 519. 
 
 1.92,124, 2. III. 29. 
 
 174. With postquam, ubi, ut, etc. A. 324; B. 287; G. 561-3; H. 518. 
 
 I. 41, 12, 111, 3, 113, 2. III. 29. 
 
 175. Time before or after an event. A. 259, d ; B. 223, 357 ; G. 403, 4 ; 
 
 H. 430. I. 105. II. 69, i. III. 20. 
 
 176. TJt omitted. A. 331 f ., R. and i, n. 1 and 2 ; B. 295, 8 ; G. 546, R. 2, 
 
 553, 4, R. 1 ; H. 499, 2, 502, 1. II. 15, 12. III. 31, 5. 
 Vestrum. See 121. 
 
 177. Vocative. A. 241 ; B. 171 ; G. 201, R. 1, 2 ; H. 369. 
 
THE STUDENTS' SERIES OF LATIN CLASSICS. 
 
 UNDBE THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OP 
 
 ERNEST MONDELL PEASE, A.M., 
 
 Leland Stanford Junior University^ 
 
 HARRY THURSTON PECK, Ph.D., L.H.D., 
 
 Columbia College. 
 
 This Series contains the Latin authors usually read in American 
 schools and colleges, and also others well adapted to class-room 
 use, but not heretofore published in suitable editionSo The several 
 volumes are prepared by special editors, who aim to revise the 
 text carefully and to edit it in the most serviceable manner. 
 Where there are German editions of unusual merit, representing 
 years of special study under the most favorable circumstances, 
 these are used, with the consent of the foreign editor, as a basis 
 for tha American edition. In this way it is possible to bring out 
 text-books of the highest excellence in a comparatively short period 
 of time. 
 
 The editions are of two kinds, conforming to the different 
 methods of studying Latin in our best institutions. Some contain 
 in the introductions and commentary such a careful and minute 
 treatment of the author's life, language, and style as to afford the 
 means for a thorough appreciation of the author and his place in 
 Latin literature. Others aim merely to assist the student to a good 
 reading knowledge of the author, and have only the text and brief 
 explanatory notes at the bottom of each page. The latter are 
 particularly acceptable for sight reading, and for rapid reading 
 after the minute study of an author or period in one of the fuller 
 editions. For instance, after a class has read a play or two of 
 Plautus and Terence carefully, with special reference to the pecu- 
 liarities of style, language, metres, the methods of presenting a 
 play, and the like, these editions will be admirably suited for the 
 rapid reading of other plays. 
 
 The Series also contains various supplementary works prepared 
 by competent scholars. Every effort is made to give the books a 
 neat and attractive appearance. 
 
 1 
 
The following volumes are now ready or in preparation : 
 
 GAESAE, Gallic War, Books I-V. By Harold W. Johnston, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in the Indiana University. 
 CATULLUS, Selections, based upon the edition of Riese. By Thomas 
 
 B. Lindsay, Ph.D., Professor in Boston University. 
 CICERO, Select Orations. By B. L. D'Ooge, A.M., Professor in the 
 
 State Normal School, Ypsilanti, Mich. 
 CICERO, De Senectute et de Amicitia. By Charles E. Bennett, 
 
 A.M., Professor in the Cornell University. Beady, 
 
 CICERO, Tusculan Disputations, Books I and II. By Professor 
 
 Peck. 
 CICERO, De Oratore, Book I, based upon the edition of Sorof. By 
 
 W. B. Owen, Ph.D., Professor in Lafayette College. Ready. 
 
 CICERO, Select Letters, based in part upon the edition of Siipfle- 
 
 Bockel. By Professor Pease. 
 EUTROPIUS, Selections. Ready, 
 
 GELLIUS, Selections. By Professor Peck. 
 HORACE, Odes and Epodes. By Paul Shore y, Ph.D., Professor in 
 
 the Chicago University. Ready. 
 
 HORACE, Satires and Epistles, based upon the edition of Kiessling. 
 
 By James H. Kirkland, Ph.D., Professor in Vanderbilt Uni- 
 versity. Ready, 
 JUVENAL, Satires. By James C. Egbert, Jr., Ph.D., Adjunct Pro- 
 fessor of Latin, and Nelson G. McCrea, Ph.D., Instructor in 
 
 Latin, Columbia University. 
 LIVY, Books XXI and XXII, based upon the edition of Wolfflin. By 
 
 John K. Lord, Ph.D., Professor in Dartmouth College. Ready, 
 LIVY, Book I, for rapid reading. By Professor Lord. Ready. 
 
 LUCRETIUS, De Rerum Natura, Book III. By W. A. Merrill, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in the University of California. 
 MARTIAL, Selections. By Charles Knapp, Ph.D., Professor in 
 
 Barnard College. 
 NEPOS, for rapid reading. By Isaac Flagq, Ph.D., Professor in the 
 
 University of California. Ready, 
 
 NEPOS, Selections. By J. 0. Jones, A.M., Professor in the University 
 
 of Missouri. 
 
 8 
 
OVID, Selections from the Metamorphoses, based upon the edition of 
 Meuser-Egeu. By B. L. Wiggins, A.M., Professor in the Univer- 
 sity of the South. 
 
 OVID, Selections, for rapid reading. By A. L. Bondurant, A.M., 
 Professor in the University of Mississippi. 
 
 PETKONIUS, Cena Trimalchionis, based upon the edition of Bucheler. 
 By W. E. Waters, Ph.D., President of Wells College. 
 
 PLAUTTJS, Captivi, for rapid reading. By Grove E. Barber, A.M., 
 Professor in the University of Nebraska. Ready. 
 
 PLAUTUS, Menaechmi, based upon the edition of Brix. By Harold 
 N. Fowler, Ph.D., Professor in the Western Reserve Univer- 
 sity. Beady. 
 
 PLINY, Select Letters, for rapid reading. By Samuel Ball Plat- 
 NER, Ph.D., Professor in the Western Reserve University. Ready. 
 
 QUINTILIAN, Book X and Selections from Book XII, based upon 
 the edition of Kriiger. 
 
 SALLUST, Catiline, based upon the edition of Schmalz. By Charles 
 G. Herbermann, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor in tW College of the 
 City of New York. Ready. 
 
 SENECA, Select Letters. By E. C. Winslow, A.M. 
 
 TACITUS, Annals, Book I and Selections from Book 11, based upon 
 the edition of Nipperdey-Andresen. By E. M. Hyde, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor in Lehigh University. 
 
 TACITUS, Agricola and Germania, based upon the editions of Schwei- 
 zer-Sidler and Drager. By A. G. Hopkins, Ph.D., Professor in 
 Hamilton College. Ready. 
 
 TACITUS, Histories, Book I and Selections from Books II-V, based 
 upon the edition of Wolff. By Edward H. Spieker, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor in the Johns Hopkins University. 
 
 TERENCE, Adelphoe, for rapid reading. By William L. Cowles, 
 A.M., Professor in Amherst College. Ready. 
 
 TERENCE, Phormio, based upon the edition of Dziatzko. By Her- 
 bert C. Elmer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in the Cornell Uni- 
 versity. Ready. 
 
 TIBULLUS AND PROPERTIUS, Selections, based upon the edition of 
 Jacoby. By Henry F. Burton, A.M., Professor in the University 
 of Rochester. 
 
 3 
 
VALERIUS MAXIMUS, Fifty Selections, for rapid reading. By 
 Charles S. Smith, A.M., Late College of New Jersey. Ready 
 
 VELLEIUS PATERCULTJS, Historia Romana, Book II. By F E. 
 RocKWOOD, A.M., Professor in Bucknell University. Ready. 
 
 VERGIL, Books I-VI. By James H. Kirkland, Ph.D., Professor of 
 Latin, and William H. Kirk, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin, Vander- 
 bilt University. 
 
 VERGIL, The Story of Turnus from Aen. VII-XII, for rapid reading. 
 By Moses Slaughter, Ph.D., Professor in University of Wis- 
 consin. Ready. 
 
 VIRI ROM AE, Selections. With Prose Exercises. By G. M. Whicher, 
 A.M., Teachers' Normal College, New York City. Ready. 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION, for college use. By Walter Miller, A.M., 
 Professor in the Leland Stanford Jr. University. Ready. 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION, for advanced classes. By H. R. Fairclough, 
 A.M., Professor in the Leland Stanford Jr. University. 
 
 HAND-BOOK OF LATIN SYNONYMS. By Mr. Miller. 
 
 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. By Hiram Tuell, A.M., late Principal 
 of the Milton High School, Mass., and Harold N. Fowler, Ph.D., 
 Western Reserve University. Ready. 
 
 A NEW LATIN COMPOSITION, for schools. By M. Grant Daniell, 
 A.M., formerly Principal of Chauncy Hall School, Boston. Ready. 
 
 THE PRIVATE LIFE OF THE ROMANS, a manual for the use of 
 schools and colleges. By Harriet Waters Preston and Louise 
 Dodge. Ready. 
 
 GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY, based on the recent work of 
 Steuding. By Karl P. Harrington, A.M., Professor in the Uni- 
 versity of Maine, and Herbert C. Tolman, Ph.D., Professor in 
 Vanderbilt University. Ready. 
 
 ATLAS ANTIQUUS, twelve maps of the ancient world, for schools and 
 colleges. By Dr. Henry Kiepert, M.R. Acad. Berlin. Ready. 
 
 Tentative arrangements have been made for other books not ready 
 to be announced. 
 
 BEN J. H. SANBORN & CO., Publishers, 
 
 110 and 120 Boylston Street, Boston. 
 
 4 
 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 ^^91 
 
 \^.' 
 
 
 m^ 
 
 
 30m-6,'14 
 
U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 cD^s^EDES^ 
 
i 
 
 - ;p, 
 
 'iii'iiipf 
 
 Hiiii! 
 i ill il ili!ip!!| 
 
 I i'ii 
 
 
 fiiiiiliiliPiiiiBii 
 
 'i,! rihwiisiiii'i |!i!iii 
 ,.,.,,,,.,,.l,,!! 
 
 
 i;M'i?iiiiii!;:i' 
 
 'J n, i.r 
 
 
 :;fliiliiii